VLCC TDC501 319 Doc

TDC501-010-001SM
SPECIFICATION
FOR
298,000 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER
DALIAN NEW SHIPBUILDING HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD
DALIAN, CHINA
MARCH, 2003
DALIAN NEW SHIPBUILDING HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD 298,000 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER TDC501-010-001SM
2003/03/19 -02-
CONTENT
PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS.......................................................1
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS.................................................................2
1.1 PREFACE.........................................................................................................................2
1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................3
1.3 MAIN DIMENSIONS AND PARTICULARS.................................................................4
1.3.1 Main Dimensions..............................................................................................................4
1.3.2 Deck Height (moulded).....................................................................................................4
1.3.3 Main engine.......................................................................................................................4
1.3.4 Fuel Oil Consumption.......................................................................................................4
1.3.5 Speed and Endurance........................................................................................................5
1.4 DEADWEIGHT, LIGHT WEIGHT MEASUREMENT AND INCLINING TEST.........5
1.4.1 Deadweight.......................................................................................................................5
1.4.2 Lightweight Measurement.................................................................................................5
1.4.3 Inclining Test.....................................................................................................................6
1.5 CAPACITIES....................................................................................................................6
1.6 COMPLEMENT...............................................................................................................7
1.7 FLAG, CLASS, REGULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES..............................................7
1.7.1 Flag...................................................................................................................................7
1.7.2 Class..................................................................................................................................7
1.7.3 Rules and Regulations.......................................................................................................8
1.7.4 Certificates........................................................................................................................8
1.8 TRIM AND STABILITY................................................................................................10
1.9 FREEBOARD.................................................................................................................11
1.10 DRAWINGS...................................................................................................................11
1.10.1 Approval..........................................................................................................................11
1.10.2 Finished drawing.............................................................................................................11
1.10.3 Ship Model......................................................................................................................12
1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.................................................................................12
1.12 CONSTRUCTION AND WORKMANSHIP..................................................................13
1.13 MODEL TEST................................................................................................................13
1.14 OWNER'S SUPPLIES....................................................................................................13
1.15 TEST, TRIAL AND INSPECTION................................................................................14
1.15.1 General............................................................................................................................14
1.15.2 Inspection........................................................................................................................14
1.15.3 Tests................................................................................................................................15
1.15.4 Shop Tests.......................................................................................................................15
1.15.5 Sea trials..........................................................................................................................15
1.15.6 Overhauling.....................................................................................................................17
1.15.7 Tests for Cargo and Ballast Handling System..................................................................17
1.16 TECHNICAL GUARANTEE.........................................................................................18
1.17 SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS........................................................................................19
1.18 VIBRATION...................................................................................................................19
1.19 NOISE LEVEL...............................................................................................................19
1.20 DELIVERY.....................................................................................................................20
2003/03/19 -03-
PART 2 HULL PART...........................................................................21
1. HULL STRUCTURE........................................................................22
1.1 GENERAL......................................................................................................................22
1.1.1 Scantling..........................................................................................................................22
1.1.2 Steel for the Hull Construction........................................................................................22
1.1.3 Workmanship..................................................................................................................22
1.1.4 Standard of Structural Details..........................................................................................23
1.1.5 Welding...........................................................................................................................23
1.1.6 Slots, Scallops and Holes.................................................................................................23
1.1.7 Structural and Tightness Tests.........................................................................................23
1.2 MAIN HULL..................................................................................................................23
1.2.1 General............................................................................................................................23
1.1.2 Shell Platings...................................................................................................................23
1.2.3 Deck Platings...................................................................................................................24
1.2.4 Main Bulkheads...............................................................................................................24
1.2.5 Frames and Beams...........................................................................................................25
1.2.6 Primary Supporting Members..........................................................................................25
1.2.7 Double Bottom................................................................................................................25
1.2.8 Peak Tanks......................................................................................................................26
1.2.9 Bottom Forward..............................................................................................................26
1.2.10 Stern Frame.....................................................................................................................26
1.2.11 Rudder.............................................................................................................................27
1.3 SUPERSTRUCTURE AND DECK HOUSE..................................................................27
1.3.1 Decks...............................................................................................................................27
1.3.2 Steel Walls.......................................................................................................................27
1.4 MISCELLANEOUS........................................................................................................28
1.4.1 Foundations.....................................................................................................................28
1.4.2 Bulwark...........................................................................................................................28
1.4.3 Sea chests........................................................................................................................28
1.4.4 Bilge Keel........................................................................................................................28
1.4.5 Deck Coaming for Oil Spill Containment........................................................................28
2. OUTFITTINGS.................................................................................30
2.1 NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT........................................................................................30
2.1.1 Steering Gear...................................................................................................................30
2.1.2 Rudder Carrier.................................................................................................................30
2.1.3 Nautical Instruments........................................................................................................31
2.1.4 Flags and Signals.............................................................................................................31
2.1.5 Nautical Books and Charts..............................................................................................31
2.2 ANCHORING AND MOORING...................................................................................32
2.2.1 Anchors, Chain Cables and Mooring Lines.....................................................................32
2.2.2 Windlass and Mooring Winch.........................................................................................33
2.2.3 Fire Wire Reel (air motor driven)....................................................................................34
2.2.4 Hawse Pipes and Chain Pipes..........................................................................................34
2.2.5 Mooring fittings...............................................................................................................34
2.3 AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING & VENTILATION SYSTEM................................37
2.3.1 Air-conditioning System..................................................................................................37
2.3.2 Local Heating..................................................................................................................39
2003/03/19 -04-
2.3.3 Ventilation System..........................................................................................................39
2.4 LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCES.......................................................................................41
2.4.1 Lifeboats..........................................................................................................................41
2.4.2 Muster and Embarkation Stations....................................................................................41
2.4.3 Liferafts...........................................................................................................................41
2.4.4 Rescue Boat.....................................................................................................................41
2.4.5 Personal Life-saving Appliances.....................................................................................41
2.4.6 Others..............................................................................................................................41
2.5 MASTS AND RIGGING................................................................................................42
2.5.1 Masts, etc.........................................................................................................................42
2.5.2 Cargo Hose Handling Cranes..........................................................................................43
2.5.3 Travelling Crane for Handling Engine Parts and Provisions............................................43
2.6 DECK FITTINGS...........................................................................................................44
2.6.1 Steel Doors......................................................................................................................44
2.6.2 Hatches and Manholes.....................................................................................................44
2.6.3 Handrails and Awnings...................................................................................................46
2.6.4 Miscellaneous Fittings.....................................................................................................46
2.7 LADDERS......................................................................................................................47
2.7.1 Accommodation Ladders.................................................................................................47
2.7.2 Wharf Ladder..................................................................................................................47
2.7.3 Deck Ladders...................................................................................................................48
2.7.4 Pilot Ladder.....................................................................................................................48
2.7.5 Tank Ladders...................................................................................................................48
2.7.6 Ladders for Pump Room, Bos'n Store and Steering Gear Room......................................48
2.7.7 Others..............................................................................................................................49
2.8 PROVISION FOR INSPECTION IN WATER BALLAST TANKS IN WAY OF CARGO
TANK PART AND CARGO OIL TANKS....................................................................49
2.8.1 For Side and Lower Hopper Part of Water Ballast Tank.................................................49
2.8.2 For No.3 W.B.T. (forward and inboard side of tank), Cargo Oil Tanks and Slop Tanks. 49
2.9 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................50
2.10 ENGINEER'S LIFT.........................................................................................................50
2.11 HELICOPTER EQUIPMENT.........................................................................................50
2.12 EQUIPMENT FOR SHIP TO SHIP TRANSFER...........................................................50
3. GENERAL HULL PIPING SYSTEM.............................................52

3.1 GENERAL......................................................................................................................52
3.1.1 Outline of piping systems................................................................................................52
3.1.2 Piping workmanship........................................................................................................52
3.1.3 Pipe list............................................................................................................................55
3.1.4 Schedule of general hull piping system...........................................................................58
3.2 BALLAST SYSTEM......................................................................................................60
3.3 BILGE SYSTEM............................................................................................................60
3.4 FUEL OIL FILLING SYSTEM......................................................................................60
3.5 FRESH WATER FILLING SYSTEM............................................................................61
3.6 SOUNDING AND AIR PIPES.......................................................................................61
3.6.1 Sounding pipes................................................................................................................61
3.6.2 Local reading type level gauge........................................................................................62
3.6.3 Air pipes..........................................................................................................................62
3.7 WATER SERVICE SYSTEM.........................................................................................62
3.7.1 Fresh water system..........................................................................................................62
2003/03/19 -05-
3.7.2 Drinking water system.....................................................................................................63
3.7.3 Hot washing water system...............................................................................................63
3.8 DRAINAGE SYSTEM...................................................................................................64
3.8.1 EXPOSED DECK SCUPPERS.......................................................................................64
3.8.2 Waste water and soil drainage.........................................................................................64
3.8.3 Drain from the refrigerated provisions chambers.............................................................64
3.9 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM......................................................................................65
3.9.1 General............................................................................................................................65
3.9.2 Compressed air for general use........................................................................................65
3.9.3 Compressed air for control and instrumentation..............................................................65
3.10 STEAM, EXHAUST AND DRAIN SYSTEM...............................................................65
3.10.1 General............................................................................................................................65
3.10.2 Piping on upper deck and in pump room.........................................................................65
3.10.3 Piping in accommodation space......................................................................................66
3.11 TANK HEATING SYSTEM FOR FUEL OIL TANKS.................................................66
3.12 FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM................................................................................67
3.12.1 Fire and wash deck line...................................................................................................67
3.12.2 Fire hydrants....................................................................................................................67
3.12.3 Fixed deck foam/high expansion foam fire extinguishing system for cargo tank part/engine
room & pump room.........................................................................................................68
3.12.4 Fire extinguishing system for paint room........................................................................68
3.12.5 Emergency fire pump......................................................................................................68
3.12.6 Fire control station...........................................................................................................69
3.13 FIRE EXTINGUISHING APPARATUS........................................................................69
3.13.1 Portable fire extinguishers...............................................................................................69
3.13.2 Fireman’s outfits..............................................................................................................69
3.14 REFRIGERATED PROVISIONS CHAMBERS............................................................71
3.15 REFRIGERATING PLANT FOR REF. PROVISIONS CHAMBERS...........................71
3.16 INSULATION PROCESS OF GENERAL PIPES..........................................................72
3.16.1 Steam and Exhaust Pipes and Hot Water Pipes...............................................................72
3.16.2 Refrigerant Pipes.............................................................................................................72
3.16.3 Sweat Proofing................................................................................................................73
3.16.4 Remarks...........................................................................................................................73
3.16 INSULATION PROCESS OF GENERAL PIPES..........................................................74
3.16.1 Thermal insulation (The enclosed space other than engine room)...................................74
3.16.2 Sweat protection..............................................................................................................74
3.17 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS.....................................................................................74
3.17.1 Bottom plugs...................................................................................................................74
4. CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM......................................................75

4.1 GENERAL......................................................................................................................75
4.2 SPECIFICATION OF PIPINGS......................................................................................75
4.2.1 GENERAL......................................................................................................................75
4.2.2 Schedule of pipings.........................................................................................................76
4.2.3 Insulation and steam tracing............................................................................................77
4.3 CARGO OIL AND BALLAST SYSTEM......................................................................78
4.3.1 Pumps..............................................................................................................................78
4.3.2 Self-stripping unit for cargo oil pumps............................................................................79
4.3.3 Cargo oil and ballast pipings...........................................................................................79
4.4 CONTROL & INDICATION SYSTEM FOR CARGO OIL/BALLAST HANDLING. 82
2003/03/19 -06-
4.4.1 General............................................................................................................................82
4.4.2 Valve control and indication............................................................................................83
4.4.3 Hydraulic power unit for valve control............................................................................84
4.4.4 Tank level and draft indication........................................................................................85
4.4.5 Control and indication.....................................................................................................85
4.5 CARGO OIL TANK VENT SYSTEM.........................................................................102
4.6 ROVISION FOR CARGO VAPOUR EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM...................102
4.7 TANK HEATING SYSTEM.........................................................................................103
4.8 TANK WASHING SYSTEM.......................................................................................104
4.8.1 General..........................................................................................................................104
4.8.2 Fixed tank washing machines........................................................................................105
4.8.3 Portable tank washing machines and tank washing openings........................................105
4.8.4 Tank washing heater......................................................................................................105
4.8.5 Piping............................................................................................................................105
4.8.6 Hand dipping device......................................................................................................106
4.9 INERT GAS SYSTEM..................................................................................................106
4.9.1 General..........................................................................................................................106
4.9.2 Flue gas treatment plant.................................................................................................107
4.9.3 Inert gas distribution plant.............................................................................................107
4.9.4 Pipes, valves and corrosion protections.........................................................................108
4.9.5 Diagrammatic arrangement...........................................................................................108
4.9.6 Control and indication...................................................................................................108
4.9.7 Spare parts and tools......................................................................................................109
4.9.8 Gas purge pipe...............................................................................................................109
4.9.9 Pressure/vacuum breaker...............................................................................................109
4.9.10 Provisions for inerting and airing of water ballast tanks................................................109
4.10 GAS DETECTION SYSTEM.......................................................................................112
4.10.1 Pump room....................................................................................................................112
4.10.2 Water ballast tanks in way of cargo tank part, fore peak tank ( void)............................112
4.11 PORTABLE MEASURING SYSTEM FOR CARGO TANKS....................................112
5. INTERIOR FITTINGS...................................................................116
5.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................116
5.1.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................116
5.1.2 ROOM RANKING.......................................................................................................116
5.2 BULKHEADS, LININGS AND CEILINGS................................................................116
5.2.1 Steel Walls.....................................................................................................................116
5.2.2 Joiner Bulkheads...........................................................................................................117
5.2.3 Linings...........................................................................................................................117
5.2.4 Ceilings.........................................................................................................................118
5.2.5 Finishing of Visible Surface..........................................................................................118
5.3 DECK COVERINGS....................................................................................................118
5.3.1 Deck Composition.........................................................................................................118
5.3.2 Cement and Tiles...........................................................................................................118
5.3.3 Grating, etc....................................................................................................................119
5.4 HEAT, FIRE AND SOUND INSULATION.................................................................119
5.4.1 Heat Insulation..............................................................................................................119
5.4.2 Fire Insulation................................................................................................................120
5.4.3 Sound Insulation............................................................................................................121
5.5 JOINER DOORS...........................................................................................................121
2003/03/19 -07-
5.6 STAIRWAYS AND PASSAGES IN THE ACCOMMODATION SPACE.................122
5.7 LIGHTING....................................................................................................................122
5.7.1 General..........................................................................................................................122
5.7.2 Side Scuttle....................................................................................................................122
5.7.3 RECTANGULAR WINDOW.......................................................................................123
5.7.4 Skylight.........................................................................................................................123
5.8 FURNITURE AND FITTINGS....................................................................................123
5.8.1 General..........................................................................................................................123
5.8.2 Toilet Cabinets..............................................................................................................124
5.8.3 Mirrors...........................................................................................................................124
5.8.4 Curtains.........................................................................................................................124
5.8.5 Sanitary Fixtures............................................................................................................124
5.8.6 Cold Drinking Water Fountains.....................................................................................125
5.8.7 Electric Lighting System...............................................................................................125
5.8.8 Schedule of Interior Fittings..........................................................................................125
5.9 STOWAGE SPACES....................................................................................................125
5.9.1 General..........................................................................................................................125
5.9.2 Refrigerated Provisions Chambers.................................................................................125
5.9.3 Provisions Store.............................................................................................................125
5.9.4 Boatswain's store...........................................................................................................125
5.9.5 Paint Store.....................................................................................................................126
5.9.6 Deck Work Shop...........................................................................................................126
5.9.7 Battery Room................................................................................................................126
5.9.8 Rope Stowage Space.....................................................................................................126
5.9.9 Linen Locker.................................................................................................................126
5.9.10 Locker/Store in Accommodation...................................................................................126
5.9.11 Bonded Store.................................................................................................................126
5.9.12 Medicine Locker............................................................................................................126
5.9.13 Acetylene Gas Bottle Room and Oxygen Gas Bottle Room..........................................126
5.10 SANITARY SPACES, CATERING SPACES AND OTHER SPACES.......................127
5.10.1 Sanitary Spaces and Catering Spaces.............................................................................127
5.10.2 Electrical Equipment Room...........................................................................................127
5.10.3 Oil Skin Locker.............................................................................................................127
5.10.4 Engine Changing Room.................................................................................................127
5.10.5 Other Spaces..................................................................................................................127
5.11 MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................................127
5.11.1 Notice Boards and Name Plates.....................................................................................127
5.11.2 Display of Drawings......................................................................................................128
5.11.3 Pictures and Paintings....................................................................................................128
6. PAINTING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION...........................140

6.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................140
6.2 PRIMARY SURFACE PREPARATION......................................................................140
6.3 SECONDARY SURFACE PREPARATION...............................................................140
6.4 PAINTING WORK.......................................................................................................141
6.5 PAINTING SCHEDULE..............................................................................................142
6.6 GALVANIZING...........................................................................................................144
6.7 CATHODIC PROTECTION.........................................................................................144
6.7.1 For Hull Exterior...........................................................................................................144
6.8 VESSEL'S IDENTIFICATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS MARKS........................145
2003/03/19 -08-
6.8.1 Vessel's Identifications..................................................................................................145
6.8.2 Miscellaneous Marks.....................................................................................................145
7. HULL PART INVENTORY..........................................................147

7.1 HULL PART INVENTORY.........................................................................................147
PART 3 MACHINERY PART...........................................................149
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION...........................................................150
1.1 OUTLINE OF MACHINERY PART...........................................................................150
1.2 BASIC DESIGN CONDITION.....................................................................................150
1.2.1 Fuel oil employed..........................................................................................................150
1.2.2 Main engine...................................................................................................................151
1.2.3 Shafting & propeller......................................................................................................151
1.2.4 Steam generating plant..................................................................................................152
1.2.5 Electric power service....................................................................................................153
1.2.6 Pump.............................................................................................................................153
1.2.7 Heat exchanger..............................................................................................................154
1.2.8 Compressed air plant.....................................................................................................155
1.2.9 Oil purification service..................................................................................................156
1.2.10 Cooling water system for machinery plant....................................................................157
1.2.11 Bilge handling, fire fighting pump and energency escape..............................................157
1.2.12 Engine room ventilation service....................................................................................157
1.2.13 Sewage handling service................................................................................................158
1.2.14 Waste oil hadling service...............................................................................................158
1.2.15 Seating of foundation of machinery...............................................................................158
1.2.16 Tank..............................................................................................................................159
1.2.17 Figures on design...........................................................................................................159
1.2.18 Spare and tool................................................................................................................159
1.3 PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS OF MACHINERY.......................................................160
1.3.1 Main engine...................................................................................................................160
1.3.2 Shafting and propeller....................................................................................................160
1.3.3 Electric generating plant................................................................................................161
1.3.4 Steam generating plant..................................................................................................161
1.3.5 Air compressors and air reservoirs.................................................................................162
1.3.6 Centrifugal pumps.........................................................................................................163
1.3.7 Gear pump.....................................................................................................................165
1.3.8 Screw and single rotor pump.........................................................................................166
1.3.9 Forced draft and vent fans.............................................................................................166
1.3.10 Coolers and/or heater.....................................................................................................167
1.3.11 Oil heaters.....................................................................................................................168
1.3.12 Purifiers.........................................................................................................................168
1.3.13 Fresh water generator....................................................................................................169
1.3.14 Work shop machinery....................................................................................................169
1.3.15 Miscellaneous equipment..............................................................................................170
1.3.16 Cargo & ballast handling auxiliary................................................................................171
1.3.17 Tank in engine room......................................................................................................171
2. MAIN ENGINE...............................................................................174
2003/03/19 -09-
2.1 GENERAL OF MAIN ENGINE...................................................................................174
2.1.1 Building practice...........................................................................................................174
2.1.2 Shop test & overhaul inspection....................................................................................174
2.2 CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIAL.........................................................................175
2.2.1 Bedplate and main bearing............................................................................................175
2.2.2 Thrust bearing................................................................................................................175
2.2.3 Frame box......................................................................................................................176
2.2.4 Cylinder frame and stuffing box....................................................................................176
2.2.5 Cylinder liner.................................................................................................................176
2.2.6 Cylinder cover...............................................................................................................177
2.2.7 Crankshaft.....................................................................................................................177
2.2.8 Connecting rod..............................................................................................................177
2.2.9 Crosshead and guide shoe..............................................................................................177
2.2.10 Piston and piston rod.....................................................................................................177
2.2.11 Exhaust valve and valve gear.........................................................................................178
2.2.12 Fuel, starting, safety and indicator valve........................................................................178
2.2.13 Fuel pump and fuel oil high pressure pipe.....................................................................178
2.2.14 Camshaft and cam.........................................................................................................179
2.2.15 Chain drive....................................................................................................................179
2.2.16 Reversing.......................................................................................................................179
2.2.17 Exhaust turbocharger.....................................................................................................179
2.2.18 Air cooler.......................................................................................................................180
2.2.19 Scavenging air system, exhaust gas system and auxiliary blower..................................180
2.2.20 Turning gear and turning wheel.....................................................................................180
2.2.21 Cylinder lubricators.......................................................................................................180
2.2.22 Forced lubrication and oil cooling.................................................................................181
2.2.23 Fuel oil supply system...................................................................................................181
2.2.24 Cooling water system....................................................................................................181
2.2.25 Starting air system.........................................................................................................182
2.2.26 Governor.......................................................................................................................182
2.2.27 Manoeuvring system.....................................................................................................182
2.2.28 Engine grating...............................................................................................................183
2.2.29 Painting of main engine.................................................................................................183
2.3 ACCESSORIES............................................................................................................183
2.4 ENGINE TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS......................................................................186
2.4.1 Engine tools...................................................................................................................186
2.4.2 Spare parts.....................................................................................................................187
3. SHAFTING AND PROPELLER...................................................189

3.1 SHAFTING...................................................................................................................189
3.1.1 Thrust shaft and bearing................................................................................................189
3.1.2 Intermediate shaft..........................................................................................................189
3.1.3 Propeller shaft................................................................................................................189
3.1.4 Coupling........................................................................................................................189
3.2 SHAFT BEARING........................................................................................................190
3.3 STERN TURE AND STERN TUBE BEARING..........................................................190
3.3.1 Stern tube.......................................................................................................................190
3.3.2 Stern tube bearing..........................................................................................................190
3.4 PROPELLER, PROPELLER CAP AND PROPELLER NUT......................................190
3.5 SPARES AND TOOLS.................................................................................................191
2003/03/19 -010-
3.5.1 Spares............................................................................................................................191
3.5.2 Tools..............................................................................................................................191
4. ELECTRIC GENERATING ENGINE.........................................192

4.1 GENERATOR DIESEL ENGINE................................................................................192
4.1.1 Building practice and shop trial.....................................................................................192
4.1.2 Construction and Materials............................................................................................192
4.1.3 Aaccessories..................................................................................................................193
4.1.4 Engine tools...................................................................................................................194
4.1.5 Spare parts.....................................................................................................................194
4.2 EMERGENCY GENERATOR DIESEL ENGINE.......................................................196
4.2.1 Construction, materials and accessories.........................................................................196
4.2.2 Spares and tools.............................................................................................................196
5. STEAM GENERATING PLANT..................................................197

5.1 AUXILIARY BOILER.................................................................................................197
5.1.1 Construction..................................................................................................................197
5.1.2 Material.........................................................................................................................197
5.1.3 Accessories....................................................................................................................197
5.1.4 Spare & tools.................................................................................................................198
5.2 EXHAUST GAS ECONOMIZER................................................................................200
5.2.1 Construction..................................................................................................................200
5.2.2 Accessories....................................................................................................................200
5.2.3 Spare and tools..............................................................................................................200
6. AUXILIARY MACHINERIES......................................................201
6.1 PUMP............................................................................................................................201
6.1.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................201
6.1.2 Centrifugal pump...........................................................................................................201
6.1.3 Gear pump.....................................................................................................................203
6.1.4 Screw pump...................................................................................................................204
6.1.5 Steam driven reciprocating pump..................................................................................205
6.2 STEAM TURBINE FOR PUMP...................................................................................207
6.2.1 General..........................................................................................................................207
6.2.2 Material.........................................................................................................................207
6.2.3 Accessories....................................................................................................................207
6.2.4 Spares and tools.............................................................................................................208
6.3 HEAT EXCHANGER...................................................................................................209
6.3.1 Shell & tube type heat exchanger..................................................................................209
6.3.2 Plate type heat exchanger..............................................................................................210
6.3.3 Tank washing sea water heater......................................................................................210
6.3.4 Fresh water heater..........................................................................................................211
6.3.5 Oil heater.......................................................................................................................212
6.4 AIR COMPRESSOR AND AIR RESERVOIR............................................................212
6.4.1 Main and topping-up air compressors............................................................................212
6.4.2 Auxiliary air compressor...............................................................................................213
6.4.3 Air reservoir..................................................................................................................213
6.5 PURIFIER.....................................................................................................................214
6.5.1 Fuel oil purifier..............................................................................................................214
2003/03/19 -011-
6.5.2 Lubricating oil purifier..................................................................................................214
6.6 FRESH WATER GENERATOR..................................................................................215
6.6.1 Contruction and material...............................................................................................215
6.6.2 Accessories....................................................................................................................215
6.6.3 Spares and tools.............................................................................................................216
6.7 FAN...............................................................................................................................216
6.7.1 Enging room ventilating fan and purifier space exhaust fan..........................................216
6.7.2 Pump room exhaust fan.................................................................................................216
6.7.3 Forced draft fan.............................................................................................................217
6.8 MAIN ENGINE OVERHAULING CRANE................................................................218
6.8.1 Construction, materials and controls..............................................................................218
6.8.2 Accessories....................................................................................................................218
6.8.3 Spares and tools.............................................................................................................218
6.9 OILY WATER SEPARATOR......................................................................................218
6.9.2 Spares and tools.............................................................................................................218
6.10 ELEVATOR..................................................................................................................218
6.10.2 Spare and tools..............................................................................................................219
6.11 HORN...........................................................................................................................219
6.11.1 Construction, materials, accessories and controls..........................................................219
6.11.2 Spares and tools.............................................................................................................219
6.12 SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT...............................................................................219
6.12.1 Construction & material................................................................................................220
6.12.2 Accessories....................................................................................................................220
6.12.3 Spare & tools.................................................................................................................220
6.13 WASTE OIL INCINERATOR......................................................................................220
6.13.1 Construction and material..............................................................................................220
6.13.2 Accessories....................................................................................................................220
6.13.3 Spares and tools.............................................................................................................220
6.14 MARINE GROWTH PREVENTION SYSTEM..........................................................221
6.14.1 Configuration.................................................................................................................221
6.14.2 Spare & tools.................................................................................................................221
6.15 MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................................221
7. PIPING SYSTEM IN ENGINE ROOM........................................222

7.1 GENERAL OF PIPING SYSTEM IN E/R....................................................................222
7.2 STEAM SYSTEM.........................................................................................................222
7.2.1 1.96 MPa press. steam sevice........................................................................................222
7.2.2 1.57 MPa press. steam service.......................................................................................222
7.2.3 0.98 MPa rress. steam service........................................................................................222
7.2.4 0.59 MPa press. steam service.......................................................................................223
7.3 EXHAUST STEAM SYSTEM.....................................................................................223
7.4 CONDENSATE SYSTEM............................................................................................223
7.5 STEAM DRAIN SYSTEM...........................................................................................223
7.6 FEED WATER SYSTEM.............................................................................................224
7.7 BOILER WATER CIRCULATING SYSTEM.............................................................224
7.8 COOLING FRESH WATER SYSTEM........................................................................224
7.8.1 Low temp. cooling fresh water system..........................................................................224
7.8.2 High temp. cooling fresh water system..........................................................................225
2003/03/19 -012-
7.8.3 Auxiliary cooling fresh water system............................................................................226
7.9 COOLING SEA WATER SYSTEM.............................................................................226
7.9.1 Main cooling sea water system......................................................................................226
7.9.2 Vacuum condenser circulating water system.................................................................227
7.9.3 Sea water scrvice system...............................................................................................227
7.9.4 Scrubber cooling system etc..........................................................................................227
7.10 LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM....................................................................................227
7.10.1 Lubricating oil transfer & storage system......................................................................227
7.10.2 Lubricating oil sytem for main engine...........................................................................227
7.10.3 Lubricating oil system for turo charger of main engine.................................................228
7.10.4 Cylinder oil feed system................................................................................................228
7.10.5 Lubricating oil system for auxiliary machineries...........................................................228
7.10.6 Stern tube lubrication oil system....................................................................................228
7.10.7 Lubricating oil purifying................................................................................................228
7.10.8 Main engine scavenging box drain system....................................................................229
7.10.9 L.o. drain and l.o. sludge system....................................................................................229
7.11 FUEL OIL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................229
7.11.1 Fuel oil transferring system...........................................................................................229
7.11.2 Fuel oil supply system to main engine and generator engine.........................................230
7.11.3 Diesel oil supply system to generator engines...............................................................230
7.11.4 Fuel oil burning system to auxiliary boiler....................................................................230
7.11.5 Fuel oil purification.......................................................................................................231
7.11.6 Fuel oil drain and sludge system....................................................................................231
7.12 BILGE SYSTEM..........................................................................................................231
7.13 BALLAST & FIRE SYSTEM.......................................................................................232
7.14 FRESH WATER SERVICE SYSTEM.........................................................................232
7.15 DISTILLED WATER SYSTEM...................................................................................232
7.16 SEWAGE SYSTEM......................................................................................................233
7.17 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM....................................................................................233
7.18 EXHAUST GAS SYSTEM...........................................................................................233
8. OUTFITTING FOR PIPING SYSTEM........................................234

8.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................234
8.2 PIPES, VALVES AND COCKS...................................................................................234
8.3 FITTINGS.....................................................................................................................235
8.4 SEA CHEST AND OVERBOARDS............................................................................235
8.5 MATERIAL APPLICATION OF PIPING SYSTEM...................................................236
8.6 THICKNESS TABLE OF PIPES..................................................................................240
8.6.1 Steel Pipe.......................................................................................................................240
8.7 INSULATION AND LAGGING..................................................................................242
8.7.1 Pipe insulation...............................................................................................................242
8.8 FILTERS FOR ENGINE ROOM PIPINGS..................................................................243
8.9 SPARES........................................................................................................................244
9. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND OUTFITTING...........245

9.1 ENGINE ROOM WORKSHOP AND STORE.............................................................245
9.2 OVERHAULING AND REMOVAL OF MACHINERY.............................................245
9.2.1 Overhauling of main engine..........................................................................................245
9.2.2 Propeller and propeller shaft removal............................................................................246
9.2.3 Overhauling of auxiliaries.............................................................................................246
2003/03/19 -013-
9.2.4 Removal of components from/in engine room...............................................................246
9.3 TANKS IN ENGINE ROOM........................................................................................246
9.4 VENTILATION OF MACHINERY SPACE................................................................247
9.5 FUNNEL AND UPTAKE.............................................................................................247
9.6 SILENCERS..................................................................................................................247
9.7 LADDERS, HANDRALLS, GRATINGS AND FLOOR PLATES..............................247
9.7.1 Ladder...........................................................................................................................248
9.7.2 Handrall.........................................................................................................................248
9.7.3 Floor plate.....................................................................................................................248
9.7.4 Grating...........................................................................................................................248
9.7.5 Caming..........................................................................................................................248
9.8 FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT IN MACHINERY SPACE...........................249
9.9 NAME PLATES...........................................................................................................249
9.10 FINISHING PAINT IN ENGINE ROOM.....................................................................250
10. INVENTORY OF GENERAL TOOLS.......................................251
PART 4 ELECTRICAL AND AUTOMATION...............................257
1. GENERAL.......................................................................................258
1.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................258
1.2 SUPPLY SYSTEM.......................................................................................................258
1.2.1 Standard voltage, number of phase and frequency.........................................................258
1.2.2 Applied voltage and number of phase for equipment.....................................................258
1.3 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL.................................................................................259
1.3.1 Fuse...............................................................................................................................259
1.3.2 Terminal........................................................................................................................259
1.3.3 Lamp.............................................................................................................................259
1.3.4 Name plate.....................................................................................................................259
1.4 COLOUR OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT...............................................................260
2. ELECTRIC SOURCE....................................................................261
2.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................261
2.2 DIESEL GENERATOR................................................................................................261
2.2.1 General..........................................................................................................................261
2.2.2 Particulars......................................................................................................................262
2.3 EMERGENCY GENERATOR.....................................................................................262
2.3.1 General..........................................................................................................................262
2.3.2 Particulars......................................................................................................................263
2.4 TRANSFORMER.........................................................................................................263
2.5 STORAGE BATTERY.................................................................................................264
3. DISTRIBUTION.............................................................................265
3.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................265
3.2 MAIN SWITCHBOARD..............................................................................................268
3.2.1 General..........................................................................................................................268
3.2.2 Construction..................................................................................................................268
3.2.3 Device and instrument...................................................................................................268
2003/03/19 -014-
3.2.4 Panel arrangement.........................................................................................................269
3.2.5 Inter-lock.......................................................................................................................271
3.3 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD................................................................................271
3.3.1 General..........................................................................................................................271
3.3.2 Device and instrument...................................................................................................271
3.3.3 Panel arrangement.........................................................................................................272
3.3.4 Inter-lock.......................................................................................................................273
3.4 BATTERY SWITCHBOARD......................................................................................273
3.5 SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARD.................................................................273
4. ELECTRIC MOTOR AND CONTROL.......................................275

4.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................275
4.2 MOTOR........................................................................................................................275
4.3 CONTROLLER............................................................................................................276
4.4 SPECIAL CONTROL...................................................................................................277
4.4.1 Turning gear..................................................................................................................277
4.4.2 Steering gear..................................................................................................................277
4.4.3 Fire pump......................................................................................................................277
4.4.4 Emergency stop.............................................................................................................278
4.4.5 Preferential trip..............................................................................................................278
4.4.6 Sequence start system....................................................................................................278
4.4.7 Automatic change over..................................................................................................278
4.4.8 Automatic start and stop................................................................................................278
4.4.4 Electric welder...............................................................................................................278
5. LIGHTING SYSTEM.....................................................................280
5.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................280
5.1.1 General..........................................................................................................................280
5.1.2 Lighting fixtures............................................................................................................280
5.1.3 Illumination...................................................................................................................280
5.2 GENERAL LIGHT.......................................................................................................282
5.3 DECKLIGHT................................................................................................................284
5.3.1 Mercury arc floodlight...................................................................................................284
5.3.2 Incandescent floodlight..................................................................................................284
5.3.3 Boat launching light (incandescent light).......................................................................284
5.3.4 Ship’s name board light.................................................................................................285
5.4 PORTABLE LIGHT.....................................................................................................285
5.4.1 Portable light.................................................................................................................285
5.4.2 Receptacle.....................................................................................................................285
5.5 EMERGENCY LIGHT.................................................................................................285
5.6 TEMPORARY BATTERY LIGHT..............................................................................286
5.7 SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE....................................................................................286
5.7.1 Switch............................................................................................................................286
5.7.2 Receptacle.....................................................................................................................287
5.8 SPECIAL LIGHT..........................................................................................................288
5.8.1 Instrument light.............................................................................................................288
5.8.2 Chart light (60W)..........................................................................................................288
5.8.3 Work shop light (100W)................................................................................................288
5.8.4 Sight glass light.............................................................................................................288
5.8.5 Signal light for ref. chamber’s lights (5W)....................................................................288
2003/03/19 -015-
6. NAVIGATION LIGHT AND SIGNAL LIGHT...........................289
6.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................289
6.2 NAVIGATION LIGHT.................................................................................................289
6.3 SIGNAL LIGHT...........................................................................................................289
6.3.1 Signal light....................................................................................................................289
6.3.2 Manoeuvring signal light...............................................................................................289
6.3.3 Daylght signal light.......................................................................................................290
6.3.4 Steering light.................................................................................................................290
6.4 SUEZ CANAL LIGHT.................................................................................................290
6.4.1 Signal light....................................................................................................................290
6.4.2 Search light....................................................................................................................290
6.5 CONTROL....................................................................................................................290
7. INTERIOR COMMUNICATION, ALARM AND MEASURING

SYSTEM..........................................................................................292
7.1 INTERIOR COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT.........................................................292
7.1.1 Auto-exchange telephone (AC220V and DC 24V)........................................................292
7.1.2 Common battery type telephone (DC24V)....................................................................293
7.1.3 Interphone (DC24V)......................................................................................................293
7.1.4 Calling signal device.....................................................................................................294
7.1.5 Engine telegraph (AC220V)..........................................................................................294
7.1.6 Loud speaking and talk back system (AC220V)............................................................294
7.1.7 Portable transceiver.......................................................................................................296
7.1.8 Air horns controller (AC220V)......................................................................................297
7.1.9 LAN for personal computer...........................................................................................297
7.2 ELECTRIC ALARM....................................................................................................298
7.2.1 General alarm (AC220V)..............................................................................................298
7.2.2 Fire detecting and alarm system (AC220V and DC 24V)..............................................299
7.2.3 High expansion foam flood alarm (AC 220V)...............................................................299
7.2.4 Ref. chamber alarm (DC24V)........................................................................................299
7.2.5 Alarm/calling signal list.................................................................................................300
7.3 ELECTRIC MEASURING INSTRUMENT.................................................................301
7.3.1 Revolution indicator for main engine............................................................................301
7.3.2 Rudder angle indicator (AC220V).................................................................................301
7.3.3 Electric crystal clock (AC220V and DC 24V)...............................................................301
7.4 ENTERTAINMENT DEVICE......................................................................................302
7.4.1 Broadcast radio and TV antenna multi coupler..............................................................302
7.4.2 TV receiver (AC220V)..................................................................................................302
7.4.3 Video cassette recorder (AC220V)................................................................................302
7.4.4 Stereo set (AC 220V)....................................................................................................302
8. NAUTICAL INSTRUMENT..........................................................303
8.1 GYRO COMPASS AND AUTO PILOT (AC 220V)....................................................303
8.1.1 Gyro compass................................................................................................................303
8.1.2 Auto pilot.......................................................................................................................303
8.2 ECHO SOUNDER (AC220V)......................................................................................303
8.3 DOPPLER SONAR (AC220V).....................................................................................304
8.4 RATE OF TURN INDICATOR....................................................................................304
8.5 RADAR AND ARPA (AC220V)..................................................................................304
2003/03/19 -016-
8.6 DGPS NAVIGATOR (DC24V)....................................................................................305
8.6.1 No.1 DGPS navigator....................................................................................................305
8.6.2 No.2 DGPS navigator....................................................................................................305
8.7 WEATHER FACSIMILE (AC220V)............................................................................305
8.8 ANEMOMETER...........................................................................................................305
8.9 AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM/VOYAGE DATA RECORDER..........306
9. RADIO EQUIPMENT....................................................................307
9.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................307
9.2 MF/HF RADIO STATION...........................................................................................307
9.2.1 Main unit.......................................................................................................................307
9.2.2 Ancillary equipment for MF/HF radio station...............................................................307
9.2.3 Antennas........................................................................................................................308
9.3 NAVTEX RECEIVER (DC24V)..................................................................................308
9.4 TWO-WAY VHF RADIOTELEPHONE......................................................................308
9.5 SATELLITE EMERGENCY POSITION INDICATING RADIO BEACON..............308
9.6 RADAR TRANSPONDER...........................................................................................308
9.7 INTERNATIONAL VHF RADIO TELEPHONE........................................................308
9.7.1 No.1 VHF radiotelephone (AC220V, DC24V)..............................................................308
9.7.2 No.2 VHF radio telephone (AC 220V, DC24V)............................................................309
9.8 STANDARD“B”INMARSAT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (AC220V).................309
9.9 STANDARD “C” INMARSAT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (AC220V, DC24V) 310
10. CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION FOR MACHINERY

PLANT..........................................................................................311
10.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................311
10.1.1 General conditions.........................................................................................................311
10.1.2 Design outline................................................................................................................311
10.1.3 POWER SUPPLY.........................................................................................................311
10.2 ENGING CONTROL ROOM.......................................................................................312
10.3 CONTROLS FOR MACHINERY................................................................................313
10.3.1 Main engine...................................................................................................................313
10.3.2 Main generator diesel engines.......................................................................................316
10.3.3 Operation of generators.................................................................................................316
10.3.4 AUX. BOILER..............................................................................................................318
10.3.5 Exh. gas economizer......................................................................................................319
10.3.6 Compressed air system..................................................................................................319
10.3.7 Fuel oil transfer and purifying system...........................................................................319
10.3.8 Lub. Oil transfer and purifying system..........................................................................320
10.3.9 Fresh water and sea water service system and bilge system...........................................320
10.4 INSTRUMENTATION FOR CONTROLS AND WATCHINGS................................320
10.4.1 Enging room monitoring system....................................................................................320
10.4.2 Main control console.....................................................................................................322
10.4.3 Bridge control console...................................................................................................322
10.4.4 Extension alarm system.................................................................................................322
10.4.5 Sensors..........................................................................................................................325
10.4.6 Instrumentation table.....................................................................................................326
11. CABLE AND WIRING.................................................................347

2003/03/19 -017-
11.1 ELECTRIC CABLE......................................................................................................347
11.1.1 General cable.................................................................................................................347
11.2 CABLE INSTALLATION............................................................................................347
11.2.1 Supporting.....................................................................................................................347
11.2.2 Laying...........................................................................................................................348
12. WHEEL HOUSE ARRANGEMENT..........................................349

12.1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................349
12.2 BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE.................................................................................349
12.3 MEASURING INSTRUMENT PANEL.......................................................................349
12.4 NAUTICAL INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SWITCH PANEL.............................349
13. TEST AND TRIAL.......................................................................351

13.1 SHOP TEST..................................................................................................................351
13.2 ON BOARD TEST........................................................................................................351
14. SUPPLEMENTARY OUTFIT AND SPARE PARTS...............353

14.1 SUPPLEMENTARY OUTFIT......................................................................................353
14.1.1 Instrument......................................................................................................................353
14.1.2 Tool...............................................................................................................................353
14.1.3 Outfit for battery............................................................................................................353
14.2 SPARE PARTS.............................................................................................................353
2003/03/19 -018-
PART 1
GENERAL PROVISIONS
2003/03/19 -1-
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 PREFACE
The Specification and the accompanying plans are intended to describe the details of
technical matters in the Contract, i.e. design, performance, capacities, construction,
equipment and materials required for the construction of a Crude Oil Tanker (hereinafter
called as "the Vessel").
The accompanying plan listed below shall form an integral part of the Specification, upon
which the detailed design of the Vessel will be developed.
Drawing No. TDC501-010-002 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN

Drawing No. TDC501-010-004MX MAKERS LIST FOR EQUIPMENT
Details in design, fabrication, installation, inspection, test and workmanship etc. not
covered by this Specification, or not covered by the approved plans, shall be performed
under the Builder's standards and practices.
It is to be understood that the descriptions in Part 1 - General Provisions are to be applied to

the whole of the subsequent parts viz. Hull, Machinery and Electrical & Automation parts,
whereas those in the subsequent parts are to be applied only to the relevant part in which
they appear and to have no effect elsewhere.
If there should be any inconsistencies or contradictions between the Contract and this
Specification, the Contract is to have the preference.
If there should be any inconsistencies or contradictions between the General Provisions and
the Hull, Machinery or Electrical & Automation part, the Part 1 - General Provisions is to
have the preference.
If there should be any inconsistencies or contradictions between this Specification and the
associated plans, this Specification is to have the preference.
Any alteration of the Specification and the accompanying plan(s) shall be modified under
memorandum countersigned by both parties and the latest memorandum shall govern.
When words such as "or", "and/or", "similar", "necessary", "if any", "may", etc., are used,
the opinion of Builder shall be respected.
If any item(s) is repeated twice or more in the Specification, it is understood that these
item(s) shall be supplied and/or applied only once.
Any items which are not called for in the Specification shall not be furnished or applied by
the Builder. However, items which are omitted in the Specification but required by the Rules
and/or Regulations specified in "1.7.2 Class & 1.7.3 Rules and Regulations" shall be
furnished and installed by the Builder according to the Shipbuilding practice for the Vessel
except those items described as the Owner's supply in the Specification.
2003/03/19 -2-
Any requirement of the Owner, which is in excess of the requirement of the Rules and
Regulations as specified in "1.7.2 Class & 1.7.3 Rules and Regulations" or the contents of
the Specification shall be subject to the adjustment of the contract price, deadweight, speed,
scheduled delivery date and any other applicable items which may be affected.
Any changes to the Specification or any amendment of Rules and Regulations as specified
in the Specification coming into effect after signing contract shall be in effect subject to the
mutual agreement in writings as to any alteration in price, delivery, guarantee figures and
other terms in accordance with the Contract.
The Builder may make changes and improvements to the Specification, if found necessary
for introduction of the improved production methods, and subject to the Owner's approval,
but which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Spare parts, tools and accessories shall be supplied by the Builder according to the
Specification which meets the requirements of the specified Classification Society,
Regulatory bodies or the normal standards of the Builder and manufacturers, whichever is
greater.
The international system of units (SI) shall be adopted for design and construction of Hull,
Machinery and Equipment unless where explicitly stated otherwise or in case the material
originates from countries using other units.
All plans, booklets, name plates, caution/identification plates and whatever documents
required for implementation of the Specification to be in English and/or Chinese.
If any other language than English and Chinese is required by any reason whatsoever, the
text of translation to be provided by the Owner.
1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The vessel shall be an ocean going single screw diesel engine driven crude oil tanker
suitable for carrying crude oil having a flash point below 60°C.
The vessel shall have a raked stem with a protruded bulbous bow, a transom stern with
open stern bulb, a semi-balanced hanging type rudder with rudder horn and one(1)
continuous upper deck without forecastle. The cargo area is constructed with double
bottom, double side and two plane type longitudinal bulkheads.
The propulsion machinery and accommodations including navigation bridge are to be

located aft.
The vessel shall have fore peak tank (void), cargo oil tanks, water ballast tanks, pump
room, fuel oil tanks, engine room and aft peak tank as shown on the General
Arrangement Plan (hereinafter called as the "G.A.").
Aft peak tank to be used for water ballast tank.
The cargo area shall consist of five (5) center cargo oil tanks, five (5) pairs of wing cargo
oil tanks, two (2) slop tanks and five (5) pairs of water ballast tanks. Cargo oil tanks to be
2003/03/19 -3-
segregated into three(3) groups.
No.4 center cargo oil tank is to be used as a ballast tank for heavy weather emergency
condition.
1.3 MAIN DIMENSIONS AND PARTICULARS
1.3.1 Main Dimensions
Length overall abt. 330.00 m

Length between perpendiculars 316.00 m
Breadth, moulded 60.00 m
Depth, moulded 29.70 m
Design draft, moulded 19.20 m
Scantling draft, moulded 21.50 m
Sheer of upper deck (ship's center line) Nil
Camber
Upper deck (straight & straight line) 1.40 m
1.3.2 Deck Height (moulded)
Deck houses of living quarter (at center line)

Upper deck to B deck 3.30 m
B deck to Navigation bridge deck 3.40 m
Navigation bridge deck to Compass flat 2.85 m
Deck store on upper deck 2.50 m
1.3.3 Main engine
Type: MAN B&W 7S80MC

Number: One (1) set
Output: MCR 25,480kW (34,650BHP) x 79 r/min
CSR (90%MCR) 22,932kW (31,185BHP) x 76.3 r/min
1.3.4 Fuel Oil Consumption
The specific fuel oil consumption of the main engine shall be 167 g/kW-hr at a test result
measured at manufacturer's shop trial, with burning of marine diesel oil having the lower
calorific value of 42,700kJ/kg (10,200kcal/kg), at MCR of the main engine under the ISO
standard reference condition.
The actual fuel oil consumption at manufacturer's shop test shall be allowed to have the
tolerance margin of 5%.
Designed daily F.O. consumption shall be approx. 91t/d at CSR of main engine on the
condition of fuel oil of lower calorific value of 10,200kcal/kg.
2003/03/19 -4-
1.3.5 Speed and Endurance
The service speed of the Vessel at design draft of 19.20m (moulded) shall be approx. 15.8
knots with the main engine running at CSR (90% MCR) with 15% sea margin.
The sea trial speed of the Vessel at design draft of 19.20m (moulded) shall be 16.7 knots
with the main engine running at MCR (25,480kW) without sea margin.
The above speed shall be based on the Vessel with clean hull in deep and calm (no wind,
no wave) water with no currents.
Endurance shall be approx. 26,700 nautical miles on the basis of service speed of 15.8kn
at design draft of 19.20m and above mentioned F.O. consumption at CSR of main engine.
1.4 DEADWEIGHT, LIGHT WEIGHT MEASUREMENT AND INCLINING TEST
1.4.1 Deadweight
The deadweight of the Vessel at the scantling draft of 21.50m (moulded), without trim,
with the Vessel afloat in sea water with specific gravity of 1.025 t/m 3 shall be approx.
298,000 metric tons.
Deadweight at design draft of 19.20m (moulded) shall be approx. 257,500 metric tons.
The "Deadweight" of the Vessel are to consist of the following weights.
(a) Cargo
(b) Fuel oil
(c) Lubricating oil, hydraulic oil and the lubricant
(d) Domestic fresh water and sanitary water
(e) Water which are not mentioned in the "lightweight"
(f) Ship's crew and their effects
(g) Provisions, stores, spares, equipment and inventories over and above the
Classification rules' requirements
(h) Others not mentioned in the "lightweight"
The "deadweight" is the difference between the displacement in sea water with specific
gravity of 1.025 t/m3 (incl. shell and appendages) and the lightweight of the Vessel.
The displacement shall be determined by reading the hydrostatic table.
The lightweight and its centroid shall be determined by the lightweight measurement
and/or inclining test.
1.4.2 Lightweight Measurement
The lightweight of the vessel are to consist of the following weights.

2003/03/19 -5-
(a) Hull steel

(b) Fittings, equipment and inventories ready for sea service
(c) Machineries in the dry condition
(d) Spare gears and tools which are required by the Classification rules
(e) Water in the main engine and auxiliaries, and those piping lines
(f) Hydraulic oil in the steering gear and its piping lines
The light weight measurement shall be carried out by reading the draught of the vessel,
measuring specific gravity of sea water and investigating added or deducted weight.
The draft readings shall be read at both sides of fore, amidship and aft draft marks.
At the light weight measurement, temporary loaded items and unfinished items shall be
accounted.
The displacement of the Vessel at the lightweight measurement shall be determined from
the hydrostatic tables based on the measured draughts with due corrections for trim, heel,
deflection of the Vessel and specific gravity of sea water in accordance with Builder's
normal practice.
The light weight measurement shall be carried out in the presence of the Owner's
representative and the Class surveyor.
The calculation of the light weight and deadweight to be performed by the Builder and
verified by the Owner's representative.
1.4.3 Inclining Test
The inclining test shall be conducted by shifting ballast water in wing tanks and by
measuring the vessel's heel. Free surface effects to be minimised. The measurement
method shall be in accordance with the Builder's practice. The position of the centroid of
the vessel in light weight condition shall be determined by the calculation based on the
data measured.
When the first vessel is substantially completed, the inclining test shall be carried out in
the presence of Owner's representative and the Class surveyor.
In case more than one (sister) ship to be built with this Specification, the lightweight
measurement shall be carried out in the presence of the Owner's representative and the
Class surveyor when the second vessel or the further vessels are substantially completed.
The inclining test shall not be performed for sister vessel.
1.5 CAPACITIES
The vessel is to have the following indicative capacities of cargo tanks, ballast tanks, fuel
oil tanks, diesel oil tanks and fresh water tanks.
Cargo tank capacity (100% filling) abt. 340,000 m3

2003/03/19 -6-
(including slop tanks)
Ballast tanks abt 98,000 m3

(Including aft peak tank)
Heavy fuel oil tanks abt 7,450 m3
Diesel oil tank abt 500 m3
Fresh water tank abt 300 m3
Drinking water tank abt 170 m3
Distilled water tank abt 130 m3
1.6 COMPLEMENT
Rank Deck Depart. Engine Depart. Other Depart. Sum

Officer Captain class Captain 1 C/Engineer 1 2
Senior officer class C/Officer 1 2/Engineer 1 2
Junior officer class 2/Officer 1 3/Engineer 1 Chief steward 1 6
3/Officer 1 4/Engineer 1
Elect/eng. 1
Sum 4 5 1 10
Crew Petty officer class Boatswain 1 No.1 oiler 1 Chief cook 1 4
Pump man 1
Crew class Able seaman 3 Motor man 3 Cook 1 12
Seaman 3 Boy 2
Sum 8 4 4 16
Owner Captain class 1
Pilot Junior officer class 1
Total on board 28 persons
Number of Suez Crew 6 persons

(Out of complement)
Lifesaving equipment with safety certificate to be for 28 persons.
1.7 FLAG, CLASS, REGULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
1.7.1 Flag
The flag of the vessel to be Panama.
1.7.2 Class
The Vessel, including its hull, machinery, equipment and outfitting, shall be constructed in
2003/03/19 -7-
accordance with the Rules and Regulations (edition and amendments thereto being in
effect as of the signing date of the Contract) of the Classification Society and under survey
of the Classification Society of American Bureau of Shipping (hereinafter called as "the
Class") and shall be distinguished in register by symbol of:
ABS +A1(E) OIL CARRIER, + AMS, +ACCU, SH, ESP
or CCS/DNV/BV with equivalent notation
1.7.3 Rules and Regulations
The Vessel shall comply with the requirements of the following Rules and Regulations
which are in force as of the date of the Contract signing:
- International Convention on Load Lines, 1966

- International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974, consolidated edition 2001
(hereinafter called as "SOLAS")
- Convention on the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1972
with amendments up to 1989
- International Tele-communication and Radio Regulations 1974 and latest edition 1982
- International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships, 1969
- International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL 1973)
(Annex I, V and Annex VI) with its Protocol of 1978 and Amendments up to 1997
- Rules of Navigation of the Suez Canal Authority, Including Regulations for the
Measurement of tonnage
- IMO Resolution A468(XII) 1981 - Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships
- Guidelines for the Overall Evaluation of Vibration in Merchant ships [ISO6954-
1984(E)]
- OCIMF - Recommendations for Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment,
1991
- OCIMF - Recommendations for Equipment Employed in the Mooring of Ships at
Single Point Mooring, 1993 (For fixed fitting and chafe chain only)
- OCIMF – Guidelines and Recommendations for the Safe Mooring of Large Ships at
Piers and Sea Islands (1978)
- IMO RES. MSC. 35(63) - Guidelines for Emergency Towing Arrangements for
Tankers
- Maritime Regulation according to the Vessel's Flag
- ILO Convention Concerning Crew Accommodation on Board Ships (No. 92 and No.
133) (Except swimming pool)
- USCG Regulation for Foreign Flag Vessels Operating in the Navigable Waters of the
United States (without Certificate nor Inspection)
If any amendments or changes to the Rules and Regulations coming into effect after the
Contract being signed, the Builder shall inform the Owner in writing, and the Owner's final
decision in writing shall be returned soon. The price, time of delivery and guarantee figures
of the vessel will be adjusted after discussion between both parties if necessary due to
amendments or changes to the Rules and Regulations.
2003/03/19 -8-
1.7.4 Certificates
The following certificates or provisional certificates are to be furnished to the Owner at

the delivery of the vessel.
However, if formal certificates cannot be obtained at the ship's delivery, the Builder shall
furnish provisional certificate(s) to the Owner which substitutes for the formal
certificate(s).
The following is to be issued by the Classification Society.
(a) Classification certificate of hull and machinery

(b) International load line certificate
(c) Cargo ship safety construction certificate
(d) Cargo ship safety equipment certificate
(e) Cargo ship safety radio certificate
(f) Register tonnage certificate
(g) Suez Canal tonnage certificate
(h) Certificate for MARPOL '73 （ Annex I & V ） and PROTOCOL '78 except initial
survey for crude oil washing system efficiency
The initial survey referred to Regulation 13(6) of Annex I of the MARPOL is to be

carried out by and between the Owner and the Authority after the delivery of the Vessel.
(i) Cargo gear certificate for the cargo hose handling cranes and the travelling crane for
handling engine parts and provisions
The following statement of compliance pertaining to the U.S.C.G. for foreign flag vessels
to be issued by the Classification Society.
(a) CFR Title 33 Subchapter O - Pollution (Part 151)

(b) CFR Title 33 Part 155 - Oil Pollution Prevention Regulations for Vessels
(c) CFR Title 33 Part 159 - Marine Sanitation Devices
(d) CFR Title 33 Part 157.10.d - Double Hulls on Tank Vessels
(e) CFR Title 33 Part 164 - Navigation Safety Regulations
(f) CFR Title 46 Ch.1 Part 39 - Vapour Control Systems
The following is to be issued by the Panamanian Bureau of Shipping.
(a) Certification of inspection of crew accommodation
The following is to be issued by the Chinese Government.
(a) De-ratting exemption certificate
Notes:
Exhaust emission control requirements of IMO MARPOL 73/78 ANNEX VI are to
be considered and followings are to be issued by Classification Society.
(1) EIAPP interim certificate of statement for main and generator engines
(2) IAPP interim certificate or statement for vessel based on the parameter check
method on board
2003/03/19 -9-
1.8 TRIM AND STABILITY
The intact stability and damage stability of the Vessel shall comply with requirements of
concerning Rules and Regulations.
The Vessel shall be designed to have sufficient stability and suitable trim in usual service
conditions.
The Trim and Stability Booklet shall include the values of bending moments and shearing
forces that are presented for each condition.
The preliminary Trim and stability Booklet and Damage Stability booklet should be
submitted to Owner and the Class for approval.
The following loading conditions to be included in the Trim and Stability Booklet:
(1) Lightship condition

(2) Dry docking condition with approx. 10% supplies of departure condition
(3) Normal ballast condition excluding peak tank
(4) Heavy ballast condition
(5) Homogeneous loading at design draft
(6) Homogeneous loading at scantling draft
(7) Group loading conditions by cargo segregation (max. 6 conditions)
Except for Lightship and Dry docking conditions, the conditions listed above to be
calculated for departure and arrival.
"Departure condition" shall be based on the full supplies of bunkers and other
consumables, and "Arrival condition" on approx. 10% supplies of departure condition.
For the adjustment of trim, stability, bending moment and shear force at above loading
conditions, ballast water may be introduced as necessary.
Final Trim and Stability calculations for various loading conditions shall be based on the
results obtained from the lightweight measurement and/or inclining test.
If the Final Trim and Stability Booklet is in the process of approval by the Class and/or
Authorities concerned, the Builder shall provide the provisional Trim and Stability
Booklet upon the delivery of the Vessel. The Builder shall deliver the final booklet to the
Owner before the expiry of provisional one.
Specific gravities of water and oil for the trim and stability calculation shall be as
follows:
Sea water : 1.025

Fresh water : 1.000
Heavy fuel oil : 0.950
Diesel oil : 0.900
Lub. Oil : 0.900
2003/03/19 -10-
1.9 FREEBOARD
Freeboard of the vessel shall be designed not less than the requirements of the
International Convention on Load Line 1966 for type "A" ship.
The summer draft of freeboard mark to be positioned at the level corresponding to the
scantling draft after approved by the Class.
1.10 DRAWINGS
1.10.1 Approval
Prior to starting work, the Builder shall submit major plans to the Owner and/or the Class
for approval in due time of design and construction schedules. The "Drawing List for
Owner's Approval" shall be prepared by the Builder and forwarded to the Owner for
review.
Three(3) copies of each of the drawings for approval shall be submitted to the Owner for
approval in accordance with the "Drawing List for Owner's Approval".
Owner shall, within fifteen (15) working days (not including the day of arrival and the
day of dispatch) after receiving the drawings, return to Builder one (1) copy of such
approved drawings with or without comments, if any, written thereon and vice verse.
After arrival of Owner's representative at the Shipyard, all such drawings shall be
submitted by Builder to the Representative for approval, and same shall be returned by
the Representative to Builder with approval or remarks, if any, within seven(7) days after
receipt thereof by the Representative and vice verse.
The drawings to be considered as approved by Owner without comments if Builder does

not receive Owner's /Owner's representative's reply for the drawings within the period
mentioned above.
The drawings and documents which should be approved by the Class and Owner are to
be submitted to the Class and Owner directly by the Builder. However, the drawings and
documents of the marine equipment which should be approved by the Class and Owner
shall be submitted to the Class and Owner directly by the subcontractor. In the event of
any discrepancy between Owner and Class or relevant Authorities for approval drawing,
the Class' or Authorities' approval shall have the preference and be adopted.
The Builder is not to submit, in principle, the detailed working plans which are not
described in the above mentioned list of drawings.
1.10.2 Finished drawing
The "List of Finished Drawings" is to be submitted for Owner's approval.
The Builder shall furnish total three(3) sets of the finished drawings and instruction
2003/03/19 -11-
books of equipment to the Owner in accordance with the "List of Finished Drawings"
before delivery of the Vessel, one(1) copy to Owner's head office and two(2) copies to the
vessel.
The following finished drawings, one (1) copy each, mounted in the frames shall be
installed on board at such locations as designated by the Owner's representative:
- General arrangement
- Safety plan (also one in the water tight container at each side on upper deck, outside
accommodation)
- Capacity plan with draft-deadweight scale
- Cargo piping diagram
- Ballast piping diagram
- Fuel oil transfer system diagram
- Docking plan
- Maneuvering characteristic
SOPEP document is to be prepared by the Owner.
1.10.3 Ship Model
One (1) exhibition ship model for two vessels (scale 1:200), outfitted as per Builder's
standard, with deck and equipment, mounted in a glass case shall be supplied.
The color of outside model shall be same paint as actual vessel.
1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Materials supplied and used for the construction of the vessel shall be of such quality as
approved by the Classification Society where required.
Equipment and fittings are to be purchased according to the "Makers List for Equipment"
at Builder's option as per Makers list Notes, unless otherwise laid down in this
Specification or other agreement between Owner and Builder.
Material and equipment not specified in this Specification and/or Makers List for
Equipment to be chosen at the Builder's option.
Maker's standard type, size and material of machinery, equipment, and fittings to be
adopted in a way satisfying the requirements of these Specifications in principle.
Wherever the Builder's Specifications states differently from the specification of selected
and agreed maker, such part of the Specifications shall be changed accordingly to follow
that of maker provided such a Specification is not the items to be readily changeable by
the request of the Builder but firm and fixed maker's special standard design.
ISO, JIS and Chinese standards (GB, CB etc.) shall be used.
If any materials, apparatus and equipment described in this Specification can not be
2003/03/19 -12-
obtained under certain circumstances, the Builder shall substitute the suitable equivalents
subject to the Owner's acceptance.
1.12 CONSTRUCTION AND WORKMANSHIP
The vessel to be built in accordance with CSQS (Chinese Shipbuilding Quality Standard)
as well as shipyards standards and practices.
The Builder may employ sub-contractors for execution of a part of the building work of
the Vessel under the responsibility of the Builder.
1.13 MODEL TEST
The object of the ship's model tests is to define a suitable hull form to obtain satisfactory
characteristics of the vessel in every respect such as speed, propulsion, etc..
The model tests program shall include:
- Resistance tests at design draft and ballast draft

- Self-propulsion tests with stock propeller at design draft and ballast draft
- Wake measurements at designed draft & ballast draft
- Propeller open water test
- Propeller cavitation test at design draft with a service speed
1.14 OWNER'S SUPPLIES
Following items shall be supplied by Owner and shall be delivered to the Builder's yard
on the Owner's account at the time designated by the Builder to meet the Builder's
construction schedule.
The Builder shall be responsible for storing and handling of Owner's supply items after
delivery to the Builder's yard and shall install and/or store those items in the Vessel.
Owner shall furnish the plans, instruction books, test reports and test certificates, etc., if
any and required, to the Builder in time for necessary installation works.
The supervision fees related to final adjustment, inspection and certifications of Owner's
supply items shall be paid by the Owner.
For reference to Owner, Owner's supply will be such items as follows:
- All consumable stores

- All charts, nautical and radio station books
- All medicine and medical equipment
- All flags except one set of international sign flags
- All hoses, steel wires, mooring ropes, etc, other than those mentioned in this
Specification
- All bedding and linen (blankets, sheets, covers, etc.)
2003/03/19 -13-
- All napery (serviettes, table clothes, etc.)
- All chandlery
- Any artistic decoration
- All cooks and steward's utensils (crockery, cutlery, silverware, earthenware,
glasses, pots, pans, etc.)
- Boatswain's and Carpenter's tools other than those mentioned in the Specification
- Chemical treatment device and test kits for boiler water, jacket water, etc.
- All lubricants, grease/hydraulic oil, working oil and other consumable liquid except
those consumed during construction, test and trial before delivery
- Entertainment equipment such as radio, TV sets, stereo sets, VTR, etc.
- Office equipment such as copy machine, type writers, computer, etc.
- Portable tank cleaning machines and portable gas freeing fans
- Helicopter operation equipment not mentioned in the Specification
- Suez canal search light
- Such items as described "Owner's supply" in the Specification
- All other spares, stores and equipments in excess of Rules' requirements and
manufacturer's standard
1.15 TEST, TRIAL AND INSPECTION
1.15.1 General
Tests and trials shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of Class and
other Regulatory Bodies under the Builder's practice.
Correction works of the non-conformity to the Specification and the plans found by
Owner's representatives, Surveyors of the Class and Regulatory Bodies concerned to be
carried out by Builder at due time before delivery.
As to the testing of hull, machinery and electric installations, refer to respective

paragraphs in Hull, Machinery & Electrical & Automation parts of this Specification.
In any difference of opinion on inspections or tests between the Owner's supervisor and the
Builder's inspector relating to an interpretation of the Class rule items, the matters shall be
referred to the opinion of the Class' surveyor for the settlement.
1.15.2 Inspection
Owner's representative to be allowed to inspect the vessel, parts of it and the equipment
at yard or at subcontractors at any time in the Contract period.
The inspection shall be carried out according to the mutually agreed list of items for
inspection between Owner's representative and Builder. Application for inspection to be
delivered to the inspector minimum 24 hours prior to inspection time on working day and
minimum 48 hours prior to inspection time on normally considered not-working days.
However, the application for painting inspection to be delivered to the inspector in the
morning of the inspection day. Inspections at sub-contractors outside of Dalian area
should be informed 10 days prior to inspection.
Failure of the Owner's representative to be present, without proper cause after due notice as
2003/03/19 -14-
above, shall be deemed to be the waiver of the right to be present, and in such case the
Owner's representative shall be obliged to accept the results of such test and on the basis
of the Builder's and the Class' reports on the said results.
1.15.3 Tests
The Builder shall submit to Owner the schedule for the test items in due time prior to
those tests.
The test report to be prepared, covering all tests. Each test to be signed by responsible
representatives from Builder, Owner and Class, as appropriate. On completion of the
vessel, three (3) copies of the test reports to be delivered to Owner together with
drawings and instructions.
1.15.4 Shop Tests
Main engine, auxiliary and equipment shall be tested or inspected according to the
manufacturer's practices by using available facilities in the manufacturer's shop.
The Owner and the Builder shall, on the basis of the detailed schedule, determine the scope
of tests or inspections to be attended by the Owner's representative with his expenses.
The tests except for those which are agreed between Owner and Builder to be attended by
the Owner's representative shall be carried out by the manufacturers on their responsibility
without attendance of the Owner's representative and/or the Builder's inspector.
1.15.5 Sea trials
When the Vessel is nearly completed, leaving minor items of unfinished work agreed by
the Owner's representative and to be completed after the official sea trial but before the
delivery of the Vessel, the following trials and tests shall be carried out at sea near the
shipyard according to the Builder's standard and mutually agreed programme in the
presence of the Owner's representative and the Class' surveyor.
The sea trial shall consist of the following tests at the design draft of 19.20m with
suitable trim.
The main engine is to be operated using heavy oil, in principal, during the sea trial.
Heavy oil used for the sea trial is to be ordinary kind and easily obtainable for the
Builder.
(1) Progressive speed trial
Speed trial for the assessment of the guaranteed speed performance shall be conducted.
Results of speed trial shall be corrected to the deep and calm water (no wind, no wave),
and the corrections of wind, wave and shallow water are to be made in accordance with
the Builder's normal practice.
The progressive speed trial shall be carried out under the following main engine load:
2003/03/19 -15-
- 50% of MCR
- CSR
- MCR
Trial running on each main engine load shall consist of one (1) run in a direction on the
course and one (1) run in the opposite direction.
The measuring of main engine power shall be done by the Builder's torsion meter.
The speed at the sea trial to be measured by DGPS.
(2) Endurance test
The endurance test including unmanned engine room operation test shall be carried out
under the following condition:
- Main engine load : CSR

- Duration : Two(2) hours plus unmanned engine room operation test
required by the Class
Fuel consumption of main engine shall be measured for one(1) hour at CSR during the
endurance test for reference.
(3) Manoeuvring test
The following tests shall be carried out to check maneuverability of the Vessel:
Trial Engine load Remarks

Crash stop astern From 90% of the speed corresponding to Until ahead speed becomes
trial 85% MCR to full astern zero
Turning trial 90% of the speed corresponding to 85% One right and one left for
MCR rudder hardover
Zig-zag test 90% of the speed corresponding to 85% 10°/10° and 20°/20°
MCR
(4) Other test at sea
The following tests shall be conducted at a proper time during the official sea trial
according to the Rule requirements and the Builder's practice:
- Measurement of noise level at CSR of main engine

- Measurement of hull local vibration at CSR of main engine
- Steering gear and Auto Isolation test
- Isolux readings on upper deck outside
- Anchor windlass test
- Tests and calibration or adjustment of navigation equipment and instruments such as
magnetic compass, auto pilot, echo sounder, speed log and radar, etc.
- Lowest revolution test of main engine
- Remote control test of main engine such as M/E maneuver, load up and down, slow
down, shut down and em'cy stop test, etc.
2003/03/19 -16-
- F.W. generator (evaporator) demonstration
- Discharge capacity test of cargo oil pump and ballast pump
- Fire alarm and general alarm test
- Black out test
- Torsional vibration measurement in shafting
- One(1) piston overhaul inspection for main engine after sea trial
- Main engine starting test shall be done on mooring trial
Official sea trial for subsequent Vessel(s)
For the subsequent Vessel (s) of this series, only following official sea trial shall be
carried out at the design draft.
- Speed trial at MCR of main engine

- Anchor windlass test
- Steering gear test
- Endurance test including unmanned E/R operation test under the same condition as the
first Vessel.
- Tests and calibration or adjustment of navigation equipment and instruments such as
magnetic compass, auto pilot, echo sounder, speed log and radar, etc.
- Lowest revolution test of main engine
- Remote control test of main engine such as M/E maneuver, load up and down, slow
down, shut down and em'cy stop test, etc.
- Fire alarm and general alarm test
- Black out test
- Main engine starting test shall be done on mooring trial.
1.15.6 Overhauling
After the trial trip, the major working parts of the main engine and the generator engines
are to be overhauled and inspected according to the Builder's practice and refitted in
working order.
1.15.7 Tests for Cargo and Ballast Handling System
The following tests for cargo and ballast handling system are to be carried out after
installation on board in accordance with the Builder's standard test procedure.
(a) Cargo oil pump test
Each of the cargo oil pumps is to be tested by sucking the sea water from a properly
ballasted center tank of its relevant group.
The measurement such as the water level in the tank, the pressure of the pump etc. are to
be carried out during about half an hour.
Each of self-stripping units for cargo oil pumps is also to be tested by sucking the sea
water from a center tank of its relevant group together with the cargo pump from the sea
water level of about 2 m to the almost empty condition.
2003/03/19 -17-
(b) Ballast pump test
Each of the ballast pumps is to be tested by sucking of sea water from a pair of properly
ballasted water ballast tanks.
The measurements, such as the water level in the tank, the pressure of the pump, etc are
to be carried out during about half an hour.
(c) Cargo oil stripping pump test
(d) Fixed tank washing machine operation test
Fixed tank washing machine operation test is to be carried out by using sea water.
No crude oil washing test is to be carried out.
(e) Inert gas operation test
During inert gas operation test, inert gas is to be discharged into atmosphere from vent
riser.
(f) Test for oil discharge monitoring system
1.16 TECHNICAL GUARANTEE
The Builder is to guarantee the technical particulars and data stipulated below.
If any amendments or modifications, which affect the guaranteed figure, should be made
by the Owner, the guaranteed figure is to be adjusted accordingly.
(1) Running speed at sea
The Builder is to guarantee the sea running speed of 16.7 knots on the designed load draft
of 19.20 m (moulded) at MCR of the main engine without sea margin in calm and deep
open sea.
In case the sea trial is not carried out in calm and deep sea condition, the results are to be
corrected by removing the effects of wind, wave and shallow water according to the
Builder's practice.
(2) Deadweight
The Builder is to guarantee the deadweight of 298,000 metric tons at the scantling draft
of 21.50m (moulded) in the sea water of 1.025 specific gravity in accordance with the
definition described in 1.4.1 Deadweight.
(3) Fuel oil consumption
The Builder is to guarantee the fuel oil consumption rate of the main engine at the shop
test on MCR of 25,480kW shall not exceed 167 g/kW-hr.
2003/03/19 -18-
The above fuel oil consumption rate is based on using diesel oil having a lower calorific
value of 42.7MJ/kg, and also on ISO reference condition, i.e. air temperature of 25°C,
charge air coolant temperature of 25°C an barometric pressure of 100 kPa.
The fuel oil consumption rate is to be allowed to have tolerance margin 5%.
The fuel oil having a different lower calorific value is used and/or the surrounding shop
test condition is different from the above mentioned condition, the fuel oil consumption
rate is to be adjusted based on the conversion formula issued by the B&W Diesel A/S in
Denmark.
1.17 SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS
Spare parts and tools to be furnished in accordance with the Rules requirements of the
Class and the Builder's or manufacturer's standard. These spare parts and tools to be
properly protected from corrosion and mechanical damage and to be stowed in boxes, on
shelves or racks in designated places on board, foundations to be arranged as deemed
necessary.
Smaller spare parts to be stored in steel lockers or drawers on the shelves.
Spare parts and tools in excess of the Classification Society recommendation are to be to
the Owner's account or supplied by the Owner.
No spare propeller and no spare propeller shaft to be provided.
1.18 VIBRATION
Special attention is to be paid in design and construction of the vessel to prevent undue
vibration.
The design target of vibration level in the accommodation space including wheel house is
to be the lower line of the "COMMONLY ACCEPTED ZONE" (shaded zone) of ISO
6954 "Guidance for the Overall Evaluation of Vibration in Merchant Ships".
The vibration measurement is to be carried out in accordance with the Builder's practice
when the vessel is running ahead steadily at the CSR of the main engine on the sea trial.
The Builder is to take proper countermeasures mutually agreed by both the Owner and
Builder if the measured vibration level exceeds the upper line of the "COMMONLY
ACCEPTED ZONE".
1.19 NOISE LEVEL
The Builder is to make effort to keep the noise level in the accommodation space and
engine room within the following values which are based upon IMO Resolution A.468
(XII) "Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships". (tolerance margin of 3dB(A) is to be
2003/03/19 -19-
allowed in addition to the following values.)
Engine room 110 dB(A)

Engine control room 75 dB(A)
Workshop 85 dB(A)
Wheel house 65 dB(A)
Cabin and Hospital 60 dB(A)
Office 65 dB(A)
Mess room and Smoking room 65 dB(A)
Noise level measurement is to be carried out on the sea trial when running ahead steadily
at the CSR of the main engine with aux. machineries at normal operating condition.
Noise level is to be measured for one (1) point per room at the near center and 1.2 meters
above floor in general.
Measuring methods are to be in accordance with the Builder's practice.
The test procedure of noise level measurement is to be submitted to the Owner,.
If the measured noise level exceeds the above values, the necessary countermeasure is to
be made to a practical extent mutually agreed between the Owner and the Builder.
1.20 DELIVERY
At the delivery, the vessel is to be completed in every respect, ready for service as
specified, with the exception of the fuel oil, lubrication oil, water, store, provisions, crew
and their effects, and the outfitting or equipment which are excluded in the Specification.
No dry docking is to be carried out after launching, however, adequate countermeasures

according to the Builder's practice are to be taken at need.
2003/03/19 -20-
PART 2
HULL PART
2003/03/19 -21-
1. HULL STRUCTURE
1.1 GENERAL
1.1.1 Scantling
The scantlings of the structural hull members shall be based on the scantling draft of
21.50m (moulded) and shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Classification
Society's Rules and Regulations (hereafter referred to as the "Rule requirements").
Scantlings not specifically provided in the Rule requirements are to be determined based
on the Builder's practices.
Any special reinforcement work or use of special quality material for the hull structure
which is not included in the drawings approved by the Classification Society is to be
subject to extra charge.
1.1.2 Steel for the Hull Construction
The hull is to be of mild steel or higher tensile steel approved by the Classification
Society, and the quality of the steel materials including castings and forgings is to comply
with the Rule requirements.
Steel materials for the hull structure which are not specifically provided in the Rule
requirements are to be in compliance with the Builder's practices.
Higher tensile steel of 315 N/mm2 minimum yield stress (HT32) is to be limited in
general to longitudinal members in way of upper deck part and bottom part.
Application of HT32 steel is kept to be about 35 % of total steel weight.
It is to be understood that steel plates and rolled sections with the Classification Society's
certificates have the sizes, thicknesses and quality as stated in the mill sheets attached to
the certificates.
Tolerance in thickness of plates, wide flats and sections is to be in accordance with the
Rule requirements.
1.1.3 Workmanship
All the hull construction work is to be carried out in accordance with the Builder's
practices and subject to the survey of the Classification Society.
Temporary access and ventilation openings are to be provided in the shell, bulkheads,
decks, inner bottom and others as necessary for the convenience of construction work,
and they are to be covered after the work by welding subject to the approval of the
Classification Society.
Eye plates, staging pieces and similar small pieces fitted to the hull structure considered
2003/03/19 -22-
not inconvenient for the future service may remain according to the Builder's practice.
1.1.4 Standard of Structural Details
The structural details are to be in accordance with the Builder's standard approved by the
1.1.5 Welding
The hull is to be of welded construction.
Welding is to be carried out based on the Builder's practices and in accordance with the
Rule requirements.
Radiographic inspection is to be carried out on the junctures of seam and butt of the
bottom shell and upper deck under witness of the Surveyor to the Classification Society.
The extent and locations of the radiographic inspection are to be in accordance with the
Rule requirements.
1.1.6 Slots, Scallops and Holes
Slots, scallops, air holes and drain holes are to be provided in accordance with the
Builder's practices.
Non-tight structural members are to be provided with access/lightening holes as

necessary or practicable in accordance with the Builder's practices, provided they are not
detrimental to the structural strength of the members.
1.1.7 Structural and Tightness Tests
Structural and tightness tests are to be carried out in accordance with the Builder's
practices, which are essentially the same as the Rule requirements.
1.2 MAIN HULL
1.2.1 General
The cargo tank space is to be double hull construction.
Main hull girder is to consist of the upper deck, side shell, inner bottom, bottom shell,
side longitudinal bulkheads and inner longitudinal bulkheads, and to be longitudinally
framed except aft peak tank and double bottom in the machinery space which are
transversely framed.
1.1.2 Shell Platings
The thickness of shell plating is to be gradually tapered from the midship to the ends
according to the Rule requirements.
2003/03/19 -23-
Shell platings adjacent to anchor bellmouths and in way of anchor chain rubbing area
below the bellmouths are to be increased by 2 mm above the rule required shell
thicknesses for respective parts.
The shell plating with a large opening such as hawse pipe, sea chest, etc. is to be
reinforced with thicker plates according to the Rule requirements and/or Builder's
practices, but in case thicker plates are not applicable, the reinforcement is to be done by
doubling plates.
Five (5) places on the shell above full load water line and normal ballast water line on
each side of the vessel are to be reinforced locally for tug boat pushing.
Half round bars having the size of 60mm x 30mm are to be fitted at the shell edge in way
of mooring rope rubbing area.
The stem is to be fairly formed construction of steel plates with a bulbous bow form and
the forward face.
1.2.3 Deck Platings
The thickness of deck plating is to be gradually tapered from the midship to the end
according to the Rule requirements.
The thickness of deck plating and deck longitudinal stiffeners in cargo holds are to be
increased by 1 mm from those in accordance with the Rule requirements, instead of the
painting for inside surfaces of cargo oil tanks around deck structure.
The upper deck plating of the midship part is to be connected to the side shell plating
through the round gunwale.
Deck openings for center cargo tank, wing cargo tank and slop tank hatch are to be
provided.
Tank washing openings are to be provided on the upper deck.
A reinforcement is to be provided in the vicinity of each opening and under the deck
machineries if necessary in accordance with the Builder's practices.
The numbers and the size of the necessary hatches and holes not mentioned above are
specified in "2. OUTFITTINGS".
1.2.4 Main Bulkheads
The oiltight and/or watertight bulkheads and swash bulkheads are to be arranged as
shown in the G.A.
The longitudinal oiltight bulkheads are to be of plane type with longitudinal stiffeners.
Lower part of side longitudinal bulkhead is to be inclined and connected with inner
bottom.
2003/03/19 -24-
The transverse oiltight bulkheads in cargo tank space are to be of plane type with vertical
stiffeners which are supported by horizontal girders.
The transverse swash bulkheads are to be provided in the No.1, No.2 and No.4 wing
cargo oil tanks as shown in the G.A, which are to be of plane type with a large opening
and are stiffened by vertical stiffeners supported by horizontal girder.
Other bulkheads are to be of plane type with vertical stiffeners supported by horizontal
girders.
Generally these stiffeners and girders are to be fitted to the fore side of each transverse
bulkhead.
1.2.5 Frames and Beams
The hull is to be longitudinally and/or transversely framed as mentioned in item 1.2.1 of

this paragraph.
The frame spaces are to be as indicated in the G.A.
Web frames or stringers are to be suitably provided for the reinforcement of the
machinery space.
All longitudinals in way of cargo oil tanks are to be continuous through the transverse
bulkheads.
Slots are to be cut in the transverse oiltight bulkheads and watertight bulkheads where
longitudinals pass through, and they are to be fitted up by welding or covered by collar
plates to keep tightness.
1.2.6 Primary Supporting Members
Deck transverses and bottom corner brackets are to be arranged in wing cargo oil tanks.
Transverse rings consist of deck and vertical webs on inner longitudinal bulkhead are to
be arranged in center cargo oil tanks.
The vertical webs on each inner longitudinal bulkhead are to be connected to each other
by a strut.
The struts is not to be provided for the vertical webs just forward of oiltight transverse
bulkheads, which are to be supported by horizontal girders on the oiltight transverse
bulkheads.
The strut is not to be provided for the vertical webs, which are arranged in line with the
transverse oil tight bulkhead or transverse swash bulkhead in the wing cargo oil tank.
Web frames, pillars and girders are to be arranged in the machinery space.
1.2.7 Double Bottom
2003/03/19 -25-
A double bottom is to be provided in the cargo oil tank space.
A double bottom is to be provided in the machinery space, extending from the aft peak
bulkhead to the forward bulkhead of the machinery space.
The double bottom in the machinery space is to be of transverse system.
1.2.8 Peak Tanks
Fore and aft peak tanks are to be stiffened by frames, web frames, stringers, etc. and
longitudinal swash bulkhead is to be fitted.
(1) Rudder trunk
The rudder trunk is to be of steel plate with its thickness being equal to the Rule-required
shell plate thickness at the same location.
The rudder trunk is to be square form in section with its both ends welded to the shell and
the steering gear flat, and a transom floor is to be constructed to form a part of the
forward wall of the rudder trunk.
(2) Chain locker
Two(2) cylindrical, self-stowing, watertight chain lockers are to be located as indicated in

the G.A.
The walls of chain lockers are to be coated as mentioned in "6. PAINTNG AND
CATHODIC PROTECTION", however, lining is not to be provided.
An access trunk way is to be provided from the boatswain store to the bottom, and a
watertight access manhole is to be fitted in the boatswain store.
A removable steel grating is to be laid about 1.3 meter above the bottom and supported to
bear the weight of chains.
1.2.9 Bottom Forward
The bottom forward is to be strengthened according to the rules of the Classification

Society.
Scantlings in bottom forward are to be determined based on the fore draft in heavy
ballast conditions attained with no ballasting in cargo tanks.
1.2.10 Stern Frame
The stern frame is to be of the "Open" type, embodying the propeller arch, shaft bossing,
lower post (forward extended into keel) and rudder horn part.
2003/03/19 -26-
The stern frame is to be of cast steel and welded heavy steel plates.
Rudder horn shall be fabricated with steel plates and/or weldable cast steel.
The castings of the stern frame are to be inspected by the ultra-sonic test or magna flux
test.
Preheating is to be carried out to the castings where heavy steel plates are attached by
welding.
1.2.11 Rudder
The rudder is to be of the streamline formed, double plated, semi-balanced type.
The rudder is to be movable to 35 degrees on both sides.
The weight of the rudder is to be supported by the rudder carrier.
A jumping stopper is to be provided below the rudder carrier.
The rudder is to be of welded steel plates with two (2) pieces of castings for securing the
upper and lower pintles.
The rudder stock is to be of forged steel with a keyless fit to tiller at the top for taking the
connection to the steering gear and with a horizontal plam at the bottom for bolting to the
rudder.
The upper and lower pintles of forged steel with sleeve of stainless steel are to be
provided in gudgeons. Each pintle is to be attached to rudder castings and conical part of
pintle is to be tapered downward. A synthetic resin bush with mild steel bush cage is to
be fitted to each gudgeon.
No special lubricating device is to be fitted to the pintle bearing.
1.3 SUPERSTRUCTURE AND DECK HOUSE
1.3.1 Decks
Decks of the aft deck houses are to be stiffened by longitudinal beams, deep beams and
girders. The thickness of the deck plating of the aft deck house is to be not less than 6
mm. The exposed deck plates of the aft deck house are to be more than 8 mm in
thickness.
1.3.2 Steel Walls
Boundary walls of the aft deck houses are to be of a plane type with suitably spaced
vertical stiffeners and watertight construction.
Machinery casing walls are to be of a plane type with suitably spaced vertical stiffeners.
2003/03/19 -27-
Division walls of the sanitary spaces, refrigerated space, etc. are to be of steel stiffened
by suitably spaced corrugations or stiffeners and generally to be 6mm in thickness.
Boundary walls of the midship deck store are to be of a plane type and watertight
construction.
The edge of deck plating of aft deck houses is to be extruded from the out side boundary
walls by about 15mm.
1.4 MISCELLANEOUS
1.4.1 Foundations
(1) Machinery space
Substantial foundations of the welded steel construction are to be fitted for the propulsive
unit, boiler and auxiliary machineries.
(2) Deck machinery
An reinforcement is to be provided under deck machineries as necessary in accordance

with the Builder's practices.
1.4.2 Bulwark
Steel bulwarks of 1.050 meters high with top rails and stays are to be fitted to the extent
as indicated in the G.A.
Steel bulwarks of 1.35 meters high forming wind deflectors are to be fitted in front of the
dodgers on the navigation bridge deck.
1.4.3 Sea chests
Sea chests and overboard discharge fittings for the salt water service system are to be of
steel plate.
The thickness of the plating forming the sea chests is to be equal to the Rule-required
shell plate thickness at the same location.
1.4.4 Bilge Keel
A bilge keel of the discontinuous type is to be fitted on each side of the vessel to the
extent of about a quarter length of the vessel amidships.
The bilge keel is to be of a flat bar type and one edge is to be stiffened by a flat bar and
the other edge welded to a flat pad plate attached onto the bilge strake by welding. The
bilge keel is to be 469 mm in total depth with gradually tapered ends.
2003/03/19 -28-
1.4.5 Deck Coaming for Oil Spill Containment
An deck coaming for oil spill containments is to be provided along the each side of the
vessel in way of cargo oil tank part and the side part of the aft deck house front.
The height of the deck coaming for oil spill containment is to be 300 mm for the 3/4
forward length of cargo tank, and 450 mm for the after 1/4 length.
2003/03/19 -29-
2. OUTFITTINGS
2.1 NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT
2.1.1 Steering Gear
The steering gear room is to be arranged at the stern as shown in the G.A.
The steering gear is to be of a single loop system electro-hydraulic, two (2) ram four (4)
cylinder rapson slide type and to have construction and control system which meet the
requirements of Classification Society.
The steering gear is to be provided with two (2) pump units.
The steering gear is to be capable of putting the rudder over from 35 degrees on one side
to 30 degrees on the other side within 28 seconds with the vessel running ahead at the
scantling draught with the maximum service speed according to the requirements of the
Rule/Regulations.
Two (2) pump units, which act simultaneously, are to enable the steering gear to operate
the rudder so as to meet the above-mentioned design conditions.
The maximum rudder angle is to be limited to 37 degrees on either side by means of the
stoppers fitted on the steering gear.
The steering gear is to be controlled by means of an electric duplicate auto-pilot system.

Detailed particulars are described in the Electrical & Automation Part.
The steering gear is also to be controlled in the steering gear room by a local control
device in an emergency.
A hydraulic lock alarm system is to be provided for the steering gear in accordance with
the requirement of the Classification Society. The alarm is to be indicated in the wheel
house.
The construction, material, accessories, spare parts and tools are to be in accordance with
manufacturer's standard.
2.1.2 Rudder Carrier
A rudder carrier is to be provided on the steering gear room floor.
The rudder carrier is to be of the type split into two (2) halves.
An automatic lubricating system driven by one (1) electric motor is to be provided for the
lubrication of rudder carrier by grease together with the manual device for emergency.
2003/03/19 -30-
2.1.3 Nautical Instruments
The following nautical instruments are to be supplied.
Article Number Description

Magnetic standard compass 1 liquid reflector type, 165 mm card dia.
Spare bowl for compass 1 liquid type, 165 mm card dia.
Loading calculator 1
Clinometer 1 clock type (wheel house)
Clinometer 2 pendulum type, 150 mm type (captain's day
room and engine control room)
Clinometer 2 one bubble type glass tube (one for trim and
the other for heel, installed in cargo control
room)
Binoculars 1 50 mm x 7 times
Aneroid barometer 1 HPa scale
Thermometer 1 wet & dry bulb (double type)
Thermometer 1 for atmosphere
Thermometer 1 for sea water
Triangle 1 set 360mm，45°& 60° each 1
Parallel ruler 1
Chart weight 6
Divider 1 200 mm
Megaphone 2
Magnifying glass 1
Electric nautical instruments, radio equipment and navigation & signal lights are
described in the Electrical & Automation Part, and signal horns are described in the
Machinery Part.
2.1.4 Flags and Signals
International signal flag 1 set

Ship's name code flag (medium) 1 set
Pilot flag (G and H, medium) 1 set
Blue peter (P, medium) 1
Quarantine flag (Q, medium) 1
Hand signal flag 1set
Tanker flag (B, medium) 1set
National flag (large and medium) (Owner supply)
House flag (medium) (Owner supply)
Black diamond shape 1
Black cylindrical shape 3
Black ball 3
Ship's bell 1
Gong 1
2.1.5 Nautical Books and Charts
Nautical books and charts are to be supplied by the Owner.
2003/03/19 -31-
2.2 ANCHORING AND MOORING
2.2.1 Anchors, Chain Cables and Mooring Lines
The following anchors, chain cables and mooring ropes are to be provided.
(1) Anchors
2 - Bower anchors (stockless high holding power type (AC-14)) 15,000 kg each
No spare anchor is to be provided.
(2) Chain cables, shackles, etc.
Chain cables : 111 mm diameter x 770 m ( total length)
The chain cables for the bower anchors are to be of extra high strength flush butt-welded
steel with stud (Grade 3), and a Kenter joining shackle is to be fitted every 110 m while a
white painted link is to be fitted every 27.5 m as a mark of cable length.
Each anchor is to be connected with the chain cable through a swivel
The cable end is to be fastened to a quick releasing device fixed to chain locker at an
accessible position.
The following spares and tools are to be supplied.
1 - Spare anchor shackle

2 - Spare Kenter joining shackles
2 - Chain hooks
1 - Shackle punch
1 - Pin punch
1 - Spare taper pin for anchor shackles
5 - Spare taper pins for Kenter joining shackles
2 - Anchor hammers (4.5 kg & 0.9 kg each 1)
1 - Disengaging tool for Kenter joining shackles
Neither mooring buoy hook nor buoy shackle is to be provided.
Rollered bar type chain cable stoppers of fabricated steel are to be provided to hold the
anchor chains.
Anchor stoppers of flexible steel wire rope each with a turnbuckle are to be supplied.
(3) Tow line
No tow line is to be provided.
(4) Mooring ropes
2003/03/19 -32-
6 - 275 m long 42 mm diameter 6 x WS(36)IWRC
(Each of them is to be fitted with nylon tail rope at its free end)
Each nylon tail rope is to have 11 m in length, minimum breaking strength 137% of the
breaking strength of the wire to which it is attached, and to be connected to the wire with
a Mandel or Tonsberg shackle or equivalent.
Mooring ropes other than the above are to be supplied by the Owner.
(5) Fire wires
Fire wires are to be supplied by the Owner.
2.2.2 Windlass and Mooring Winch
Windlass/Mooring winch (independent type, electro-hydraulic driven open type without

an auto-tension device)
2 - 586/295 kN x 9/7.8 m/min.

(1-gypsy wheel, 2-drums and 1-warping end, each)
Mooring winch (electro-hydraulic driven open type without an auto-tension device)
5 - 295kN x 7.8 m /min. on the upper deck cargo tank part

(2-drums and 1-warping end, each)
3 - 295kN x 7.8 m/min. on the upper deck aft

(2-drums and 1-warping end, each)
The drum is to be of split type and capable of stowing a 275 m long 42 mm diameter
wire rope.
The maximum winding speed is to be about 60 m/min. with a reduced rope pull.
Each drum and gypsy wheel is to be provided with a clutch and a brake.
Each of the windlass/mooring winches and the mooring winches is to be controlled

manually at its gear side only.
One (1) mooring drum fitted on each windlass/mooring winch is to be used in common
for handling pick-up rope for single point mooring, after unwinding the mooring ropes.
Each of the above drums is to be capable of stowing the following ropes.
- 42 mm diameter steel rope (I.W.R.C) of 275 m length with 11 m long nylon tail rope
- 80 mm diameter fiber rope of 150m length
The hydraulic system is to be of central hydraulic system (Ring Main System).
The hydraulic power unit, which is installed in the steering gear room, is to consist of
hydraulic pumps, oil tank, cooler, filters, valves and other necessary accessories and
2003/03/19 -33-
fittings.
The hydraulic power unit is to have a capacity of supplying hydraulic oil at a required
pressure for either of the following operating conditions, whichever is larger:
- To operate one (1) windlass at its rated pull load and speed
- To operate two (2) mooring winches on upper deck forward and two (2) mooring
winches on upper deck aft simultaneously at their rated pull load and speed.
The maximum pressure of the system is to be approx. 24.5 Mpa.
Cooling water for hydraulic power unit is to be supplied from the central fresh water
cooling system in the engine room.
A winch brake test kit is to be provided.
The construction, material, accessories, spares and tools are to be in accordance with the
manufacturer's standard.
2.2.3 Fire Wire Reel (air motor driven)
1 - 9.8 kN x 20m/min. on the upper deck fore (starboard side)

(1- wire drum)
1 - 9.8 kN x 20m/min. on the upper deck aft (starboard side)
(1- wire drum)
Each wire drum is to be capable of stowing a 70 m long 42 mm diameter flexible steel

wire rope.
2.2.4 Hawse Pipes and Chain Pipes
A hawse pipe is to be provided at each side of the bow. Each hawse pipe is to be fitted
with a cast steel bolster at the lower end and a steel deck flange at the top.
Clearance between anchor flukes and ship side shell is to be at least 300 mm at upright
condition.
Nozzles branched from the fire and wash deck line are to be fitted to the hawse pipes for
washing the chain cables.
Guard rails are to be provided around the hawse pipes on the upper deck. No steel cover
is to be provided at the top of each hawse pipe.
Chain pipes are to be fitted at the top of the chain lockers.
A chain pipe cover of steel plate is to be provided on the top of each chain pipe.
2.2.5 Mooring fittings
The following mooring fittings are to be provided.

2003/03/19 -34-
Bollards, fairleaders, closed chock and stand rollers are to be of fabricated steel.
Fairleaders, closed chocks, stand rollers of cast steel make may be applied by the
Builder's discretion in lieu of those of fabricated steel.
All rollers for mooring fittings are to have grease nipples for lubrication.
(1) Bollards
1 - 560 mm diameter on the upper deck bow

2 - 560 mm diameter on the upper deck fore
14 - 560 mm diameter on the upper deck cargo tank part
4 - 560 mm diameter on the upper deck aft
(2) Closed chocks
6 - 500 mm x 260 mm on the upper deck fore

34 - 500 mm x 260 mm on the upper deck cargo tank part
12 - 500 mm x 260 mm on the upper deck aft
(3) Stand rollers
4 - 350 mm diameter on the upper deck cargo tank part
(4) Deck fittings for single point mooring
2 - Tongue type bracket for accommodating 76 mm chain at a S.W.L. of 2,000kN on

the upper deck fore.
2 - 350 mm diameter stand roller on the upper deck fore
2 - 600 mm x 450 mm mooring pipe on the upper deck fore
The above fittings are to be arranged in accordance with "Recommendations for

Equipment Employed in the Mooring of Ships at Single Point Moorings" (3rd Edition,
1993) of OCIMF.
(5) Deck fittings for cargo hose handling
A hose support of curved plate is to be provided at each side of the vessel near cargo
manifolds.
Deck fittings for cargo hose handling including hose supports are to be in accordance
with "Recommendations for Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment" (4th
edition, 1991) of OCIMF.
2003/03/19 -35-
(6) Deck fittings for emergency towing
For bow towing, the following are to be provided.
The deck fittings for the bow towing is also to be used as one (1) set of the deck fittings
for the single point mooring mentioned in (4).
1) Strong point
2) Fairlead
3) Pedestal roller fairlead
4) Chafing chain
One (1) 10 m long chafing chain 76 mm in diameter is to be provided on board.
The chain is to be of extra high strength flush butt welded steel with stud (Grade3), and
to be stowed on the upper deck.
For stern towing, an emergency stern towing equipment of the manufacturer's standard is
to be provided in accordance with the requirements by the Classification Society.
2003/03/19 -36-
2.3 AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING & VENTILATION SYSTEM
2.3.1 Air-conditioning System
(1) General
All living rooms, public rooms, electric equipment room, galley and pantries are to be
air-conditioned.
Other spaces such as sanitary spaces, laundries, lavatories, battery room, lockers, stores,
passages, etc. are to be excluded from the air-conditioned spaces.
The system is to be of a single-duct central cooling/heating type.
Neither local re-heating nor local re-cooling device is to be provided.
The system is to be designed on the basis of the following conditions.
Summer Winter
Outdoor temperature 35°C -10°C
Outdoor humidity 70% R.H. -
Indoor temperature 30°C 20°C
Indoor humidity 50%R.H. -
Heating medium - Steam
Proportion of fresh air to the
30% 30%
supply air
Fresh water temperature 36°C -
The number of air changes in living room is to be about 6 times per hour and that in
public rooms is to be about 8 times per hour.
Wheel house with chart space and radio space, electric equipment room,
gymnasium/Suez crew's room, pantries, galley, changing rooms and oil skin locker are to
be cooled/heated in spots with air changes of about 5 times per hour, but the above
design conditions are not to be applied to these spaces.
It is assumed that all doors are closed, to meet the above design condition.
Air from the hospital is not to be recirculated.
All air conditioned spaces are to be ventilated by the system with 100% fresh air in non-
air-conditioning seasons.
Passages are to be ventilated by the return air through vent holes on cabin doors, and to
serve as air passages for recirculating and exhausting purposes.
(2) Equipment
The air conditioning plant is to consist of the following equipment.
(i) Central unit 1 set

2003/03/19 -37-
The central unit is to consist of a refrigerating machine and a fan unit, and is to be
located in the air conditioning unit room.
Refrigerating machine
The refrigerating machine is to consist of R-22 reciprocating single acting compressor

unit driven by electric motor, a condenser/receiver of a shell and tube type, etc.
The driving method of the compressor, the materials and construction of the compressor,
condenser/receiver are to be in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
Fan unit
The fan unit is to consist of an electric motor driven single speed ventilating fan, a fiber
filter, an air cooler cooled by R-22, an air heater heated by steam and steam spray
nozzles for humidity control.
(ii) Cooling water
Cooling water is to be supplied from the central fresh water cooling system.
(iii) Ducts
Supply ducts are to be arranged from the central unit to the air-conditioned spaces.
Return ducts for recirculation are to be led to the fan unit from the passages.
Fresh air is to be led into the fan unit through an air intake.
Ducts are to be made of galvanized steel. Supply ducts are to be insulated with glass
wool blanket 20 mm in thickness.
(iv) Air outlet
Air outlets are to be pan type ceiling diffusers except punkah-louvers for the spaces
cooled/heated in spots.
(v) Spare parts and tools
Spare parts and tools are to be supplied in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
(3) Control
When cooling, the system is to be controlled by thermostatic expansion valves each with
a sensing element on refrigerant return line and a magnet valve with a thermostat on the
recirculation air duct, while the fan and compressor are to be started or stopped manually.
Humidity is not to be controlled when cooling
When heating, the temperature of the supply air is to be controlled automatically by a

2003/03/19 -38-
steam regulating valve with a thermostat on the supply duct, and the humidity of the
supply air is to be controlled manually by a humidifier of the fan unit.
The proportion of fresh air and recirculation air is to be adjusted manually by hand
operated dampers.
Quantity of supply air is to be manually adjustable at each room air outlet.
2.3.2 Local Heating
Two (2) electric heaters (1.5 kW each) are to be provided in the wheel house.
2.3.3 Ventilation System
(1) Mechanical ventilation system
The following spaces are to be mechanically ventilated based upon the specified
ventilation type and number of air changes.
For the spaces applied with mechanical ventilation, air is to be exhausted or supplied
through vent holes on doors to passages or slits under doors for toilets and bath rooms in
living room where such vent holes and slits are applicable by the rules.
Type of Number of
Space
ventilation air changes per hour
Galley supply 5*
exhaust 40
Pantries supply 5*
exhaust 10
Toilets & lavatories exhaust 10
Bath room exhaust 10
Laundries exhaust 10
Provisions store exhaust 10
Steering gear room (incl.E.F.pump recess) exhaust 5
Electric equipment room supply 5*
exhaust 10
Changing rooms supply 5*
exhaust 10
Oil skin locker supply 5*
exhaust 10
Pump room exhaust 20
Foam tank room and fire control station exhaust 5
Hyd. pump unit room exhaust 5
Boatswains store supply 5
* mark shows spot cooling by the air conditioning system.
Duct, damper, etc. for the galley and fire control station are to be in accordance with the
rule requirements.
2003/03/19 -39-
(2) Natural ventilation system
Spaces where mechanical ventilation is not applied, are to be ventilated naturally.
(3) Ventilators
The ventilators are to have rat proof galvanized steel wire nets.
The ventilators for the accommodation space are to have stainless steel (SUS 304) insect
screens and those for the pump room to have flame screen type stainless steel (SUS 304)
wire nets.
The wire nets and insect screens for ventilators are to be of stainless steel (SUS 304)
bolt-fit type.
2003/03/19 -40-
2.4 LIFE-SAVING APPLIANCES
Life-saving appliances are to be provided and arranged in accordance with the rule
requirements.
2.4.1 Lifeboats
A totally-enclosed and fire-protected lifeboat of F.R.P is to be provided at each side of

the accommodation house on the upper deck. Each lifeboat is to have an accommodating
capacity of 28 persons and an electric-motor-started water-cooled diesel engine.
A battery charger is to be provided.
A pair of gravity hinged davits are to be provided for handling each of the lifeboats. Each
pair of davits is to be provided with a winch and a fixed electric motor.
2.4.2 Muster and Embarkation Stations
A space on the upper deck near each of the lifeboats is to be allocated to a muster station,
and a platform with a ladder is to be provided adjacent to each of the lifeboats and to be
allocated for an embarkation station.
2.4.3 Liferafts
Two (2) 14-person inflatable liferafts are to be provided on each side of the
accommodation house on the upper deck.
One (1) 6-person inflatable liferaft is to be provided on upper deck forward.
2.4.4 Rescue Boat
The portside one of the above lifeboats is also to be used as a rescue boat.
2.4.5 Personal Life-saving Appliances
Fourteen (14) lifebuoys are to be provided.
A life-jacket is to be provided in each person and stowed in the living room.
Two (2) life-jackets are to be provided in each of the wheel house and engine control
room. Additional life-jackets are also to be provided in accordance with the requirements
by the Administration.
Three (3) immersion suits are to be provided for the crew of the rescue boat and to be
located in the rescue boat.
2.4.6 Others
Twelve (12) rocket parachute flares are to be provided.
2003/03/19 -41-
A line-throwing appliance is to be provided.
2.5 MASTS AND RIGGING
2.5.1 Masts, etc.
A foremast, a radar mast, etc. are to be arranged as shown in the G.A.
(1) Fore mast
A welded steel round type fore mast with stay is to be arranged on the upper deck fore.
The mast is to be fitted with navigation and signal lights.
(2) Radar mast
A welded steel round type radar mast with steel wire rope stays is to be arranged on the
compass flat.
The mast is to be fitted with navigation lights, a Christmas tree for Suez Canal signal
lights, radar platforms, antenna seat for standard "C" inmarsat communication system,
antenna seat for standard "B" inmarsat communication system, etc.
(3) Suez searchlight davit
A 0.98 kN Suez searchlight davit is to be provided on the upper deck fore. Hoisting/
lowering operations are to be done by the chain block.
A chain block is to be supplied.
(4) Bo'sn store davit
A 8.8 kN davit is to be provided on the boatswain's store. Hoisting/lowering operations

are to be done by a portable air motor driven winch.
(5) Pump room davit
A 8.8 kN davit is to be provided. The davit boom is to be fitted on the accommodation

house front wall. Hoisting/lowering operations are to be done by an air motor driven
winch.
A portable air motor is to be supplied both for Bo'sn store davit and pump room davit.
(6) Miscellaneous davits, etc.
A jack staff of steel pipe is to be fitted on the top of the Suez searchlight davit post.
An ensign staff of steel pipe is to be fitted at the stern.
One (1) 1,470 N portable davit is to be supplied for lifting an injured person and/or
2003/03/19 -42-
handling sludge. The davit is to be operated by an air motor.
(7) Fuel oil hose handling davit
No fuel oil hose handling davit is to be provided.
2.5.2 Cargo Hose Handling Cranes
Two (2) sets of 196 kN S.W.L. cargo hose handling cranes are to be arranged on the
upper deck amidships as shown in the G.A.
The cranes are to be electro-hydraulic jib crane without cabin and to be designed for
cargo hose handling service. The cranes are to be in accordance with the manufacturer's
standards, and to have the following particulars:
Hoisting load x speed : 196 kN S.W.L. x 10 m/min.

Luffing time : Manufacturer's standard
Slewing speed : Manufacturer's standard
Working radius : max. 18.2m to min. 6 m at 196 kN
Slewing angle : 360 deg.
The hydraulic power for the cranes is to be supplied from the hydraulic power unit for
deck machinery.
Each crane is to be controlled at the control stand without canopy fitted on the crane.
The design, material, spare parts and tools for cargo hose handling cranes are to be
provided in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
A jib rest is to be provided for each crane.
2.5.3 Travelling Crane for Handling Engine Parts and Provisions
One (1) set of electric motor driven travelling crane is to be provided for handling engine
parts and provisions as shown in the G.A.
The travelling crane is to consist of a trolley with hoisting and travelling devices, a gate
frame on each side of the vessel and a fixed main rail.
Fixed main rail is to be so extended outboard that outreach of the travelling crane is to be
3.0 m from the deck side line at the hoisting position.
The particulars of the crane are to be as follows.
Hoisting : 68.6/14.7 kN x 7/14 m/min.

Travelling speed : 15 m/min
Provisions for protection of overtravelling/over hoisting of the travelling crane are to be

provided. An overload protection for the hoisting device is to be provided in accordance
with manufacturer's standard.
2003/03/19 -43-
2.6 DECK FITTINGS
2.6.1 Steel Doors
Hinged steel doors are to be fitted as follows.
Weathertight door Entrances to the accommodation house, engine casing, pump

room, steering gear room, stores, etc. on the exposed upper
deck
Semi-weathertight door Entrances to the accommodation house on the A-deck and

above, and the battery room
Non-tight door Provisions store, etc.
The weathertight steel door and the semi-weathertight steel door are to have steel clips
and rubber gaskets.
The height of the door top is to be about 1,900 mm above the surface of the deck or deck
covering, and the clear width is to be about 700 mm, in general.
An access way, consisting of two (2) self closing doors and an air lock chamber between
them, is to be provided between the engine room and the steering gear room.
The details of joiner doors are described in SECTION 5 INTERIOR FITTINGS.
2.6.2 Hatches and Manholes
(1) Tank hatches
An oiltight hatch 1,220 mm in diameter is to be provided for each of center cargo oil
tanks as shown in the G.A.
An oiltight hatch 910 mm in diameter is to be provided for each of wing cargo oil tanks
and slop tanks as shown in the G.A.
Each oiltight hatch is to have a coaming 600 mm high and to be fitted with a horizontal
swing convex steel cover, tightened by gaskets and a manually operated handwheel.
The gaskets of the hatch covers are to be of nitrile butadiene rubber.
No tank hatch is to be provided for water ballast tanks, aft peak tank, fresh water tank,
drinking water tank, distilled water tank, fuel oil tanks and diesel oil tank.
(2) Hatches
One (1) hinged hatch about 1,200 mm square with counter weight is to be provided on
the upper deck forward for handling stores in the boatswain's store.
One (1) bolted hatch about 2,400 mm square is to be fitted on the upper deck aft for
2003/03/19 -44-
handling machinery parts.
One (1) hinged hatch about 800 mm square is to be provided on the upper deck aft for
handling stores in the steering gear room.
One (1) bolted hatch about 1,200 mm by 2,400 mm is to be provided on the upper deck
aft for working of the steering gear.
One (1) bolted hatch about 2,000 mm square is to be fitted on the upper deck for
handling machinery parts of pump room.
Bolts and nuts for the above mentioned hatches are to be of stainless steel (SUS 304) and
brass respectively.
(3) Manholes
One (1) manhole is to be provided for each of the cargo oil tanks, aft peak tank, fore peak
tank (void space), fresh water tank, drinking water tank, distilled water tank, fuel oil
tanks, diesel oil tank, access to the bilge space in the chain locker and access to the chain
locker.
The manholes for the fresh water tank, drinking water tank and distilled water tank are to
be fitted on the tank walls.
Two (2) manholes are to be provided for each of Nos. 1, 2 and 4 water ballast tanks, and
three (3) manholes are to be provided for Nos. 3 and 5 water ballast tanks. The manholes
are to be of the following size in oval shape.
No.1,2 and 4 W.B.T. No.3 W.B.T. No.5 W.B.T.
800X600 800X600
800X600 800X600 800X600 800X600 800X600 800X600
Two (2) manholes are to be provided for each of double bottom compartment in the
engine room.
Each manhole except on the double bottom tank top in the engine room is to be fitted
with a bolted cover without coaming.
Each manhole on the double bottom tank top in the engine room including that for echo
sounder recess is to be fitted with a bolted cover with 100 mm high coaming.
2003/03/19 -45-
Manholes located on the weathered decks are to have stainless steel (SUS 304) stud bolts
and brass nuts, while the others are to have steel stud bolts and nuts.
The manholes are to be oval in shape, and the size of them is to be 600 mm by 400 mm,
except those specially specified in the specification.
2.6.3 Handrails and Awnings
Handrails are to be provided as shown in the G.A. and also to be provided for pump
room platform, steering gear room platform and in tanks.
Details of handrails are to be as follows:
Height of
Location Top rail Mid. rail Stanchion
top rail
Exposed upper deck 32 A SGP 19mm R.B.x 2 65mm x 16mm F.B 1.0 m
Exposed decks other 25 A SGP 19mm R.B.x 2 65mm x 16mm F.B
1.0 m
than above
Compass flat 25 A SGP 19mm R.B.x 1 65mm x 16mm F.B 0.9 m
Fore mast and radar 22 mm R.B. 22mm R.B.x 1 22mm R.B.
0.9 m
mast platform
Platforms in pump 20 A SGP 16mm R.B.x 1 20 A SGP
room, bos'n store and 1.0 m
steering gear room
In tanks 22mm R.B. 22mm R.B.x 1 50mm x 12mm F.B. 0.9 m
Note : "A" to mean nominal diameter in mm

"R.B." to mean round bar
"F.B." to mean flat bar
Storm rails of steel pipe 25 mm in nominal diameter are to be fitted on the outside wall of
the accommodation house where necessary.
A steel handrail is to be provided in front of the wheel house at Navigation Bridge Deck
level for washing wheel house windows, as shown in the G.A.
A catwalk between engine casing and accommodation house is to be provided at C-deck

level as shown in the G.A.
A walkway for safe access to the bow is to be arranged from the accommodation house to
the bow area on the upper deck in accordance with MSC Resolution 62 (67).
No awning is to be provided.
2.6.4 Miscellaneous Fittings
(1) One (1) canvas cover of vinyl is to be provided for each of exposed compass, exposed
gyro repeater, exposed loud speakers, drums of mooring winches, drums of fire wire
reels, pilot ladder reels, chain pipes, accommodation ladder winches, lifeboat winches
and davit winches.
2003/03/19 -46-
(2) Deck pipe supports are to be so raised as to keep 1.6 m clear height from lower surface of
pipes to the upper deck at ship's center line.
No crossover way is to be provided on the upper deck.
(3) Two (2) handcarts are to be supplied for transporting portable gas free blowers, portable
tank cleaning machines, etc.
(4) Eye plates are to be provided for lifting the propeller and rudder.
(5) A vent hole 317mm in diameter with steel bolted cover is to be provided on upper deck
for each of fuel oil tanks and diesel oil tank.
The vent holes are to be fitted with stainless steel (SUS 304) stud bolts and brass nuts.
2.7 LADDERS
2.7.1 Accommodation Ladders
One (1) accommodation ladder of galvanized steel frames with galvanized steel curved
steps is to be provided at each side of the upper deck.
Each ladder is to have an upper and a lower platform of galvanized steel.
Each ladder is to be 600 mm in width and to have the length to reach 1 m above the water
level with an inclination of 55 degrees to the horizontal when the vessel is at light ballast
condition.
Each ladder is to be stowed horizontally at the ship's side as shown in the G.A.
Each ladder is to be designed to be capable of being raised, lowered and stowed by one
man.
A davit, a hoisting winch and a stowage winch are to be provided on each side of the
upper deck.
Hoisting speed of the accommodation ladder is to be about 5 m/min at the lower

platform.
These winches are to be driven by fixed air motors.
A top rail and an intermediate rail of galvanized steel pipe are to be provided on both
sides of the ladder.
The top rails are to be considered as strength members of the ladder.
The surface of the steps and platforms is to be of non-skid type.
2.7.2 Wharf Ladder
A wharf ladder of galvanized steel about 10 m in length is to be mounted on the rest on

the upper deck.
2003/03/19 -47-
2.7.3 Deck Ladders
Steel inclined ladders 600 mm in width are to be provided on exposed decks as shown in
the G.A.
The inclination of deck ladders to the horizontal is to be about 55 degrees.
2.7.4 Pilot Ladder
Two (2) rope ladders are to be supplied and to be used as a pilot ladder in combination
with the accommodation ladder.
One (1) fixed air motors for hoisting is to be provided for each pilot ladder reel, shifting
by manual.
2.7.5 Tank Ladders
Tank ladders are to be provided as follows:
Tank Type No. of set

Cargo oil tank Inclined ladder 1 set/tank
Slop tank Inclined ladder 1 set/tank
Water ballast tank in way of Nos.1, 2 & 4 Vertical ladder 2 set/tank
cargo tank part (side tank part) Nos. 3 & 5 Vertical ladder 3 set/tank
Fore peak tank (void) Vertical ladder 1 set/tank
Aft peak tank Vertical ladder 1 set/tank
Fuel oil tank Vertical ladder 1 set/tank
Diesel oil tank Vertical ladder 1 set/tank
Fresh water tank, drinking water tank and distilled Vertical ladder 1 set/tank
water tank
The width of ladders is to be 400 mm for inclined ladders and 300 mm for vertical
ladders.
The slope of the ladders to the horizontal is to be about 65° for the inclined ladders, in
general.
The inclined ladders are to consist of a ladder frame of 100 x 75 x 10 steel section and a
hand rail of 22 mm steel round bar on each side of the ladder frame and steps of two
19mm steel square bars.
The vertical ladders are to consist of a ladder frame of 65 x 9 steel flat bar on each side
and steps of one 19 mm steel square bar and not to be provided with guard hoop.
A rest platform for the vertical ladder is to be provided every about 6 m pitch.
2.7.6 Ladders for Pump Room, Bos'n Store and Steering Gear Room
An inclined ladder 450 mm in width is to be provided in the pump room and emergency
2003/03/19 -48-
fire pump recess.
An inclined ladder 600 mm in width is to be provided in the bos'n store and steering gear
room.
The ladder for pump room is to consist of a ladder frame of 125 x 50 x 20 x 3.2 lip type
steel channel, a hand rail of steel pipe 20 mm in nominal diameter on each side of the
ladder frame and steps of steel grating.
The ladder for bos'n store and steering gear room is to consist of a ladder frame of 125 x
50 x 20 x 3.2 lip type steel channel, a hand rail of steel pipe 20 mm in nominal diameter
on each side of the ladder frame and steps of checkered steel plate 4.5 mm in thickness.
Operation floors of steel grating are to be arranged for operation and maintenance of the
valves, fans and heater in the pump room.
2.7.7 Others
Adequate vertical steel ladders or steps of square bar are to be provided for the radar
mast, foremast, tanks and void space.
Hand grips and foot rungs are to be arranged in way of access openings in water ballast
tanks where necessary according to the Builder's practice.
2.8 PROVISION FOR INSPECTION IN WATER BALLAST TANKS IN WAY OF CARGO

TANK PART AND CARGO OIL TANKS
2.8.1 For Side and Lower Hopper Part of Water Ballast Tank
Hull structural members such as wide longitudinals, side stringers, horizontal girders etc.
are to be employed as inspection stage.
Where they are not employed as inspection stage, hand grips, steps, vertical ladders,
walking stages, and/or steel climbing bars are to be provided.
The design, construction, arrangement etc. of the above fittings are to be in accordance
with the Builder's practice.
Safety lattices of steel square bars or handrails are to be arranged for horizontal openings
100 mm and above in diameter to prevent a person from falling down, in accordance with
the Builder's standard.
2.8.2 For No.3 W.B.T. (forward and inboard side of tank), Cargo Oil Tanks and Slop Tanks
An inflatable type rubber boat is to be employed for inspection purpose.
Inspection of tanks is assumed to be carried out by means of the rubber boat and the
operation of ballast filling/discharge.
2003/03/19 -49-
2.9 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
No voice tube is to be provided.
In regard to telephone, call bell, loud speaking systems, engine telegraph and alarm bell,
refer to the Electrical & Automation Part.
2.10 ENGINEER'S LIFT
A lift is to be installed between the engine room and the D-deck.
The lift is to be designed based on a safe load of 350 kg at the speed of 30 meters per
minute.
The lift is to have seven (7) landing positions in total, i.e. on the 3 rd and 2nd deck in the
engine room and upper, A, B, C and D decks in the accommodation.
An alarm push button is to be provided for the cage, and an alarm bell is to be provided
in the wheel house and engine control room.
As to the details, refer to the Machinery Part.
2.11 HELICOPTER EQUIPMENT
A helicopter landing area is to be provided on the upper deck portside in accordance with
"Guide to Helicopter/Ship Operations" (3rd edition, 1989) of ICS, where helicopter
operations are to be carried out on an occasional or emergency basis on the vessel.
The helicopter landing area mark is to be provided as described in Section 6.

Miscellaneous marks.
The helicopter landing area (clear zone) size is to be about 20 m in diameter.
Portable fire extinguishers are to be provided (Refer to 3.13.1).
Any other helicopter operation equipment is to be supplied by the Owner.
Neither helicopter operation at night time nor at icy condition is to be considered.
2.12 EQUIPMENT FOR SHIP TO SHIP TRANSFER
The vessel is assumed as "Ship to be lightered" which, for operational or other reasons,
requires to decrease or increase its draft by the transfer of petroleum to of from another
vessel.
Following deck fittings of fabricated steel are to be provided.
2003/03/19 -50-
(1) Closed chock
Two (2) sets of closed chocks with clear openings of 500 x 400 mm is to be provided on
the starboard side of the vessel around amidships, as shown in the G.A.
(2) Bollard
Two (2) sets of bollards 560 mm in diameter are to be provided inboard of the above
closed chocks, as shown in the G.A.
No special equipment for ship-to-ship transfer operation, such as fenders, fender davits
and cradles, transfer hoses, gangways, etc. are to be provided, since they are to be
prepared by the dedicated service ships which undertake the lightering operation
involving the transfer of petroleum to or from the "Ship to be lightered".
2003/03/19 -51-
3. GENERAL HULL PIPING SYSTEM
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 Outline of piping systems
Pipe dimensions are shown in the Pipe List and the applications of pipes are described in
the Schedule of General Hull Piping System.
(1) Pipes
Steel pipes are to be manufactured by electric-resistance welding, in general.
However, if electric-resistance welding pipe is not available for larger size, electric arc
welding pipe is to be applied.
Seamless steel pipes are to be applied only to such piping required by the Classification
Society and where specially noted.
Copper and PVC pipe are to be seamless.
(2) Valves
Valve bodies of 50 mm and above in nominal diameter are generally to be of cast iron
and those of 40 mm and below in nominal diameter are to be of cast bronze or stainless
steel.
Discs for angle and globe valves are generally to be of bronze, those for sluice valves are
to be of cast iron and those for butterfly valves are to be in accordance with the
manufacturer’s standard.
Stem are to be of brass, bronze and/or stainless steel (SUS 304 or equivalent).
Butterfly valves are to be of wafer type except ship side valves which are to be of flange
type, and to have replaceable rubber seat ring.
Sluice valves are to be of a non-rising stem type and to have solid wedge discs.
Cast steel valves are to be applied to such locations as required by the Classification
Society.
3.1.2 Piping workmanship
(1) Pipe joints
In general, removable or non-removable pipe joint are to be applied in accordance with

the following table:
Removable pipe joints are to be applied to valves, equipment, machinery and locations
2003/03/19 -52-
where considered necessary by the Builder’s practice.
Removable joint Non-removable

joint
Steel pipes For ordinary pipe Flange joint Sleeve-welded or
except hyd. Line butt-welded joint
For hyd. press. line
50A and below Union joint Socket-welded joint
65A and above Flange joint Butt-welded joint
For other hyd. Union joint or Sleeve-welded joint
line Flange joint
Aluminum brass pipes Union joint or Silver brazing joint
Flange joint
Copper pipes Union joint or Brazing joint
Flange joint
(2) Expansion joints
The following types of expansion joints are to be applied to the lines running fore and aft
direction to relax expansion and contraction stresses in pipes due to temperature changes
of deformation of the hull.
Dresser coupling joints are to be applied to the cargo oil line, ballast line in ballast tanks,
tank washing line, inert gas line, deck foam line, fire/wash deck line, electric cable pipes,
and fuel oil line.
Offset expansion bends dare to be applied to hydraulic oil line, steam line, drain line,
small piping and where required by the Classification Society.
(3) Penetration pieces
In general, penetration pieces are to be made of steel. Penetration pieces for steel pipe
through watertight bulkheads or exposed decks are to be of Sch.80 steel pipes described
in the Pipe List, or the same thickness as the pipes connected to the pieces, whichever is
greater.
For small pipes of copper and copper alloy, sleeve type penetrating pieces are to be
applied and welded directly to the bulkheads or decks.
(4) Sliding pad
Pipe support for main line in longitudinal direction with nominal diameter of 125 mm
and above on upper deck and in tank except electric cable protection pipe to be fitted
with PTFE sliding pad to allow free sliding pipe movement.
(5) Bending, branching, etc. for steel pipes

Pipes are to be bent by cold-bending machines in general.
Branch pipes are to be welded directly to main pipes in general.
Pipes are to be reduced/enlarged by using reducer pieces of special flanges in general.
Hot bending, elbows and tees are also to be used in accordance with the Builder’s
2003/03/19 -53-
practice.
(6) Suction bellmouths
Suction bellmouths in cargo oil tanks, slop tanks, water ballast tanks in way of cargo tank
part and fuel oil tanks are to be of fabricated steel.
(7) Reach rods
Reach rods are to be composed of hand wheels, solid steel transmission shafts, fork
pieces, universal joints and/or bevel gears where necessary.
In general, reach rod is to be of carbon steel for machine structural use equivalent with
paint coating.
(8) Galvanizing and aluminizing of pipes and pieces
Galvanizing and aluminizing of pipes and pieces is to be carried out after the fabrication
of piping as far as practicable.
Where welding or gas cutting is applied to galvanized or aluminized pipes for sleeve
joints of adjusting pieces, the damaged portion of the outside surfaces are to be finished
with zinc or aluminum solution paint, respectively.
(9) Bolts and nuts
Bolts and nuts for piping are to be of mild steel except specially noted in the
Specification.
2003/03/19 -54-
3.1.3 Pipe list
(1) Steel pipe
Nominal Outside dia. Wall thickness (mm) REMARK

dia (mm) (mm)
API GB SCH.40 SCH.80 SCH.160
API GB API GB API GB
15 22 2.8 3.0 3.7 4.0 4.7 5.0
20 27 2.9 3.0 3.9 4.0 5.5 5.5
25 34 3.4 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.4 6.5
32 42 3.6 3.5 4.9 5.0 6.4 6.5
40 48 3.7 3.5 5.1 5.0 7.1 7.0
50 60 3.9 4.0 5.5 5.5 8.7 8.5
65 76 5.2 5.0 7.0 7.0 9.5 9.5
80 89 5.5 5.5 7.6 7.5 11.1 11.0
100 114 6.0 6.0 8.6 9.0 13.5 13.5
125 140 6.6 6.5 9.5 9.5 15.9 16.0
150 168 7.1 7.0 11.0 11.0 16.0 16.0
200 219 8.2 8.0 12.7 12.5 16.0 16.0
250 273 9.3 9.0 12.7 13.0 16.0 16.0
300 325 9.5 9.5 12.7 13.0 16.0 16.0
350 355.6 377 9.5 12.7 16.0
400 406.4 426 9.5 12.7 16.0
450 457.2 480 9.5 12.7 16.0
500 508.0 530 9.5 12.7 16.0
550 558.8 560 9.5 12.7 16.0
600 609.6 630 9.5 12.7 16.0
650 660.4 9.5 12.7 16.0
700 711.2 9.5 12.7 16.0
750 762.0 9.5 12.7
800 812.8 9.5 12.7
Remark: If the GB pipe material used, GB outside diameter and wall thickness in the above
tables will be applied.
2003/03/19 -55-
(2) Copper pipe (GB standard)
Wall thickness (mm)

Nominal dia. (mm) Outside dia. (mm)
10K 16K
4 6 1.0 1.5
5 8 1.0 1.5
6 10 1.5 1.5
8 12 1.5 1.5
10 15 1.5 2.0
15 20 2.0 2.0
18 22 2.0 2.0
20 25 2.0 2.0
25 30 2.0 2.5
32 35 2.0 -
40 45 2.0 -
(3) stainless steel pipe
Nominal Outside dia. Wall thickness(mm) REMARKS

dia. (mm) (mm)
5S 10S 20S
10 17.5 1.2 1.65 2.0
15 21.7 1.65 2.1 2.5
20 27.2 1.65 2.1 2.5
25 34.0 1.65 2.8 3.0
32 42.7 1.65 2.8 3.0
40 48.6 1.65 2.8 3.0
50 60.5 1.65 2.8 3.5
65 76.3 2.1 3.0 3.5
80 89.1 2.1 3.0 4.0
100 114.3 2.1 3.0 4.0
125 139.8 2.8 3.4 5.0
150 165.2 2.8 3.4 5.0
200 216.3 2.8 4.0 6.5
2003/03/19 -56-
(4) PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) pipe (for reference only)
Nominal dia. Outside dia.

Wall thickness (mm)
(mm) (mm)
13 18 2.5
16 22 3.0
20 26 3.0
25 32 3.5
30 38 3.5
40 48 4.0
50 60 4.5
65 76 4.5
75 89 5.9
100 114 7.1
125 140 7.5
150 165 9.6
2003/03/19 -57-
3.1.4 Schedule of general hull piping system
PRESS. PIPE ANTI-

SYSTEM RATING MATERIAL & CORROSION
(MPa) THICKNESS MEASURES
Ballast line in aft peak tank Steel Sch.80 Galvanized
0.49
Bilge line in aft peak tank 0.49 Steel Sch. 80 Galvanized
others 0.49 Steel Sch. 40 Galvanized
Fuel oil filling line 0.49 Steel Sch. 80 ix)
Sounding pipe 0.49 Steel i) Galvanized ii)
Air pipe for oil tank 0.49 Steel i) v)
for the other 0.49 Steel i) Galvanized vi)
Drinking water line 0.49 PVC -
Cold washing water line 0.49 PVC -
Hot washing water line 0.49 Copper -
Fresh water filling line 0.49 Steel Sch. 40 Galvanized vi)
Fresh water line on upper deck 0.49 Steel Sch. 40 Galvanized vi)
Drainage pipe in accommodation PVC
0.49
space
above L.W.L. 0.49 Steel Sch. 40 Galvanized
below L.W.L. 0.49 Steel Sch.80 Galvanized
Scupper pipe above upper deck 0.49 Steel Sch. 40 Galvanized vi)
below upper deck 0.49 Steel i) Galvanized
Compressed air line for general service 0.98 Steel Sch. 40 Galvanized vi)
Pneumatic main line for control and Steel Sch. 40 Galvanized vi)
0.98
instrumentation
Pneumatic control and indication line 0.98 Copper -
Air purge pipe in tanks iii) Steel Sch.80 Galvanized ii)
Pressure gauge pipe Copper or
iii) -
Steel Sch.40 iv)
Steam line for 25A and above 0.49 Steel Sch. 40 -
general use 20A and below 0.49 Copper -
Steam line on upper deck 0.98 Steel Sch.80 Aluminized
Heating pipe in F.O.T. 0.98 Steel Sch.80 -
Steam line for stripping oil pump 1.57 Steel Sch.40
-
Exhaust line for stripping oil pump 0.49 Steel Sch.40 -
Fire and wash deck line 0.98 Steel Sch.80 Galvanized vi)
Deck foam fire extinguishing line 0.98 Steel Sch.80 Galvanized vi)
High expansion foam fire extinguishing 0.98 Steel Sch.80 Galvanized
line
Electric cable pipe - Steel Sch.40 Galvanized
2003/03/19 -58-
PRESS. PIPE ANTI-

High pressure side
2.06vii)
25 A and above Steel Sch.40 -
2.06vii)
20 A and below Copper -
R-22 line
Low pressure side
25 A and above 1.02 vii) Steel Sch.40 Galvanized viii)
20A and below 1.02vii) Copper
Hydraulic oil line Pressure line Steel i) v)
for deck Other line Steel i)
v)
machinery
Note:
i) As per the rule requirements.

ii) The pipes in the fuel oil tanks and diesel oil tank are not to be galvanized.
iii) To suit the service pressure.
iv) Steel pipes are to be limited to such locations as required by the rule.
v) The pipes on the exposed upper deck are to be coated externally with the
same paint as exposed upper deck.
vi) The galvanized pipes on the exposed upper deck are to be coated externally
with etching primer. One(1) coat of modify epoxy finishing paint is to be
applied after the pipe is fitted.
vii) Test pressure.
viii) For outside only.
ix) The pipes are to be coated externally with the same paint as exposed upper
deck and one additional modify epoxy finishing paint.
x) For steel pipe ND300 should be seamless (GB standard) and ND>300 to be
E.R.W.(non-seamless)(API 5L GrB), which shall be used for all ship piping
system.
“A”in the above list means nominal diameter in mm.
Details of the pipe coating are described in SECTION 6.
2003/03/19 -59-
3.2 BALLAST SYSTEM
The aft peak tank is to be ballasted/deballasted by the fire & bilge, ballast pump in
engine room.
Valves for the above ballast handling are to be locally manually operated.
Suction pipe for the aft peak tank is to be provided with rose box.
As for the water ballast tanks arranged in way of cargo tank part, ballasting/deballasting
is to be carried out by the ballast pumps in the pump room. Details are described in
subsection 3 in SECTION 4.
3.3 BILGE SYSTEM
Bilge in the pump room is to be pumped out to slop tank by the cargo oil stripping pump.
Bilge in the chain lockers and boatswain’s store is to be discharged overboard by water
eductors.
Bilge in the steering gear room and emergency fire pump recess is to be led to the bilge
well in the engine room by gravity.
Bilge in fore peak tank (void) is to be discharged overboard by water eductor.
A water eductor is to be provided in fore peak tank (void) and to be supplied with sea
water from fire/wash deck line.
Size of bilge suction pipe is to be in accordance with the requirements of the

Bilge system in the engine room is specified in the Machinery Part.
3.4 FUEL OIL FILLING SYSTEM
A fuel oil filling line 200 mm in nominal diameter is to be provided from the midship
shore connection to the fuel oil tanks
A fuel oil filling connection with a valve and a blank flange is to be provided at each side
of the vessel fore and aft part of the midship cargo oil shore manifolds on the upper deck,
and to be branched from the fuel oil filling line.
The fuel oil filling connection is also to be used as diesel oil filling connection.
A diesel oil filling line 100 mm in nominal diameter is to be branched from the fuel oil
filling line at the accommodation house front and led to the diesel oil tank.
A lubricating oil filling connection 65 mm in nominal diameter with a valve and a blank
flange is to be provided at each side of the accommodation house.
2003/03/19 -60-
A main engine cylinder oil filling connection 65 mm in nominal diameter with a valve
and a blank flange is to be provided at each side of the accommodation house.
A turbine oil filling connection 50 mm in nominal diameter with a blank flange is to be

provided at the accommodation housed front. (starboard side only)
Filling valves for fuel oil tanks, diesel oil tank, lubricating oil tank and cylinder oil tank
are to be locally manually operated.
A thermowell with a plug at its open end is to be provided for each of port & starboard
fuel oil/diesel oil filling connection for temperature gauge.
A screw-down stop valve with a plug at its open end is to be provided for each of port &
starboard fuel oil/diesel oil filling connection for pressure gauge
3.5 FRESH WATER FILLING SYSTEM
A fresh water filling connection with thread hose coupling 65 mm in nominal diameter
and a bronze cap is to be provided at each fresh water tank, drinking water tank and
distilled water tank.
3.6 SOUNDING AND AIR PIPES
3.6.1 Sounding pipes
A sounding head piece with pipe in tank is to be provided for each of water ballast tanks
in way of cargo tank part, aft peak tank, fore peak tank (void), fuel oil tanks, diesel oil
tank and chain lockers.
Sounding head pieces for the above mentioned tanks and chain lockers are to be fitted on
the following location.
--Fore peak tack (void) : upper deck

--Aft peak tank : aft peak tank top
--Water ballast tanks in way upper deck
of cargo tank part :
--Fuel oil tanks : upper deck
--Diesel oil tank : upper deck
--Chain lockers : bos’n store floor
Sounding head pieces are to have brass screw caps, while that for aft peak tank is to have
a self-closing valve for sounding pipe head of 40 mm in nominal diameter.
Sounding pipes for oil tanks are to be 65 mm in nominal diameter and those for the other
tanks are to be 40mm in nominal diameter.
All sounding pipes are to be fitted with striking plates underneath the pipes.
2003/03/19 -61-
3.6.2 Local reading type level gauge
A local reading dial type level gauge is to be provided for each of fresh water tank,
drinking water tank, distilled water tank and stern tube cooling water tank.
Emergency sounding using a sounding tape by removing air vent heads is to be

considered for the fresh water tank, drinking water tank and distilled water tank.
3.6.3 Air pipes
Air pipes are to be fitted to fresh water tank, drinking water tank, distilled water tank,
fuel oil tanks, diesel oil tank, water ballast tanks in way of cargo tank part, aft peak tank,
stern tube cooling water tank, void spaced and the rudder trunk.
Each air pipe from tank is to have a head piece on the top ,and those for oil tanks, water
ballast tanks in way of cargo tank part, fore peak tank (void), fresh water tank, drinking
water tank and distilled water tank are to be fitted with a removable stainless steel wire
net screen.
Bolts and nuts for wire net screen are to be of stainless steel (SUS 304) and brass
respectively.
The top of the air pipe from the rudder trunk is to have an open end with return bend
without head piece on the exposed upper deck.
Height of air pipes is to be 450 mm or 760 mm as per the rule requirements.
Fixed coamings are to be fitted on the upper deck around the air pipes for oil tanks and
oil filling connections in accordance with the regulations of U.S.C.G. Pollution
Prevention.
3.7 WATER SERVICE SYSTEM
3.7.1 Fresh water system
The fresh water system is to consist of the following pumps and pressure tank, which are
to be installed in the engine room
2- Fresh water pump 10m3/h x 55 m

(one(1)working, one (1) stand-by)
1- Pressure tank 1.5m3
The pressure tank is to be fitted with a gauge glass, a pressure gauge, a relief valve, a
drain connection and a compressed air charging connection. A quick motion relay is to be
fitted for the automatic control of the pump
Cold washing and sanitary water is to be supplied to the wash basins, showers, bath tub,
laundry equipment, galley, pantries, spray pipes for washing the wheel house front
windows, fresh water heater, water closets, inert gas blower cleaning and general use
2003/03/19 -62-
fresh water deck line.
In addition, fresh water is to be supplied to the following location;
Nav .Deck aft : 1 point

B-deck port and starboard side : 2 points in total
Upper deck port and starboard side : 2 points in total
A fresh water line 25 mm in nominal diameter is to be branched from cold washing and
sanitary water service line, and is to be provided on the upper deck for general use, and
hose valves 15 mm in nominal diameter are to be arranged on the line in accordance with
the Builder’s practice.
3.7.2 Drinking water system
The drinking water system is to consist of the following pumps and pressure tank, which
are to be installed in the engine room.
2-Drinking water pump 2m3/h x 55m

(one(1) working, one (1) stand-by)
1-pressure tank 0.5m3
The pressure tank is to be fitted with a gauge glass, a pressure gauge, a relief valve, a
drain connection and a compressed air charging connection. A quick motion relay is to
be fitted for the automatic control of the pump.
The drinking water piping system is to be fitted with an ultra violet sterilizer after the
pressure tank.
Drinking water is to be supplied to the catering equipment in the galley and pantries,
drinking water fountains and sink in wheel house.
3.7.3 Hot washing water system
The hot washing water system is to consist of the following pump and a fresh water
heater, which are to be installed in the engine room.
1- Hot water circulating pump 3m3/h x 5m
The fresh water heater is to be designed to heat up water from10℃ to 60℃ at the rate of
3m3/h, by steam.
Hot washing water is to be circulated continuously through circulation main line, and is
to be supplied to the wash basins, bath tub, showers, sinks in the galley and pantry and
wheel house.
Details of the fresh water heater are described in the Machinery Part.
2003/03/19 -63-
3.8 DRAINAGE SYSTEM
3.8.1 Exposed deck scuppers
Drain openings are to be provided at the oil fence on the upper deck in way of cargo tank
space round gunwale part.
Deck scuppers are to be provided for other exposed decks.
Rose plates are to be fitted on the top of the scupper pipes on the A-deck and above.
Scupper plugs of rubber seal type are to be supplied for openings on the upper deck as a
deck scupper closing device.
3.8.2 Waste water and soil drainage
Separate main lines for waste water drainage and soil drainage are to be provided in the
engine room.
Soil drains from water closets except those from the hospital are to be led to the soil
drainage mains.
Waste water drains from wash basins, sinks various utensils and scuppers except those
from the hospital are to be led to the waste water drainage mains.
Discharge outlets of the waste water and soil drainage mains are to be located below the
light ballast water line level.
Each of these drainage mains is to be fitted with a closing device in accordance with the
rule requirement.
A sewage treatment plant is to be installed in the engine room and is to have a capacity
for 28 persons.
The soil drains are also to be isolated collected to the sewage treatment plant.
The soil drains are to be treated by the sewage treatment plant and to be discharged
overboard through a by-pass line connected to the soil drainage overboard outlet.
Each of the drainage mains and sewage treatment plant is to be properly vented to the
open air and to have a sea water connection for washing.
An independent line for waste and soil drains from the hospital is to be led to the sewage
treatment plant and an overboard discharge outlet.
An international discharge connection is to be provided at each side of the

accommodation house to discharge the sewage.
3.8.3 Drain from the refrigerated provisions chambers
Water sealed scuppers are to be provided for the refrigerated provisions chambers and the
2003/03/19 -64-
drainage pipe is to be led to the bilge well in the engine room.
3.9 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM
3.9.1 General
Deck compressed air lines are to consist of the following two(2) systems.
0.69 MPa pressure general use
0.69 MPa pressure control and instrumentation use

(dehydrated air)
3.9.2 Compressed air for general use
A compressed air line 40 mm in nominal diameter is to be provided on the upper deck

fore from engine room and branch lines are to be arranged for the accommodation ladder,
pilot ladder reel, fire wire reel, boatswain’s store davit, pump room davit, air horn,
boatswain’s store, and on exposed deck for general use such as air motor operated
portable type davit, deck cleaning and chipping.
Compressed air lines are also to be led to the pump room, emergency generator room,
steering gear room and accommodation house, and branch lines are to be arranged for the
unit and ref. mach. room and on exposed deck of accommodation house for general use
such as deck cleaning and chipping.
Compressed air is to be supplied from air reservoirs in the engine room.
3.9.3 Compressed air for control and instrumentation
Dehydrated compressed air lines to be led to the pressure transmitters for the level
gauges, draft gauges and pressure gauges, and the control lines for the inert gas plant and
cargo oil stripping pump.
3.10 STEAM, EXHAUST AND DRAIN SYSTEM
3.10.1 General
Deck steam piping are to consist of the following three (3) systems.
1.50MPa pressure system cargo oil stripping pump drive
0.98MPa pressure system tank washing heater, slop tank heating and heating of
deck water seal tank of inert gas distribution plant
0.39MPa pressure system general use in accommodation
3.10.2 Piping on upper deck and in pump room
2003/03/19 -65-
A deck steam line and a drain line for slop tank heating, heating of deck water seal tank
of inert gas distribution plant and tank washing heater are to be led on the upper deck
from the engine room.
A steam line and an exhaust line are to be led diredtly from the engine room to the cargo
oil stripping pump.
Each steam line from steam manifold is to be provided with a stop valve.
Each drain line from drain manifold is to be provided with a strainer, a steam trap and a
stop valve.
3.10.3 Piping in accommodation space
Steam lines are to be led to the air conditioning fan unit and cooking apparatus in the
galley.
Drain lines are also to be provided for the above heating equipment and to be led to the
engine room.
3.11 TANK HEATING SYSTEM FOR FUEL OIL TANKS
A steam tank heating system is to be provided for the fuel oil tanks.
Each fuel oil tank is to be divided into upper and lower space by a horizontal perforated
plate in order to preclude active heat convection between the spaces.
Heating pipe with fin is to be provided for each space of the fuel oil tank.
The system is to be so designed as to maintain fuel oil at the following temperature under
the following conditions.
Ambient temperature Outside air 2℃

Sea water 5℃
Engine room 20℃
Maintaining temperature Upper space 20℃

Lower space 33℃
Average heating coil area ratio about 0.02m2/m3
2003/03/19 -66-
° °
20 C 20 C
° °
33 C 33 C
3.12 FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
3.12.1 Fire and wash deck line
A fire and wash deck line is to be led fore and aft on the upper deck and is to be served
by the following fire pumps in the engine room and by the emergency fire pump.
1- Fire & general service pump : 295/300m3/h x 110/45m
1- Fire & bilge, ballast pump : 295/300m3/h x 110/45m
1- Emergency fire pump : 270m3/h x 80 m
A main line to the accommodation space is to be branched from the fire and wash deck
line.
Branch lines are to be led to washing nozzles of the hawse pipes for chain washing.
Driving water for the water eductor to handle bilges in chain lockers, fore peak tank
(void) and boatswain’s store is also to be supplied from the fire and wash deck line.
3.12.2 Fire hydrants
Fire hydrants and provision of hoses and nozzles are to be arranged in accordance with
the rule requirements.
All fire hydrants are to be 65 mm in nominal diameter and hose valves are to be of cast
iron with bronze hose coupling.
The hose nozzles are to be of a dual purpose type (i.e. spray/jet type) incorporating a
shut-off.
2003/03/19 -67-
An international shore connection is to be provided.
For deck washing, four 15 m long synthetic fiber hoses of 40 mm in nominal diameter,
lined inside with rubber, each with 65 mm in diameter hose coupling and a nozzle are to
be supplied.
3.12.3 Fixed deck foam/high expansion foam fire extinguishing system for cargo tank
part/engine room & pump room
A combined deck foam/high expansion foam fire extinguishing system is to be provided

for fighting against fires in cargo oil tank deck area & cargo oil tanks/engine room &
pump room in accordance with the rule requirements. The foam liquid is to be of
common type suitable for both purposes, and the quantity of the foam liquid installed
onboard is to be determined by the demand for either deck foam system or high
expansion foam system, whichever is larger.
The system is to consist of a foam solution plant, a deck foam line, high expansion foam
lines, deck foam monitors, foam applicators and high expansion foam generators.
The foam solution plant is to consist of a foam liquid storage tank, a deck foam liquid
pump, a high expansion foam liquid pump, proportioning eductor, motor operated
delivery valves, etc. The plant is to be located in the foam tank room and fire control
station.
For the use as the deck foam system, sea water is supplied from the fire pumps in the
engine room, and the foam solution is to be 3% foam liquid with 6 times expansion ratio.
The system is to utilize the foam solution plant, deck foam line, deck foam monitors and
foam applicators, and the foam solution is to be sent to the cargo deck area.
For the use as the high expansion foam system, sea water is to be supplied using the
emergency fire pump located in the recess of the steering gear room, and the foam
expansion ratio is to be about 600 times, The system is to utilize the foam solution plant,
high expansion foam lines and high expansion foam generators distributed in the engine
room and pump room, and the high expansion foam solution is to be sent to the following
spaces independently.
-Engine room
-Pump room
-Purifier room
3.12.4 Fire extinguishing system for paint room
A sea water spray fire extinguishing system is to be provided in accordance with the rule
requirement.
3.12.5 Emergency fire pump
The electric motor driven emergency fire pump of self-priming type is to be provided and
located in the emergency fire pump recess in the steering gear room
2003/03/19 -68-
Electric source is to be supplied from the main and emergency generator.
The emergency fire pump is to be started/stopped from the fire control station as well as
at pump side.
The sea chest for the emergency fire pump is to be provided in engine room and to be
independent of other services.
The sea chest valve is to be provided in engine room.
Open/close of the sea chest valve is to be done at local in engine room.
3.12.6 Fire control station
A fire control station is to be arranged in the accommodation space on the upper deck,
and the following is to be provided.
-Remote manual control for;
Release of high expansion foam for the engine room and the pump room.
Start/stop of the fire & general service pump
Start/stop of the emergency fire pump
Stopping the fuel oil pumps and forced draft fans
Stopping engine room ventilation fans
Closing of associated fuel oil, diesel oil, lubricating oil valves in accordance with the
rule requirement.
-Indicating panel of fire detecting and alarm system.
Details are described in Electrical & Automation Part.
3.13 FIRE EXTINGUISHING APPARATUS
3.13.1 Portable fire extinguishers
Portable fire extinguishers of 9-liter foam type are to be fitted as required by the rule.
One (1) set of CO2 gas fire extinguisher is to be furnished in each of wheel house (radio
space) and galley.
Portable fire extinguishers for helicopter landing area are to be provided in accordance
with ICS.
3.13.2 Fireman’s outfits
Fireman’s outfits are to be provided as required by the rule.
The fireman’s outfits are to be stowed in the following compartments.
Hose store 1 set

2003/03/19 -69-
Steering gear room 1 set
Fire control station/foam tank room 2 sets
2003/03/19 -70-
3.14 REFRIGERATED PROVISIONS CHAMBERS
The refrigerated provisions chambers are to be provided as follows.
The approximate capacity of each compartment is to be as follows.
Meat room 23 m3
Fish room 7 m3
Vegetable room 28 m3
Lobby 12 m3
Total 70 m3
Prefabricated panels of the following construction are to be applied to the floors, ceilings
and walls of each refrigerated provisions chambers.
Panel core : To be fitted with polyurethane foam insulation
Panel surface : Steel plate covered with finishing material of manufacturer's standard
to be applied to both inside and outside. Stainless steel sheets (SUS
304) of 0.6 mm in thickness are to be used for the floor.
Each panel is to be connected with mechanical lock fastener and silicone sealing is to be
applied to the meeting part of each panel.
Cooling pipes are to be insulated.
Portable gratings are to be provided on the floor.
Stainless steel hooks are to be fitted in the meat room.
Stainless shelves to be provided in the chambers except the lobby.
Insulated stainless steel (SUS 304) doors with galvanized steel fittings are to be fitted to
all compartments. The doors of the meat room, fish room and vegetable room are to be
opened to the lobby.
As to alarm switch in the refrigerated provisions chambers, refer to the Electrical &
Automation part.
A remote reading thermometer is to be provided for each of the compartments and a

watch panel, on which dial type temperature indicators are fitted, is to be mounted on the
outside wall near the entrance to the lobby.
3.15 REFRIGERATING PLANT FOR REF. PROVISIONS CHAMBERS
A refrigerating plant is to be so designed as to maintain the compartments at the

following temperatures with working time of 20 hours a day under the conditions of the
cooling fresh water temperature 36°C and the outside temperature 35°C.
Meat room -18°C

2003/03/19 -71-
Fish room -18°C
Vegetable +2°C
Lobby Not specified
Each of the meat room, fish room and vegetable room is to be fitted with a unit cooler.
The lobby is to be cooled by a refrigerant return line from one of the above rooms.
The plant is to be of the direct expansion system utilizing R-22 gas as the refrigerant.
Cooling water is to be supplied from the central fresh water cooling system.
The refrigerating plant is to consist of the following equipment and the details are to be
in accordance with the manufacturer's standard.
Refrigerating machines
(to be located in the air cond. unit and ref. mach. room)
2 - R-22 Compressors Reciprocating single acting type driven by electric

motors (one of them to be used as a stand-by)
2 - R-22 Condenser/Receiver Horizontal shell and tube type and each to have a
capacity corresponding to one compressor
Gas drying unit 1 set for the whole plant
Defrosting device Electric heater with timer for meat room and fish room
Unit cooler with a fan 1 set for each of meat room, fish room and vegetable
room
Ozone generator 1 set for vegetable room
Spare parts are to be supplied in accordance with manufacturer's standard.
3.16 INSULATION PROCESS OF GENERAL PIPES
3.16.1 Steam and Exhaust Pipes and Hot Water Pipes
Insulation of one (1) ply of glass wool 15 mm in thickness is to be applied to steam,

exhaust an hot water pipes in the accommodation.
A sheet of No.11 canvas covering is to be applied thereon.
No insulation is to be applied to pipes on the exposed decks.
3.16.2 Refrigerant Pipes
Insulation is to be applied to the R-22 low pressure pipe outside of the ref. provisions
chambers in accommodation as follows.
2003/03/19 -72-
Low pressure pipes 25 mm and above in nominal diameter are to be insulated with
Armflex FR elastomeric 40 mm in thickness and those of 20 mm and below in nominal
diameter with the same material of 30 mm in thickness.
3.16.3 Sweat Proofing
A sheet of No.11 canvas is to be applied to the water service and drainage pipes which
are to be led behind the ceiling in the accommodation.
3.16.4 Remarks
Valves, flanges and couplings are not to be insulated unless otherwise specified.
Other pipings than mentioned above are not to be insulated.
2003/03/19 -73-
3.16 INSULATION PROCESS OF GENERAL PIPES
3.16.1 Thermal insulation (The enclosed space other than engine room)
The pipe insulation to be applied as follows:
Piping System Pipe dia. (mm) Insulation Spec.

Steam supply/exhaust and/or All Rock wool (#) +
drain line Glass cloth +
Steel wire
Hot fresh water line All
Refrigerant pipe line All Cross linked polyethylene
foam (30 t) or equivalent
Note (#) : Rock wool density 120 kg/m3
3.16.2 Sweat protection
All water pipes in accommodation space over the ceiling and over the electrical
equipment to be covered with the glass cloth of 0.5 mm thickness.
3.17 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS
3.17.1 Bottom plugs
A stainless steel bottom plug, combined with a steel socket welded to the shell, is to be
fitted to each of the water ballast tanks in way of cargo tank part, fuel oil tanks, aft peak
tank, fore peck tank (void)and stern tube cooling water tank.
The plugs are to be of 52 mm in diameter and to be inserted from the outside of the vessel.
The plug heads for oil tanks are to be of hexagon and those for water tanks are to be of
square.
2003/03/19 -74-
4. CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM
4.1 GENERAL
Cargo handling systems specified in this section are to be designed to handle crude oil
with a flash point below 60℃.
Cargo oil and ballast system and associated systems are to be designed on the following
bases.
Cargo oil property Specific gravity 0.9

Kinetic viscosity 50mm2/s
Nominal unloading rate 16,500m3/h
Nominal loading rate 16,500m3/h
Maximum unload/loading rate per manifold 6,800 m3/h
4.2 SPECIFICATION OF PIPINGS
4.2.1 GENERAL
The following paragraphs in sub-section 1 of SECTION 3 are also to be applied to this

section, except specially noted;
1) Outline of piping systems

2) Piping workmanship
3) Pipe lists
2003/03/19 -75-
4.2.2 Schedule of pipings
PRESS. PIPE ANTI-

Cargo oil line
In tank
100 A and below 0.98 Steel Sch.80 Galvanized
125 A and above 0.98 Steel Sch.80 xi)
Suction side in pump room
100 A and below 0.98 Steel Sch.80 Galvanized vii)
125 A and above 0.98 Steel Sch.80 ii),iii)
Discharge side in pump room
On upper deck
100 A and below 1.57 Steel Sch.80 Galvanized vi)
125 A to above 1.57 Steel Sch.80 ii),iv)
Ballast line
In ballast tank 0.49 Steel Sch.80 i)
In pump room
Tank washing line
In pump room
On upper deck
125 A to above 1.57 Steel Sch.80 ii),iv)
In tank 1.57 Steel Sch.80 Galvanized
Cargo oil tank vent line ix)
and gas purge stand pipe
125 A and above 0.49 Steel Sch.40 ii), iv)
Inert gas line
Flue gas line from the 0.49 Steel Sch.40 -
boiler uptake to the scrubber
Inert gas supply line
125 A and above 0.49 Steel Sch.40 ii), iv)
Water supply line 0.49 Steel Sch.40 Galvanized vi)
Drain line 0.49 Steel Sch.40 v)
Heating pipe and leading pipe Stainless steel -
0.98
in slop tank
Inerting/airing line in
Water ballast tanks 0.49 Steel Sch.40 i)
2003/03/19 -76-
PRESS. PIPE ANTI-

Hydraulic line for valve control viii)
-
Pressure line on exposed deck Steel Sch.80 iv)
Return line on exposed deck - Steel Sch.40 iv)
Open/shut lines on exposed deck, Stainless steel -
-
in tank and in enclosed space
Pressure line and open/shut lines Steel STPG 370 iii)
-
other than the above Sch.80
Return line other than the above Steel STPG 370 iii)
-
Sch.40
Gas sampling pipe on deck 0.49 Copper -
in tank 0.49 Copper -
Note:
i) The pipes are to be coated internally and externally with one (1) coat of high
build modify epoxy paint.
ii) The pipes are to be coated internally with one (1) coat of high build modify epoxy
paint.
iii) The pipes in the pump room are to be coated externally with the same paint as
surrounding.
iv) The pipes on exposed upper deck are to be coated externally with the same paint
as outfittings on exposed upper deck.
v) The pipes are to be lined internally with polyethylene.
vi) The galvanized pipes on exposed upper deck are to be coated externally with
etching primer. One(1) coat of modify epoxy finishing paint is to be applied after
the pipe is fitted.
vii) The galvanized pipes in pump room are to be coated externally with etching
primer. One (1) coat of the same finishing paint as surrounding is to be applied
after the pipe is fitted.
viii) Flexible rubber hoses of approved type are to be used where applicable in
accordance with Builder’s practice.
ix) Vent post on the upper deck is to be coated externally with the same paint as
surroundings.
x) For steel pipe ND300 should be seamless (GB standard) and ND>300 to be
E.R.W.(non-seamless)(API 5L GrB), which shall be used for all ship piping
system.
xi) The pipes are to be coated internally and externally with one (1) coat of high
build tar epoxy paint
“A” in the above list means nominal diameter in mm.
4.2.3 Insulation and steam tracing
Neither insulation nor steam tracing is to be provided for the pipings specified in this
section.
2003/03/19 -77-
4.3 CARGO OIL AND BALLAST SYSTEM
4.3.1 Pumps
Following pumps and eductors are to be installed for handling the cargo oil and ballast
water.
3 - Cargo oil pumps 5,500 m3/h×145m T.H.

(Steam turbine driven vertical centrifugal type)
1 - Cargo oil stripping pump 200 m3/h×145m T.H.

(Steam driven vertical reciprocating type)
2 - Ballast pump 3,000 m3/h×35m T.H.

(Steam turbine driven vertical centrifugal type)
2 - Cargo oil stripping eductors 300 mm × 300mm ×350mm

(2 eductors to be driven by 1 cargo oil pump) Suction capacity: 630 m3/h
2 - Ballast stripping eductor 300 mm × 300mm ×350mm

(driven by ballast pump) Suction capacity: 400 m3/h
The rate capacity and head of the cargo oil pumps are to be based on the cargo oil
specified in sub-section 1.GENERAL and those of the other pumps are to be based on
sea water.
Following pumps are to be operable simultaneously at their rated capacity and head.
Pump Unloading Loading

Cargo oil pump 3 non
Cargo oil stripping pump non non
Ballast pump 1 2
Details of the pumps are described in the Machinery Part.
A high pressure trip device is to be provided for each of the cargo oil pumps.
A pressure relief valve is to be provided for the cargo oil stripping pump.
A suction strainer of fabricated steel is to be provided for each of the cargo oil stripping
pump and ballast pump.
A separator tank for self-stripping unit is used as a suction strainer for each cargo oil
pump.
Strainer elements for cargo oil pumps, ballast pumps and cargo oil stripping pump are to
be made of stainless steel (SUS304).
An air chamber is to be provided for the cargo oil stripping pump.
2003/03/19 -78-
4.3.2 Self-stripping unit for cargo oil pumps
A self-stripping unit is to be provided for each of the cargo oil pumps.
Each self-stripping unit is to consist of the followings.
1- separator unit in common with suction strainer

1- Discharge control valve unit
1- air extraction valve
In addition, one (1) vacuum pump unit with two (2) vacuum pumps is to be provided.
This vacuum pump unit is to be for self-stripping units (3 sets) in common.
A drain tank (1 m3 ) with a high level alarm device is to be provided.
Drains accumulated in the vacuum pump unit is to be led to the drain tank, and to be
pumped to the slop tanks by the cargo oil stripping pump.
4.3.3 Cargo oil and ballast pipings
Following cargo oil and ballast pipings are to be provided.
Discharge main
Item Suction main Suction branch
on upper deck
Cargo oil line 3 lines 3 lines 1 per tank
Cargo oil stripping line non 1 line 1 per tank
Ballast line 2 lines non 1 per tank
To be in common with
Ballast stripping line non non
ballast main suction branch
Cargo oil line segregation in tanks is to be as follows.
No.1 Group: No. 3 center cargo oil tank , Nos. 1 and 4 wing cargo oil tanks and slop
tanks
No.2 Group: No.4 center cargo oil tank and Nos.2 and 5 wing cargo oil tanks
No.3 Group: Nos. 1,2 and 5 center cargo oil tanks and No.3 wing cargo oil tanks
Cargo tank stripping is to be carried out by using cargo oil pumps with self-stripping
system through cargo oil main lines.
No.2 cargo oil pump is to be used for handling of ballast water in No.4 center cargo oil
tank. A sea chest and an overboard discharge line are to be provided for this purpose.
A sea chest and an overboard discharge line are to be provided for the ballast pumps.
Valves are generally to be of butterfly type with nitrile butadiene rubber seat ring.
2003/03/19 -79-
Inside of valves are not to be coated, but outside are to be coated as follows:
Valves in cargo oil tank Not to be coated.
Valves in slop tank To be coated with one (1) coat of high build tar epoxy
paint.
Valves in water ballast tank To be coated with one (1) coat of high build modify
epoxy paint.
Valves in pump room and To be coated with the same paint as surroundings.
on exposed upper deck
Detail of pipings are to be shown in the “Cargo Piping Diagram” & “Ballast Piping
Diagram” .
Cargo manifolds, a spill tank and reducers are to be provided in accordance with
“Recommendation Oil Tanker Manifolds and Associated Equipment”(4th Edition, 1991)
of OCIMF. Numbers and size of reducers are to be as follows.
8-26” x 20”
4-26” x 16”
4-26” x12”
A thermowell with a plug at its open end is to be provided at each of port and starboard
cargo manifolds for local-reading type temperature gauge.
A screw-down stop valve with a plug at its open end is to be provided at each of port and
starboard cargo manifolds for local-reading type pressure gauge.
A cargo oil sampling cock is to be provided for each cargo manifold.
Layout of cargo tank suction well and suction bellmouths are to be as sketched below.
Stripping bellmouth is to be arranged inside of cargo suction well.
Main suction bellmouth is to be arranged on tank top in COTs.
2003/03/19 -80-
H 4 -8
W.C.O.T. C.C.O.T. W.C.O.T.
Stripping Bellmouth Main Suc. Bellmouth
Tank Top
Suction Well
CL
2003/03/19 -81-
4.3.4 Oil discharge monitoring and control system
An oil discharge monitoring and control system is to be provided.
The system is to be so designed that an overboard discharge valve is automatically closed

to stop any discharge of oily mixture after a return valve to port side slop tank is
automatically opened when the instantaneous rate of discharge of oil exceeds the level
permitted by the rule.
The system is also to record continuously the discharge of oily mixture in litres per
nautical mile and the total quantity of discharged oily mixture with time and date.
A control panel for the oil discharge monitoring system is to be installed in the cargo
control room.
A sampling point for the system is to be provided on the overboard discharge line of the
cargo oil pumps.
Discharge rate through the monitoring and control system is to be designed as follows:
-Discharge by cargo oil pump 4, 000m3/h-1,000m3/h
-Discharge by cargo oil stripping pump 200 m3/h-50m3/h
A caution plate is to be provided on the cargo control console for No.2 cargo oil pump,
mentioning that “Revolution speed of the pump should not exceed 860 rpm and 0.98
MPa at ballast discharge from No. 4 center cargo oil tank” so that the pump discharge
rate does not exceed 4,000m3/h.
The design of the system such as constructions, materials, corrosion protections, etc. is to
be in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
4.4 CONTROL & INDICATION SYSTEM FOR CARGO OIL & BALLAST HANDLING
4.4.1 General
A cargo control room is to be arranged on the A-deck.
The following control and monitoring for cargo and ballast operations are to be possible
from the cargo control room.
1) Valve control and indication.
2) Hydraulic valve power unit control and indication.
3) Tank level and draft indication.
4) Pump control and indication.
5) Control and indication for self-stripping system.

2003/03/19 -82-
6) Control and indication for inert gas system.
7) Control and indication for oil discharge monitoring system.
4.4.2 Valve control and indication
Tank suction valves, pump discharge valves for the cargo oil pumps and ballast pump
and other frequently used valves as shown in the “Cargo Piping Diagram” and “Ballast
Piping Diagram”, are to be hydraulically operated and remotely controlled from the
cargo control room.
Valves of 750 mm in nominal diameter and above, shown in the diagram mentioned
above, are to be hydraulically operated and locally controlled on the upper deck or in the
pump room.
Each of the hydraulically operated valves is to have a cylinder actuator mounted directly
on the valve, a direction control valve, an in-line flow meter for valve position indication,
and a self seal coupling each on pressure and return branch line for local manual hand
pump operation in an emergency.
Type and location of the direction control valve, flow meter, self seal couplings are as
follows;
-Remote control valves in the cargo oil tanks except No.5 center tank
·Intrinsically safe type solenoid operated direction control valve

·Flow meter with intrinsically safe type electric transmitter
·Self seal couplings
Those mentioned above are to be installed in weathertight boxes on the upper deck.
- Remote control valves in ballast tanks except No.5 water ballast tanks (P& S)
·Intrinsically safe type solenoid operated direction control valve

·Flow meter with intrinsically safe type electric transmitter
Solenoid operated direction control valve and flow meter are to be installed in
weathertight boxes on the upper deck.
- Remote control valves in No.5 center cargo oil tank and No.5 water ballast tanks ( P &
S)
·Solenoid operated direction control valve

·Flow meter with electric transmitter
Solenoid operated direction control valve and flow meter are to be installed in the hyd.
pump unit room
2003/03/19 -83-
- Remote control valves in the pump room
·Solenoid operated direction control valve

·Flow meter with electric transmitter
Solenoid operated direction control valve and flow meter are to be installed in the engine
room.
- Local control valves
·Manually operated direction control valve

·Flow meter
Those mentioned above for the valves in the cargo oil tanks are to be installed in
weathertight direction control valve boxes on the upper deck, and those for the valves in
the pump room are to be installed in the pump room.
Stop valves are to be arranged in way of branch pipes to the direction control valve
boxes.
Bolts and nuts for the above weathertight direction control valve boxes are to be of brass.
4.4.3 Hydraulic power unit for valve control
A hydraulic power unit which consists of two (2) hydraulic pumps, one (1) oil receiving
tank, control and alarm devices and pressure gauges is to be provided, and is to be
installed in the hyd. pump unit room.
Each hydraulic pump is to be of variable displacement type and to be capable of

operating three(3) butterfly valves 600mm in nominal diameter simultaneously from full
open to full shut or vice versa in about 45 seconds, under kinetic viscosity of 100 mm2/s.
The hydraulic pumps are to be started/stopped from the cargo control room.
Two (2) portable emergency hand pumps each with two (2) 5 m long rubber hoses are to
be supplied. (Each one in pump room and on upper deck)
2003/03/19 -84-
4.4.4 Tank level and draft indication
Following remote reading level gauges and draft gauges are to be provided ;
Tank Gauge type Number

Cargo oil tanks Intrinsically safe 1 set/tank
radar type
Slop tanks Intrinsically safe 1 set/tank with a guide pipe
radar type for radar beam
Water ballast tanks Air purge type 1 set/tank
(in way of cargo tank part)
Aft peak tank Air purge type 1 set
Fuel oil tanks Air purge type 1 set/tank
Diesel oil tank Air purge type 1 set/tank
Draft gauges Air purge type One(1) fore, one (1) aft and
Two (2) amidships
The tank level of cargo oil tanks and lop tanks is to be indicated on the CRT display.
The signal of the tank level for each cargo oil tanks, slop tanks, water ballast tanks, aft
peak tank, fuel oil tanks and diesel oil tank and draft levels are to be connected on-line
with the loading computer.
Following overfill alarm devices are to be provided for each of cargo oil tanks and slop
tanks in accordance with VCS rule (refer to sub-section 6 of this SECTION).
Tank Device type Number

Cargo oil tanks Intrinsically safe 1 set/tank
Magnetic float type
Slop tanks Intrinsically safe 1 set/tank
Magnetic float type
4.4.5 Control and indication
Control and indication devices for cargo oil and ballast water handling are to be fitted on
the panels in cargo control room, engine control room and wheel house as shown in the
tables hereinafter.
Abbreviations
CCR Cargo Control Room

ECR Engine Control Room
W/H Wheel House
AUTO Automation
IND Analog Indicator
D Digital Indicator
LMP Lamp Indication
R Running Lamp
O/S Open/Shut Lamp
2003/03/19 -85-
M Memory Lamp
ALM Visible and Audible Alarm
H High Alarm
H/H High-High Alarm
L Low Alarm
L/L Low-Low Alarm
F Fail Alarm
C Common Alarm
S Stop Alarm
T Trip Alarm
O To be provided
2003/03/19 -86-
(a) Cargo oil pump
OPERATION INDICATION, LAMP&ALARM

ITEM REMOTE CCR ECR W/H LOCAL
AUTO LOCAL
CCR ECR W/H IND LMP ALM IND LMP ALM IND LMP ALM IND LMP ALM
Turbine warm- ○
up *8
○
○ A
Stop and speed ○ ○ ○ A ○ ○ *2 ○
control *1 *8 *2 R *3 *4 *3
Emergency ○ ○ ○
stop *9
*10
Turbine reset ○
*8
○
Suction ○ A
pressure A *5
○ ○ ○
Discharge ○ H A H
pressure A C*7 *5 *4
○ ○
Steam inlet A A
pressure *6 *4
○
Steam chest ○ A
pressure A *4
○ ○ ○ ○
Exhaust A H A H
pressure *6 C*7 *4 *4
Remarks:*1 Turbine trip at over speed, pump discharge pressure high and inert gas pressure
low.
*2 Revolution indicator
*3 Turbine trip alarm
*4 Indicated on turbine side
*5 Indicated on turbine side and pump side
*6 One (1) set for all turbine for cargo oil pump and ballast pump in common
*7 One (1) common alarm lamp for each pump
*8 At turbine side
*9 Simultaneous stop of all C.O.P., At cargo manifold (P & S) and pump room
entrance.
2003/03/19 -87-
(a) Cargo oil pump (cont’d)

AUTO LOCAL
○ ○ ○
Lub. oil pressure L A L
for turbine C*2 *1 *1
○
Gland steam A
pressure *1
○ ○
Pump casing H H
temperature C*2 *1
○ ○
Pump bearing H H
Temperature C*2 *1
○ ○
Stuffing box H H
Temperature C*2 *1
Lub. oil ○
temperature for A
turbine *1
Remarks:*1 Indicated on turbine side

*2 One (1) common alarm lamp for each pump
2003/03/19 -88-
(b) Self-stripping system

AUTO LOCAL
Vacuum pump ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
*1 R
Discharge valve ○ ○ ○ ○
*1 *2 A
Level in separator ○ ○
A L
Start/stop switch
for system ○ ○
Level in drain ○
tank H
Remarks:*1 Controlled by separator level

*2 Emergency only
2003/03/19 -89-
(c) Ballast pump

AUTO LOCAL
○
Turbine warm-up *8
○ ○
○ ○ A ○ ○ A
Stop and speed *1 ○ *8 *2 R *3 *2 ○
control *4 *3
Turbine reset ○
*8
○
Suction pressure ○ A
A *5
○
Discharge ○ A
pressure A *5
○ ○
Steam inlet A A
pressure *6 *4
○
Steam chest ○ A
pressure A *4
○ ○ ○ ○
Exhaust pressure A H A H
*6 *7 *4 *4
Remarks:*1 Turbine trip at over speed.

*2 Revolution indicator
*3 Turbine trip alarm
*4 Indicated on turbine side
*5 Indicated on turbine side and pump side
*6 One (1) set for all turbines for cargo oil pump and ballast pump in common
*7 One (1) common alarm lamp for ballast pump
*8 At turbine side
2003/03/19 -90-
(c) Ballast pump (cont’d)

AUTO LOCAL
○ ○ ○
Lub. oil pressure L A L
for turbine C*2 *1 *1
○
Gland steam A
pressure *1
○ ○
Pump casing H H
temperature C*2 *1
○ ○
Pump bearing H H
temperature C*2 *1
○ ○
Stuffing box H H
temperature C*2 *1
Lub. oil ○
temperature for A
turbine *1
Remarks:*1 Indicated on turbine side

*2 One (1) common alarm lamp for ballast pump
2003/03/19 -91-
(d) Stripping oil pump

AUTO LOCAL
Speed control ○ ○ ○ ○
*1 R
Suction pressure ○ ○
A A
Discharge ○ ○
pressure A A
Steam pressure ○ ○
A A
Exhaust pressure ○ ○
A A
Remarks:*1 Stroke counter
2003/03/19 -92-
(e) Cargo oil stripping eductor

AUTO LOCAL
Discharge ○ ○
pressure A A
A A
Discharge ○ ○
pressure A A
Remarks:
2003/03/19 -93-
(f) Ballast stripping eductor

AUTO LOCAL
Driving pressure ○
A
A A
Discharge ○
pressure A
Remarks:
2003/03/19 -94-
(g) Tank level and draft

AUTO LOCAL
Cargo oil tank and ○ ○

Slop tank A,D H,L
*3
Cargo oil tank and
slop tank overfill ○
alarm *4
○ ○
Water ballast tank A H
*5
○ ○
Aft peak tank A H
*5
○
○ A ○
Fuel oil deep tank A *1 H
*6
○
Diesel oil deep ○ A ○
tank A *1 H
*6
Draft ○
*2
Remarks:*1 Indicated on engine control console

*2 Bar graph type indicators are to be provided on cargo control console.
*3 Alarm setting are to be as follows;
- Low level: 10% tank volume level
- High level: 95% tank volume level
*4 Alarm setting is to be at 98.5% tank volume level
*5 Alarm setting is to be at 98% tank volume level
*6 Alarm setting is to be at 90% tank volume level
2003/03/19 -95-
(h) hydraulically operated valve and power unit

AUTO LOCAL
Remote control
valve with ○ ○ ○ ○
position *1 *4 A O/S
indicator
Remote control
valve with ○ ○ ○
open/shut *2 *4 O/S
indicator
Local hyd ○ ○ ○
control valve *3 *4 M A
Start and stop for ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

hydraulic pump *5 R S R
Hydraulic main ○ ○ ○
line pressure A H,L A
Hydraulic oil ○ ○
tank level L A
Hydraulic oil ○
temperature A
Remarks:*1 Valve position control switch with indication lamp

*2 Valve open/shut control button with indication lamp
*3 Valve open/shut control by manually operated direction control valve
*4 Operated by the hand pump
*5 Trip at low level of hydraulic oil tank
2003/03/19 -96-
(i) Inert gas system

AUTO LOCAL
○
Flue gas intake *1 ○ ○ ○ ○
valve *2 *6 O./S
Suction side valve ○ ○
of fan
Discharge side ○ ○ ○ ○
valve of fan *1 *6 O./S
○
*3 ○ ○ ○ ○
Regulating valve *4 *6 O./S
*7
Purge valve ○ ○ ○ ○
*5 *6 O./S
Stop valve after ○ ○

deck seal
Air seal valve ○ ○
Vent valve ○ ○
Remarks:*1 Controlled by fan start and stop

*2 Controlled by operation mode
*3 Emergency shut at emergency fan stop
*4 Controlled by supply main line pressure
*5 Controlled by regulating valve
*6 Emergency only
*7 Controlled by supply main line O2 content
2003/03/19 -97-
(i) Inert gas system (cont’d.)

AUTO LOCAL
○
Fan *1 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
*3 R S R
Scrubber cooling ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
water pump *2 *3 R S R
Deck seal water ○ ○ ○ ○
supply pump R R
Operation mode ○ ○
Select
Remarks:*1 Emergency stop at the following conditions.

- High temperature in the inert gas supply main line
- High pressure in the inert gas supply main line
- High water level in the scrubber
- Low flow of scrubber cooling water
- Low flow of deck seal water
- Over load trip of scrubber cooling water pump
- Low pressure of control air
- Electric source failed
*2 Emergency stop at high water level in scrubber
*3 Start/stop switch with ammeter on starter panel
2003/03/19 -98-
(i) Inert gas system ( cont’d.)

AUTO LOCAL
○ ○
O2 content of A H ○ ○ ○
supply main line *1 H/H A H/H A
○ ○
Pressure of supply A H,L ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
main line *1 L/L A L A H,L A
○
Temperature of A ○ ○ ○ ○
supply main line H A H A
Temperature of ○
flue gas A
Deck seal water ○ ○

flow L L
Deck seal water ○ ○
level L L
Scrubber cooling ○
water level H
Scrubber cooling ○ ○ ○
water flow L L A
Remarks:*1 Indicator with recorder and common type (Dual pen recorder)
2003/03/19 -99-
(i) Inert gas system ( cont’d.)

AUTO LOCAL
Electric source ○ O O
F F
Control air O O O
pressure A L L
Buzzer stop ○ ○ ○
Lamp & buzzer ○ ○ ○

test
Soot blowing *1 ○ ○
*2
Remarks:*1 An interlock between the flue gas intake valves and the soot blowing is to be
provided.
*2 At boiler side
2003/03/19 -100-
(j) Others

AUTO LOCAL
Pump room ○ ○
ventilation ○ *1 ○ R
fan *2 R *1
Tank cleaning
main ○ ○
Line pressure A A
Bilge alarm for

pump ○ ○
room
Remarks:*1 Located on 4th deck (near the cargo oil pump turbine)
*2 Start/stop switch with ammeter
2003/03/19 -101-
4.5 CARGO OIL TANK VENT SYSTEM
A main and branch system is to be applied.
Cargo tank venting system consisting of one(1) main line with one (1) vent riser and
branch lines for cargo oil tanks and slop tanks is to be provided, and to be used in
common with the inert gas distribution lines described in sub-section 9. of this
SECTION.
For venting purpose during cargo loading, the cargo tank venting system is to be so
designed as to allow the following loading rates.
Center cargo tank 5,500 m3/h/tank

Wing cargo tank 2,750 m3/h/tank
Slop tank 2,750 m3/h/tank
A secondary means of cargo tank pressure/vacuum relieving during cargo loading/

unloading is to be provided in accordance with the requirements by the Classification
Society.
Particulars of cargo tank venting system are to be as follows.
Main vent post for cargo oil One (1) vent post (500 mm in nominal diameter
or ballast water loading and 6 m high from upper deck ) with a flame
screen.
a stop valve
By- pass line One (1) by-pass line with a by-pass breather valve
to be provided on the cargo oil tank vent main line.
Vent post for tank breathing One per tank (2 m high from upper deck) with
high velocity vent head and vacuum valve
Set pressure of the by-pass Pressure side +13.7 kPaG

breather valve Vacuum side -6.86 kPaG
Set pressure of the high +19.6 kPaG

Velocity vent heads
Set pressure of the vacuum valves -6.86 kPaG
4.6 ROVISION FOR CARGO VAPOUR EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
Provisions for cargo vapour emission control systems (hereinafter called as “VCS”)
referred to in 46 CFR Chapter 1 Part 39 of U.S.C.G. rules and regulations is to be
considered under the following conditions;
- The vessel is not to be operated as a “Service Vessel” defined by VCS rule.

- Fixed provisions for Non Service Vessel are to be provided in accordance with VCS
rule.
2003/03/19 -102-
- Cargo oil tank venting pipes are to be used in common as a vapour collection piping.
From the above, following provisions are to be provided.
-Vapour connection : Two (2) vapour manifolds each 500mm in nominal

diameter are to be provided at each side of cargo manifold.
-Vapour pressure gauge : One (1) pressure gauge is to be provided on inert gas deck
main line.
-Overfill alarming device : Overfill alarm specified in sub-section 4 of this SECTION

is to be used in common.
-High level alarming device: High level alarm of tank level gauge is to be used.
-Vapour control panel in : Indications of vapour pressure gauge, overfill alarms and
the cargo control room power fail alarm are to be fitted on the vapour control
panel.
-Audible overfill alarm : One (1) common audible overfill alarm and one (1) common
and visual overfill alarm visual overfill alarm are to be provided on the top of the hose
for cargo deck area store and on the compass flat deck.
Deck spill tanks, hose rests, etc. at cargo manifolds are to be arranged in accordance with
the “ Recommendations for oil tanker manifolds and associated equipment (4th Edition,
1991)” of OCIMF.
Vapour hoses are to be prepared by the Owner.
4.7 TANK HEATING SYSTEM
Steam heating pipes are to be fitted in the slop tank. (port side)
The tank heating system is to be so designed as to heat up the oil/water mixture in slop
tank from 15℃to 66℃ in 24 hrs under the following conditions;
Ambient air temperature: 2℃

Sea water temperature : 5℃
Contents of slop tank : Liquid volume to be assumed to abt. 50% of the tank
volume.
Oil/Water ratio is to be assumed to 35%/65%.
The surface area ratio of the heating pipes is to be as follows;
Port side slop tank 0.02 m2/m3

Starboard side slop tank Nil
The pipe sizes in the tanks are to be as follows:
Heating pipes 40 mm in nominal diameter

2003/03/19 -103-
Leading pipes
for steam 40 mm in nominal diameter
for drain 20 mm in nominal diameter
Steam flow rate is to be controlled by manual operation of valves on the steam supply
line.
4.8 TANK WASHING SYSTEM
4.8.1 General
A tank washing system is to be provided for crude oil washing and sea water washing of
cargo oil tanks and slop tanks.
The cargo oil pumps are to be used for supplying washing oil/water to the tank washing
main and driving oil/water to the cargo oil stripping eductors, and the eductors are to be
used for gathering washed oil/water to the slop tanks.
Fixed tank washing machines are to be provided as mentioned below for crude oil
washing, and portable tank washing machines are to be used for sea water washing.
A tank washing heater is to be provided as mentioned below for hot sea water washing.
The system is to be designed based on the following;
Crude oil washing
Two (2) cargo oil tanks can be washed simultaneously by using with one (1) cargo oil
pump and two (2) cargo oil stripping eductors.
In case of crude oil having high vapour pressure however, number of simultaneously
washed tank is to be reduced.
Hot sea water washing
Five (5) portable washing machines (30 m3/h each) can be operated simultaneously.
The slop tanks are to be used for oil/water separation of the tank washed oily water,
when sea water washing is applied. The port side slop tank is to be arranged as the
first stage separation tank and the starboard side slop tank as the second stage
separation tank. The pre-separated oily water is to be transferred from the port side
slop tank to the starboard side slop tank by gravity.
The oil separated water is discharged to overboard by the cargo oil pump or cargo oil
stripping pump through the oil discharge monitoring and control system.
2003/03/19 -104-
4.8.2 Fixed tank washing machines
Fixed tank washing machines (about 90 m 3/h) are to be installed under the upper deck
with fixed piping branched from the tank washing main on the upper deck, and the
numbers of them are to be provided in accordance with the rule requirement.
In addition to the above, submerged fixed tank washing machines (about 45 m 3/h) are to
be provided where necessary to satisfy the rule requirements.
The submerged fixed tank washing machines are to be arranged at the bottom part with
fixed piping branched from the tank washing main on the upper deck.
A stop valve is to be provided for each fixed tank washing machine.
The design of the fixed tank washing machines such as construction, material, corrosion
protection, etc. is to be in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
Spare parts are to be supplied in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
Stainless steel (SUS 304) bolts and brass nuts are to be applied for deck flanges for the
Fixed tank washing machines.
4.8.3 Portable tank washing machines and tank washing openings
Five (5) sets of portable tank washing machines each having capacity about 30m3/h, their
hoses, double male couplings and quadrant deck plates are to be supplied by the Buyer.
Tank washing openings 317 mm in diameter are to be arranged on the upper deck as
follows;
No.1,2,3,4 & 5 center cargo oil tanks 10 sets/tank

No.1,2 & 4 wing cargo oil tanks 5 sets/tank
No.3 & 5 wing cargo oil tanks 3 sets/tank
Slop tanks 2 sets/tank
No coaming is to be provided for the tank washing opening.
Cover plates for the openings are to be of plane type and of steel. Bolts and nuts are to be
of stainless steel and brass respectively.
4.8.4 Tank washing heater
A steam tank washing heater is to be provided. The heater is to be capable of heating up

sea water from 10℃ to 80℃ at the rate of 150m3/h.
4.8.5 Piping
A tank washing main line 350 mm in nominal diameter is to be led on the upper deck.
A remote pressure gauge to be provided in tank cleaning main line and the pressure to be
2003/03/19 -105-
indicated on the cargo control console in the CCR.
Suitable number of branch line on the tank washing lines to be provided for the portable
machine which to be supplied by the Buyer.
4.8.6 Hand dipping device
Hand dipping devices are to be arranged as below, for the purpose of checking that the
bottom of every cargo oil tank is dry after crude oil washing.
Tank Hand dipping device

Cargo oil tank 3-Closed gauging deck piece with gas seal valve for bottom dry
checking
1-Closed gauging deck piece with gas seal valve for gauging of
ullage, oil/water interface, temperature, bottom dry checking, etc.
(To be specified in sub-section 11. of this SECTION)
Slop tank 1-Closed gauging deck piece with gas seal valve for bottom dry
checking
1-Closed gauging deck piece with gas seal valve for gauging of
ullage, oil/water interface, temperature, bottom dry checking, etc.
(To be specified in sub-section 11. of this SECTION)
4.9 INERT GAS SYSTEM
4.9.1 General
An inert gas system utilizing boiler flue-gas is to be provided for fire and /or explosion
protection of the cargo oil tanks.
The system is to be used for the following operation.
ⅰ) Inerting of cargo tanks at cargo oil unloading and/or discharge of ballast water
from cargo tanks
ⅱ) Purging of cargo tanks after tank washing or before gas freeing
ⅲ) Topping-up of cargo tanks at sea and/or during tank washing
ⅳ) Gas freeing of cargo tanks by fresh air
ⅴ) Inerting of water ballast tanks in way of cargo tank part in an emergency
The inert gas system is to consist of a flue-gas treatment plant, an inert gas distribution
plant and control equipment.
The design, material and construction of the system is to be in accordance with the rule’s
requirements and the manufacturer’s standards.
Flue-gas treatment plant and fans of distribution plant are to be installed in the engine
room.
The designed composition of inert gas to the cargo oil tanks is to be as follows:
2003/03/19 -106-
Oxygen : Not more than 5% by volume
4.9.2 Flue gas treatment plant
Flue gas is to be taken from the boiler’s uptake and the gas is to be cooled and also
cleaned to remove sulphur dioxide and soot particles by this plant.
The plant is to have the capacity to treat flue gas of 20,630 m 3/h. The design of the plant
such as construction, material, corrosion protection, etc. is to be in accordance with
The plant is to consist of the following equipment.
Scrubber 1set
Scrubber is to cool and wash flue gas, and to be of fabricated steel.
Demister 1set
Demister is to dehydrate wet inert gas which was cooled and washed in the scrubber, and
of fabricated steel.
Demister may be integrated to the scrubber in accordance with manufacturer’s standard

design.
Cooling water pump 1set
A cooling water pump is to be provided for the flue gas treatment plant.
The pump is to supply sea water to the scrubber.
The water after cooling and washing flue gas in the scrubber is to be discharged
overboard without any treatment, and drain from the demister is to be discharged
overboard directly via water sealed pipings.
Washing drains of inert gas fans are to be led to engine room scupper piping, and a drain
cock is to be provided for each fan casing.
The fire & general service pump is to supply sea water to the scrubber in an emergency
case.
4.9.3 Inert gas distribution plant
Inert gas from the flue gas treatment plant is to be distributed by fans to the cargo oil
tanks and slop tanks via the deck seal and distribution piping.
The design of the plant such as construction, material, corrosion protection ,etc. is to be
in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
An air inlet is to be provided at the suction side of each fan.

2003/03/19 -107-
A pure line is to be provided at the upstream of the inert gas supply main valve.
An inert gas supply main line is to be provided on the upper deck.
A non-return valve is to be fitted to the main line at the outlet side of the deck water seal.
The plant is to consist of the following equipment:
Fans 2 sets
Each fan is to be of a centrifugal type with a single speed electric motor and to have
capacity of 10,315m3/h. The casing of the fan is to be of fabricated steel.
Deck seal 1 sets
The deck seal is to have a function to prevent cargo tank gases from reaching the boiler’s
uptake, and is to be of fabricated steel.
Seal water supply pump 2sets
Two(2) sets of seal water supply pumps are to be provided for the deck seal and one of
them is to serve as a stand-by.
Water from the deck seal is to be discharged overboard at almost the bottom of the
vessel.
4.9.4 Pipes, valves and corrosion protections
Valves for the gas lines are generally to be of a butterfly type made of cast iron and the
valve is generally to have a rubber seat except that fitted to the hot gas piping which is to
have a metal seat.
The internal steel surface of the scrubber, demister, fans, deck seal and valves is to be
properly protected to withstand the highly acid conditions in accordance with
4.9.5 Diagrammatic arrangement
Diagrammatic arrangement of the inert gas system is shown in the “Schematic piping
Diagram of Inert Gas Plant”.
4.9.6 Control and indication
Control and indication of the inert gas system are to be fitted on each of panel in the
cargo control room, engine control room and wheel house.
Details of them are described in sub-section 4 of this SECTION.

2003/03/19 -108-
4.9.7 Spare parts and tools
Spare parts and tools are to be supplied in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
4.9.8 Gas purge pipe
Two (2) sets of gas purge pipe each (350A in nominal size) are to be provided at cargo
crossover line, as shown in the “Cargo & Piping Diagram”.
The gas purge pipe is to consist of a purge pipe ,a purge gas outlet, a test cock 15mm
with a globe valve, a stainless steel gauge wire, and a steel hinged blank plate of bolted
type.
The purge gas outlets are to be located 2 m above upper deck level and to be so designed
as to purge petroleum gases at the minimum rate of 20m/sec when any three cargo oil
tanks are being simultaneously supplied with inert gas.
Gas in the cargo oil tanks is to be discharged to atmosphere through the gas purge pipe
via cargo oil lines/cargo oil main suction bellmouths.
4.9.9 Pressure/vacuum breaker
A pressure/vacuum breaker of manufacturer’s standard is to be provided and fitted on the

inert gas supply main line on upper deck.
The set pressure of the pressure/vacuum breaker is as follows:

Pressure side : +17.7kPaG
Vacuum side : -6.86kPaG
4.9.10 Provisions for inerting and airing of water ballast tanks
The inert gas plant and inert gas supply line for cargo tank inerting is to be used in
common for inerting of water ballast tanks in way of cargo tank part.
Introduction of inert gas to the water ballast tanks is to be carried out from the deck
connections on the upper deck through fixed pipings in the water ballast tanks .
Airing in the water ballast tanks is carried out by portable gas free blowers put on the
manholes on the upper deck.
The above inerting and airing procedures are to be schematically shown in the drawing
“ballast tank inerting/purging system”
One (1) set of portable flexible hose is to be supplied.
2003/03/19 -109-
2003/03/19
S
CHE
MAT
ICP
IPI
NGD
IAG
RAMO
FIN
ERTG
ASP
LAN
T
T
oFu
nne
lTo
p
(
1)
F
lueG
asT
rea
tme
ntP
lan
t
Boiler uptake
F
res
hAi
rIn
tak
e
(
7) F
an D
eckS
eal
(
1)
(
2) (
3) (
8)
(
5)
(
6)
(
4)
Boiler uptake
F
an
F
romF
.D.
F. (
2) (
3)
(
1)F
lueg
asi
nta
kev
alv
e (
5)P
urg
eva
lve
(
2)S
uct
ions
idev
alv
eoff
an (
6)S
topv
alv
eaf
terd
ecks
eal
-110-
(
3)D
isc
har
ges
idev
alv
eoff
an (
7)A
irs
ealv
alv
e
(
4)R
egu
lat
ingv
alv
e (
8)V
entv
alv
e
DALIAN NEW SHIPBUILDING HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD 298,000 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER
TDC501-010-001SM
2003/03/19 -111-
4.10 GAS DETECTION SYSTEM
4.10.1 Pump room
One (1) set of fixed hydrocarbon gas detection system is to be provided for pump room.
An independent sampling pump and a gas detector are to be provided for the pump room
in the system.
The system is to be capable of automatically sequencing or selectively sampling the

pump room.
Sampling points are to be as follows;

·Pump room lower floor level : 2 points
·Pump room ventilation duct inside : 2 points
Gas detection alarm is to be provided in the cargo control room and wheel house.
Span gas and means to calibrate the system is to be provided in accordance with the
The design of the system such as construction, material, etc. is to be in accordance with
4.10.2 Water ballast tanks in way of cargo tank part, fore peak tank ( void)
Hydrocarbon gas detection by means of portable gas detector is to be considered.
Two (2) sampling tubes are to be provided for each water ballast tank.
One (1) sampling tube is to be provided for the fore peak tank (void).
Each sampling tube is to be terminated at upper deck level.
Portable gas detectors as described in 4.11 of this part are to be used.
4.11 PORTABLE MEASURING SYSTEM FOR CARGO TANKS
A closed gauging deck piece with a gas seal valve for portable measurement instruments
of ullage, temperature, etc., is to be provided for each cargo oil tank and slop tank.
The following portable instruments are to be supplied;
1- Multi - gauge unit with following functions

- Ullage detection
- Temperature measurement
- Oil/water interface detection
2003/03/19 -112-
- Dry check
2- Oxygen melers
2- Flammable gas detectors
2003/03/19 -113-
1
3
3
2
2
1
3
3
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
1
3
2
3
2
1
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
2
1
1
6
5
4
5
4
6
45
45
2003/03/19 -114-
5
3
0
4
2003/03/19 -115-
5. INTERIOR FITTINGS
5.1 GENERAL
5.1.1 GENERAL
All accommodation spaces such as living rooms, public rooms, passages, sanitary spacees,
catering spaces, stores, etc. are to be arranged as shown in the Cabin Arrangement.
The clear heighit in accommodation is to be generally 2,100mm except that in private

and semi-private toilets and bath room having about 2,000mm and indicates the height
between the top of deck flooring and the bottom of ceiling panel.
5.1.2 ROOM RANKING
Living rooms Public rooms

Captain class Captain's day room and bed room
Chief engineer's day room and bed room
Owner's room
Senior officer Chief officer's day room and bed room Officers' mess room
class 2nd engineer's day room and bed room Officers' smoking room
Junior officer 2nd officer's room Wheel house with chart
class 3rd officer's room space and radio space
3rd engineer's room Deck office
4th engineer's room Engineer's office
Electrical engineer's room Cargo control room
Chief steward's room Hospital
Pilot's room
Petty officer Boatswain's room Crew's mess room
class Pumpman's room Crew's smoking room
No.1 oiler's room
Chief cook's room
Crew class Able seaman's room Gymnasium/Suez crew's/
Seaman's room hobby room
Motorman's room
Cook's room
Boy's room
5.2 BULKHEADS, LININGS AND CEILINGS
5.2.1 Steel Walls
The following spaces are to be enclosed with steel walls.
Wheel house with chart space and radio space

Electrical equipment room
Battery room
2003/03/19 -116-
Air-conditioning unit and refrigerating machine room
Sanitary spaces except private and semi-private toilets
Catering spaces
Cargo control room
Emergency generator room
Provisions store
Refrigerated provisions chamber
Service spaces (High risk)
Paint store
Deck work shop
Stairway enclosure
Hydraulic pump unit room
Acetylene and oxygen gas bottle rooms
Foam tank room and fire control station
Escape trunk
Lift trunk
Duct and cable trunk
5.2.2 Joiner Bulkheads
Partition walls forming passages are to be of B class and to be made of modular panel.
Division walls between rooms are to be of modular panel.
Modular panel is to be made of a core of rock wool board covered with steel sheet
(sandwich panel).
The thickness of modular panel is to be 50 mm.
The visible surface of joiner bulkheads is to be treated as described in the item 5.2.5.
These walls are to be fixed on the deck with suitable steel bases.
5.2.3 Linings
A lining of 25 mm thick modular panel is to be applied to the steel walls forming the
living rooms and public rooms and to the exposed steel walls forming passages
(including the stairway enclosures).
The insulated walls of sanitary spaces (except private and semi-private toilets), catering
spaces and electrical equipment room are to be covered with a lining of 25 mm thick
modular panel.
No lining is to be fitted on the steel walls forming passages, sanitary spaces, stores,
lockers, etc. except where specially specified otherwise.
Modular panel for galley and pantries is to be made of a core of rock wool board covered
with steel sheet and stainless steel sheet (SUS 304), and that for other spaces is to be
made of a core of rock wool board covered with steel sheets (sandwich panel).
The visible surface of linings is to be treated as described in the item 5.2.5.

2003/03/19 -117-
5.2.4 Ceilings
A ceiling of 25 mm thick modular panel is to be provided for the living rooms, public
rooms, catering spaces and passages on A-deck and above (except stairways in the living
quarters).
The insulated deck of the stairway in the living quarter is to be covered with 25 mm thick
modular panel.
The insulated deck of the sanitary spaces (except private and semi-private toilets) and
electrical equipment room are to be covered with a ceiling of 25 mm thick modular
panel.
No ceiling is to be provided for the passage on the upper deck and stairways in the living
quarters.
Modular panel is to be made of a core of rock wool board of which front surface is to be
covered with stainless steel sheet (SUS 304) for galley and pantries, and covered with
steel sheet for other spaces.
The visible surface of the ceiling is to be treated as described in the item 5.2.5.
5.2.5 Finishing of Visible Surface
The joiner bulkheads, linings and ceilings of modular panel, except the surface covered
with stainless steel sheet (SUS 304), are to be finished with PVC foil.
5.3 DECK COVERINGS
5.3.1 Deck Composition
The floors of the following rooms are to be covered with vinyl tile 2 mm in thickness laid
over latex deck composition 6mm in thickness.
All living rooms, public rooms, gymnasium and passages including stairways within the living
quarters.
No vinyl tile is to be provided on the floor hidden with the furniture.
The floors of electrical equipment room are to be covered with 8 mm thick latex deck
composition.
No deck composition is to be applied to the weathered deck and to the rooms and/or
spaces not mentioned above.
5.3.2 Cement and Tiles
The floor in the galley is to be covered with grooved tiles laid over cement, and provided
with one tier of tiles skirting around the floor.
2003/03/19 -118-
The floors in the pantries, laundries, lavatories, and bath room and toilet on the upper
deck are to be covered with mosaic tiles laid over cement, and provided with one tier of
tiles skirting around the floor.
The thickness of the cement is to be 30 mm.
5.3.3 Grating, etc.
A perforated synthetic rubber mat having a breadth of 1,000 mm is to be provided along

the front bulwark on the dodger.
Batten gratings of soft wood are to be laid over decks as described in "5.9 STOWAGE
SPACES" of this section.
5.4 HEAT, FIRE AND SOUND INSULATION
5.4.1 Heat Insulation
(1) Exposed deck
Undersides of exposed decks, if located in the living rooms, public rooms, passages,
sanitary spaces, catering spaces, battery room, electrical equipment room, emergency
generator room and provisions store, are to be insulated with 50 mm thick glass wool and
covered with the before and herein mentioned ceiling.
Beams and girders fitted on the exposed decks of the living rooms and public rooms are
to be insulated with 25 mm thick glass wool.
The insulation in the emergency generator room is to be covered with an aluminum foil
with glass cloth, and that in the battery room and provisions store, if any, is to be covered
with 0.5 mm thick galvanized steel sheet.
(2) Exposed steel wall
Exposed steel walls, if located in the air-conditioned spaces, passages and catering and
sanitary spaces, except the areas provided with fire insulation, are to be insulated with
50mm thick glass wool and covered with the before mentioned lining.
Exposed steel wall of provisions store is to be insulated with 50mm thick glass wool and
covered with 0.5mm chick galvanized steel sheet.
Stiffeners are not to be insulated.
(3) Engine casing/room
Fire insulation serving also as thermal insulation is to be provided for bulkheads and
decks forming boundaries of the engine room as per the description hereinafter.
(4) Floor
2003/03/19 -119-
The floors in the living rooms, public rooms and passages within the living quarters, if
located just above fuel oil tanks, are to be covered with 20mm thick insulation board and
latex type deck composition as mentioned before.
All floor areas just above the engine room are to be provided with fire insulation
mentioned hereinafter.
5.4.2 Fire Insulation
Structural fire protection is to comply with the 1991, 1992 and 2000 Amendments to the
SOLAS'74 Convention.
Fire insulations of A-60/30/15 on bulkheads of decks between various spaces are to be

applied to the following areas in accordance with Chapter II-2, Table 9.7 and 9.8 of the
above Amendments.
A-60 : Front wall of the bridge house facing the cargo oil tanks and 3 meters aft of
the front wall.
Bulkhead separating the pump room entrance from the accommodation

spaces.
Bulkhead and deck separating the engine room from the accommodation
spaces.
Bulkhead and deck separating the control stations from the engine room.
Bulkhead and deck separating the accommodation spaces and service spaces
of high risk from the control stations.
Escape trunk and lift trunk in engine room
A-30 : Nil.
A-15 : Bulkhead and deck separating the control stations from the service spaces of
low risk and machinery spaces other than category A.
Note : Overhead deck of the control stations is to be 'A-0' regardless of the above
descriptions
The material of fire insulation is to be ceramic fibre felt having the adequate thickness
for the required fire insulation class.
Fire insulation for the walls and overhead deck in engine room is to be cowered as
follows.
Wall from deck up to 2 meters : 0.5mm thick galvanized steel sheet
The others : aluminum foil with glass cloth
2003/03/19 -120-
Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings or linings are to be divided by close fitting draught
stops spaced not more than 14 meters apart.
5.4.3 Sound Insulation
The following works are to be carried out to keep noise levels within the figures
mentioned in the General part of the Specifications.
The 50 mm thick division walls, if located between the living room and a noisy space
such as the public room and between beds arranged in parallel, are to be high-noise
reduction type panels.
Adequate sound insulation for attenuating the transmission of noise is to be provided for
the steel walls and deck plates in way of the living and public rooms if they are directly
adjacent to the engine room and air conditioning unit room.
Diffusers except punkah-louvers for spot cooling and sound attenuating ventilation ducts
are to be employed.
5.5 JOINER DOORS
Steel hollow type hinged joiner doors with steel frame are to be fitted to all living rooms,
public rooms, sanitary and catering spaces and lockers in the living quarters.
The class of fire integrity of the doors is to be equivalent to the divisions to which they
are fitted.
The surface finishing of the door is to be of baked melamine.
Each door is to be fitted with a lock, a handle, hinges, a door hook and a door cushion.
Each of doors in the living rooms and public rooms is to be fitted with vent hole with
shutter.
An aluminum hollow door is to be fitted to each exposed entrance to the accommodation

space except that located on the upper deck and A deck where two doors, one to be a
weathertight steel door and the other to be an internal door of aluminum hollow type are
to be fitted.
Each aluminum hollow door is to be fitted with a fixed bull's eye and a self-closing device.
A sliding door of aluminum hollow type with a glass window is to be provided at each
side of the wheel house and to be slided on a top guide rail by hanging rollers.
A steel hollow door with a self-closing device is to be provided for each of the stairway
enclosures.
A mesh door is to be provided for each acetylene gas bottle room and oxygen gas bottle
room.
2003/03/19 -121-
The height from the floor to the door's top is to be approximately 1,950mm and each
clear width is to be as follows:
Located Clear width

Living rooms, Wheel house, Hospital,
650 mm
Cargo control room, Laundries, Lockers, Duct spaces etc.
Mess rooms, Smoking rooms, Offices, Gymnasium, Galley,
Stairway enclosures, Entrances to accommodation space and 700 mm
engine room
Private and semi-private toilets 600 mm
Exposed entrances to wheel house 900 mm
Exposed entrance to hospital 800 mm
A master key system is to be fitted throughout vessel using cylinder mortice locks and
lever mortice locks.
Bonded store is to be fitted with customs seal.
5.6 STAIRWAYS AND PASSAGES IN THE ACCOMMODATION SPACE
Stairways in the accommodation space are to be enclosed by steel walls.
Stairways in the accommodation space are to be of steel and fitted with stainless steel
handrails.
Steps are to be covered with vinyl tile and latex deck composition and fitted with
aluminium alloy guards.
Storm rails of steel pipe covered with SUS foil are to be fitted on one side of the
passage walls in the accommodation space.
5.7 LIGHTING
5.7.1 General
Side scuttles and rectangular windows on the wall facing the cargo tanks and the
boundaries of the bridge house for a distance of 5 meters from the forward end of the
house, except those of the wheel house, are to be of an A-60 class fixed type and to have
steel frames regardless of any descriptions here.
5.7.2 Side Scuttle
350 mm diameter : Living rooms and public rooms if located on the upper deck and
have exposed walls
Side scuttles are to be of fixed type, and to have aluminum frames except those described
in the item 5.7.1.
The numbers and positions of the side scuttles are shown in the Cabin Arrangement.
2003/03/19 -122-
No side scuttle is to be fitted to the shell below the upper deck.
A fixed bull's eye on the entrance door is to be 250 mm in diameter and to have
aluminum alloy frame.
Side scuttles in the first tier on the upper deck except those within 5 meters from house
front are to be fitted with hinged dead lights of steel plate.
5.7.3 RECTANGULAR WINDOW
Rectangular windows are to have aluminum alloy frames except those described in the
item 5.7.1.
One fixed windows 1,500mm wide by 900mm high and fixed windows 1,200mm wide
by 900mm high are to be fitted to the front wall of the wheel house.
Fixed windows 750mm wide by 600mm high are to be fitted to the exposed front wall of
the wheel house.
Fixed windows 1,000mm wide by 600mm high are to be fitted to the side and aft walls of
the wheel house.
Two powered clear view screens with the defogging devices are to be fitted to the fixed
windows of the wheel house front.
One wiper of straight line type is to be fitted to the fixed center window of the wheel
house front.
One sun shade screen is to be provided for the windows of the wheel house front.
Fixed windows 400 mm wide by 560mm high are to be fitted to the living rooms and
public rooms on the A-deck and above.
One window of the crew's mess room is to be of side hinged type and to be of 500mm
wide by 710mm high for second means of escape.
The numbers and positions of the rectangular windows are shown in the Cabin
Arrangement.
5.7.4 Skylight
No skylight is to be provided.
5.8 FURNITURE AND FITTINGS
5.8.1 General
In general, the furniture to be constructed of the chipboard and covered with melamine
2003/03/19 -123-
film finish in visible part only. Where the solid wood for leg or frame is adopted, same
pattern of wood as the adjacent furniture to be applied.
Top of the reception table, mess table and desk to finished with the melamine plastic
laminate.
Hardwares are to be generally of nickel chrome plated brass and/or plastic.
Locks are to be provided for lockers, wardrobes and the upper most tier of drawers.
The sizes and particulars of the furniture are to be as per the attached table.
5.8.2 Toilet Cabinets
Toilet cabinets of molded plastic with shelves inside and a mirror on the hinged door are
to be provided as shown in the attached table.
A light and an electric razor socket are to be fitted for each toilet cabinet.
5.8.3 Mirrors
A frameless mirror about 300 mm by 450 mm is to be fitted on the inside of the

wardrobe's door in the living rooms of the senior officer class and captain class.
A mirror about 100 mm by 150mm is to be fitted on the inside of the wardrobe's door in
the living rooms of the junior officer class and lower rankings.
A frameless mirror about 300 mm by 450 mm is to be fitted above the hand basin in the
lavatory.
A mirror about 750 mm by 500 mm is to be fitted over the chest of drawers in the cabin
of senior officer and captain class.
5.8.4 Curtains
A window curtain is to be provided for each of windows in the living rooms and public
rooms as shown in the attached table.
The curtains for the windows on the front wall of the bridge house are to be of a blackout
type.
A shower curtain is to be provided for each shower compartment.
Bed curtains are to be provided for rooms equipped with two or more berths.
A black curtain is to be provided around the chart and radio spaces in the wheel house.
5.8.5 Sanitary Fixtures
Sanitary fixtures are to be provided as per the attached table.
2003/03/19 -124-
A bath tub is to be of fiber glass reinforced plastic.
Wash basins are to be of white vitreous china each with two screw down type faucets, a
plug with chain and a S-shaped drainage trap.
Water closets are to be of white vitreous china each with a flush valve and a plastic seat.
Each shower is to have a manual mixing valve and a shower head of hand type.
Each of showers, wash basins and bath tub is to be supplied with hot and cold fresh
water.
Exposed metal fittings and accessories are to be of nickel chrome plated brass.
5.8.6 Cold Drinking Water Fountains
Three cold drinking water fountains are to be provided as follows:
1- officers' mess room

1- crew's mess room
1- engine room
5.8.7 Electric Lighting System
Refer to the Electrical Part.
5.8.8 Schedule of Interior Fittings
The schedules of furnishing, etc. in the accommodation are described in the following
tables 1-6.
5.9 STOWAGE SPACES
5.9.1 General
Stowage spaces are to be arranged as shown in the G.A. and/or Cabin Arrangement.
5.9.2 Refrigerated Provisions Chambers
Details of the refrigerated provisions chambers are described in Section 3 of the Hull
Part.
5.9.3 Provisions Store
Galvanized steel shelves (3 tiers) are to be provided.
5.9.4 Boatswain's store
Wooden batten shelves (1 tier) supported with the steel props and wooden gratings under
shelves are to be provided.
2003/03/19 -125-
A wooden grating about 3.6m by 3.6m for drying ropes is to be provided.
5.9.5 Paint Store
Galvanized steel shelves (3 tiers) and a steel working table are to be provided.
5.9.6 Deck Work Shop
A galvanized steel shelves (3 tiers) are to be provided.
5.9.7 Battery Room
Batteries are to be stored in the wooden cases.
5.9.8 Rope Stowage Space
A rope stowage space is to be provided in the steering gear room.
Wooden batten shelves (1 tier) supported with the steel props and wooden gratings under
shelves are to be provided.
A wooden grating about 3.6m by 3.6m for drying ropes is to be provided.
5.9.9 Linen Locker
5.9.10 Locker/Store in Accommodation
5.9.11 Bonded Store
5.9.12 Medicine Locker
A medicine cabinet is to be provided.
5.9.13 Acetylene Gas Bottle Room and Oxygen Gas Bottle Room
An acetylene gas bottle room and an oxygen gas bottle room are to be arranged in the
accommodation space as shown in the Cabin Arrangement.
As for gas bottles and piping, refer to the Machinery Part.
2003/03/19 -126-
5.10 SANITARY SPACES, CATERING SPACES AND OTHER SPACES
5.10.1 Sanitary Spaces and Catering Spaces
Sanitary spaces and catering spaces are to be arranged as shown in the Cabin
Arrangement.
Furnishings for the above are shown in the attached table.
5.10.2 Electrical Equipment Room
Electrical equipment room is to be arranged as shown in the Cabin Arrangement.
As for equipment in the electrical equipment room, refer to the Electrical Part.
5.10.3 Oil Skin Locker
An oil skin locker is to be provided for the officers and crew of the deck department.
A clothes locker is to be provided for each person.
A wash basin, a toilet rack and a mirror are to be furnished.
5.10.4 Engine Changing Room
A changing room is to be provided for the officers and crew of the engine department.
A clothes locker is to be provided for each person.
A wash basin, a toilet rack and a mirror are to be furnished.
5.10.5 Other Spaces
Hydraulic pump unit room, emergency generator room, air-conditioning unit and
refrigerating machine room, foam tank room and fire control station, etc. are to be
arranged as shown in the Cabin Arrangement.
5.11 MISCELLANEOUS
5.11.1 Notice Boards and Name Plates
Licence and notice boards, "Caution" plates, "No Smoking" signs and name plates of
plastic printed in English to identify the quarters and spaces are to be furnished.
One plaque marked with the ship's call letters is to be provided and secured at the
suitable place in each of the wheel house and radio space.
One Builder's plaque is to be fitted on the house front.
Sounding boards, blackboards and suitable numbers of key boards are to be furnished at
2003/03/19 -127-
the suitable place.
5.11.2 Display of Drawings
Each print of final drawings of the General Arrangement, Capacity Plan with a dead-
weight scale and Fire Control Plan is to be displayed on the wall in the accommodation
space.
Aluminum frames for the certificates and an aluminum frame for licenses of captain and
officers are to be provided.
5.11.3 Pictures and Paintings
Pictures and paintings with frames are to be supplied by the Owner and installed by the
Builder at the places directed by the Owner's supervisor.
2003/03/19 -128-
TABLE 1 SIZE OF FURNITURE FOR LIVING ROOMS AND HOSPITAL
Unit: mm
Captain class Senior officer class Junior officer class
Berth 2000×1400 2000×1200 2000×900
Wardrobe 900×600 900×600 455×515
two door type two door type one door type
Chest of drawers 800×550 800×550 -
Desk 1500×700 1370×700 1000×600
double pedestal double pedestal single pedestal
Settee breadth 700 breadth700 breadth 700
Table 1200×600 800×600 -
Book case of rack book case book case book rack
600×300×700 600×300×700 600×270×270
1200×370/500×1900 book rack
1200×270×270
Petty officer class Crew class Hospital

Berth 2000×900 2000×900 2000×800
made of steel
Wardrobe 455×515 455×515 455×515
one door type one door type one door type
Desk 1000×600 1000×600
single pedestal flat desk with two
drawers
Settee breadth 600 breadth 600
Book case or rack book rack book rack
600×270×270 600×270×270
2003/03/19 -129-
TABLE 2 UPHOLSTERY
Captain Senior Junior Petty officer Crew

class officer class officer class class class
Settee Upholstery Fabric Vinyl leather
Stuffing Seat Spring & Polyurethane foam Polyurethane foam
Back Polyurethane foam
Cover Cotton cloth -
Chair Upholstery Fabric Vinyl leather
Seat Spring & polyurethane Polyurethane foam
foam
Back Polyurethane foam
Cover Cotton cloth -
Mattress Upholstery Mattress cloth
Stuffing Spring & Polyurethane foam
Curtain Bed Drapery
Window Drapery
Shower Vinyl film
Pillow Upholstery Cotton cloth
Stuffing Kapok & Polyurethane foam Polyurethane foam
Cover Cotton cloth
2003/03/19 -130-
TABLE 3 FURNITURE AND FITTINGS FOR LIVING ROOMS

(1/2)
Captain class Senior Officer class

Day room Bed room Owner's Day room Bed room
room
No. of person 1 1 1
Berth 1 1 1
Wardrobe 1 1 1
Chest of drawers 1 1
Table 1 1 1
Night table 1
Corner table 1
Desk 1 1
Settee (I-shape) 2 1 1
Rev. arm chair 1 1
Arm chair 2 2 2
Common chair 1 1
Book case 1-large type 1-large type 1
1-small type 1-book rack
Filing cabinet
(two drawers) 1 1
(four drawers) 1 1
Coat and hat hook Adequate number
Note : 1. One refrigerator (about 70 L) each for captain's and chief engineer's day room
2. One safe for captain's bed room
3. Captain's and chief engineer's large type book case to be combined with a wine locker
2003/03/19 -131-
TABLE 3 FURNITURE AND FITTINGS FOR LIVING ROOMS

(2/2)
Junior officer class Petty officer class Crew class

No. of person 1 1 1
Berth 1 1 1
Wardrobe 1 1 1
Chest of drawers
Table
Desk 1 1 1
Settee(I-shape) 1 1 1
Rev. arm chair 1 1 1
armless
Arm chair
Common chair
End locker
Book case of rack 1 1 1
Filing cabinet
Toilet cabinet with mirror *1
Wash basin *1
Towel rail *1
Note : Fittings marked with * are to be provided for living room with semi-private toilet.
2003/03/19 -132-
TABLE 4 FURNITURE AND FITTINGS FOR PUBLIC ROOMS

(1/2)
Officers' mess room Officers' Crew's mess Crew's smoking

smoking room room room
Table 2-mess table 1-tea table 2-mess table 1-tea table
1-game table 1-game table
Corner table 1
Side board 1 1
Settee (I-shape) 2 1
Arm chair (steel) 12 6 6
Mess chair (steel) 16
Stereo cabinet 1 1
2003/03/19 -133-
TABLE 4 FURNITURE AND FITTINGS FOR PUBLIC ROOMS

(2/2)
Wheel house Radio Deck office Hospital Gymnasium/

(chart space) space Eng. Office Suez crew's
each /hobby room
Berth 1 3-2 tiers
Wardrobe 1
Table 1-folding table 1-working 1-working 1-work table
(1-chart t.) table table
Settee 1
Chair 1-pilot chair 1-revolving 4-common 1-common 2-folding chair
chair chair chair
Locker 2 1 1-plan locker 1-bed side 2
locker (under work
table)
Book case 1
Book rack 1-book shelf 2
(3 tiers)
Filling cabinet 1 1
Coat and Adequate number
hat hook
Note : 1. The following fittings are to be provided for wheel house.
1- whiteboard
1- flag pigeon hole
1- thermometer box
2- binocular box
1- flag locker
1- sink with a coffee locker
1- coffee maker (household type, 5 cups)
Cargo control room

1- working table 1- folding type meeting table (600×1500)
2- revolving chair 4- folding chair
1- filing cabinet
1- whiteboard
1- book rack
Control devices
2003/03/19 -134-
TABLE 5 FITTINGS FOR SANITARY SPACES

(1/3)
Private toilet for petty Private/semi-private Bath room for

officer class and above toilet for crew class Hospital
Number (total) 16 7 1
Berth tub with shower - - 1
Shower 1 1 -
Water closet 1 1 1
Water basin 1 *1 1
Toilet cabinet with mirror 1 *1 1 (toilet rack
and mirror)
Paper holder 1 1 1
Soap and sponge holder 1 1 1
Towel rail 1 1 (for P/T) 1
2 (for semi-P/T)
Storm rail 2 2 3
Note : 1. Figures in the table show the number of fittings per space.
2. Private and semi-private toilets on the A-deck and above are to be of pre-fabricated
type. Bath room is to be of built-in type.
3. Storm rails are to be of steel pipe covered with SUS foil.
4. Fittings marked with * are to be provided for private toilet.
2003/03/19 -135-

(2/3)
Lavatory Toilet for Gym./

(on Nav. bridge, A and upper deck) Suez crew's/hobby room
Number (total) 3 1
Shower 1
Water closet 1 1
Water basin 1-hand basin 1
Toilet rack 1
Paper holder 1 1
Soap and sponge holder 1
Towel rail 1
Storm rail 1 2
Note : 1. Figures on the table show the number of fittings per space.
2. Toilet for Gym./Suez crew's/ hobby room is to be of built-in type.
3. Storm rails are to be of steel pipe covered with SUS foil.
2003/03/19 -136-

(3/3)
SHIP'S LAUNDRY
1 - Automatic washing machine

(7 kg dry cloth capacity, household type)
1 - Washing machine combined with hydro-extractor

2 - Drying machine (4 kg dry cloth capacity, household type)
1 - Ironing board with a canvas cover
1 - Electric iron of 0.6kW capacity
1 - Working table
1 - Sink
OFFICERS' LAUNDRY
1 - Washing machine combined with hydro-extractor

1 - Drying machine (4 kg dry cloth capacity, household type)
1 - Ironing board with a canvas cover
1 - Electric iron of 0.6kW capacity
1 - Sink
2003/03/19 -137-
TABLE 6 FITTINGS FOR CATERING SPACES

(1/2)
GALLEY
1 - Electric cooking range, 20kW (3 hot plates and an oven)
1 - Electric soup kettle of fixed type (40 L)
1 - Universal cooking machine consisting of a mixing bowl of 20 lit.

a meat grinder and a vegetable slicer
1 - Electric baking oven, 9kW (2 ovens and a leavening chamber)
1 - Electric tilting frying pan (10kW)
1 - Potato peeler (15kg loading potatoes)
1 - Electric deep fryer (about, 17L x 2, 2 – Wire basket type)
1 - Bean curd making machine with squeezing machine
1 - Dough box
1 - Bread slicer
1 - Electric refrigerator (about 300L)
1 - Dresser with 2 sinks of stainless steel top
1 - Working table of stainless steel top
1 - Serving table of stainless steel top
1 - Steel shelf
1 - Plate rack with jug and cup hook
1 - Disposer (1.1 kW)
1 - Hand basin
2003/03/19 -138-
TABLE 6 FITTINGS FOR CATERING SPACES
(2/2)
OFFICERS' PANTRY, CREW'S PANTRY
1 - Electric refrigerator (about 200 L)
1 - Electric hot plate (1 kW)
1 - Electric water boiler (10 L)
1 - Coffee maker (household type, 5 cups)
1 - Toaster (4- slices type)
1 - Dresser with 2 sinks of stainless steel top
1 - Serving table of stainless top
1 - Plate rack with jug and cup hook
Note: The above-mentioned figures show the number of fittings per space.
TEA PANTRY
1 - Steam rice boiler of tilting type (60L, rice cap.: abt. 14kg)
2003/03/19 -139-
6. PAINTING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION

6.1 GENERAL
All painting works including surface preparation and application of shop primer shall be
carried out in accordance with the standard (ISO8501-1: 1988), the paint manufacturer's
recommendation, Builder's practice and standard (Q/DNS.J04.005-1998).
All the outfitting (except pipes) shall be painted in accordance with the Builder's standard
(Q/DNS.J04.112-1997).
The finish color shall be decided in accordance with the Owner's color scheme.
The surfaces of copper, copper alloy, aluminum alloy, stainless steel, galvanized steel or
other non-corrosive materials, surfaces in contact with doubling plates and internal surfaces
of tightly enclosed spaces shall not be painted unless otherwise specified.
6.2 PRIMARY SURFACE PREPARATION
All steel plates of 6mm and above in thickness and profiles of 3m and above in length shall
be shot blasted to the Builder's standard, Q/DNS.J04.005-1998, which is equivalent to the
Swedish standard SIS Sa2.5 and immediately primed with inorganic zinc silicate shop
primer to approx.15 microns of dry film thickness.
The steel plates below 6mm in thickness or profiles less than 3m in length and the parts to
be impracticable for shot blasting may be treated by pickling or power tool cleaning and
coated with zinc rich epoxy shop primer.
6.3 SECONDARY SURFACE PREPARATION
Secondary surface preparation for weld parts, burnt and damaged parts of shop primer shall
be carried out according to "the table of surface treatments".
Table of surface treatments

Location Surface preparation grade
Block stage At slip way or
docking/mooring
Outside shell See Note T/U Pt3
Upper deck See Note T/U Pt3
Outside accommodation See Note T/U Pt3
Water ballast tanks See Note T/U Pt3
Slop tanks See Note T/U Pt3
Void space and cofferdam See Note T/U Pt2
Engine room T/U Pt2 T/U Pt2
F.O. and L.O. tanks T/U Pt2 T/U Pt2
F.W. tanks No treatment Sa2.5
2003/03/19 -140-
T/U : Partial treatment for damage & rust spot
Pt2 : Power tool to Pt2 grade (SPSS-JSRA 1984)
Pt3 : Power tool to Pt3 grade (SPSS-JSRA 1984)
Note: The damaged areas shall be cleaned by abrasive blasting to Sa2.5 and other intact
shopprimed areas shall be cleaned by sweep blasting to Sa1.0.
However, the block joint to be power tool cleaned to Pt3 before paint application.
6.4 PAINTING WORK
Painting shall be carried out by airless spray mainly, however, hand brush or roller may be
used where it is more suitable than spray.
Painting works shall not be applied in the open air during the periods of rain, snow, fog or
mist and also shall not be applied when the weather conditions may cause condensation, i.e.
when the relative humidity exceeds 85%, or steel temperature is not higher than the dew
point by at least 3.0oC except the case that paint manufacturer has confirmed that a
particular paint can be applied at such weather conditions.
Painting shall not be applied on the steel surface with frost or ice.
Dry film thickness of painted surfaces shall be measured by magnetic dry film gauges such
as elcometer, micro test, or their equivalent in accordance with the Builder's practice
specified in the paint specification.
Dry film thickness(DFT) of measuring points shall not be less than 90% of the specified
DFT on outside shell, weather deck and water ballast tanks, and the points which don't attain
DFT specified in the painting schedule shall not be more than 10% of the total measuring
points. Dry film thickness(DFT) of measuring points shall not be less than 85% of the
specified DFT at other location, and the points which don't attain DFT specified in the
painting schedule shall not be more than 15% of the total measuring points.
No measurement of dry film thickness shall be made for machinery, equipment, outfitting,
pipes, pipe supports, machinery seats, small fittings, structural members, welding beads, etc.
In case of the application of the tar epoxy or epoxy paint during the winter season, the
Builder may use the winter type paint recommended by the paint manufacturer.
All coated surface shall be dry and clean without grease, rust, and dust, and other
contamination. Fresh water wash shall be carried out to remove all dirt and contamination if
necessary.
Equipment and fittings which the Builder shall purchase, i.e. main and auxiliary engines,
electrical equipment, navigation equipment, deck machinery, etc. shall be painted according
to each manufacturer's standard and the damaged part after installation shall be touched up
with one (1) coat of finish paint of compatible kind.
All inspection of painting including surface preparations and each coat shall be carried out
according to the Builder's practice and the manufacturer's recommendation.
2003/03/19 -141-
6.5 PAINTING SCHEDULE
(1) Bottom, boottop (below scantling draft), DFT (microns)

rudder, rudder trunk and sea chest
Tar epoxy 2 x 150

Tin free Self-polishing A/F 2x *
Note: Dry film thickness of tin-free type A/F paint (* mark) to be in accordance with
manufacturer's standard for two and a half (2.5) years life, based on the following
conditions:
Ship's speed : about 15.8 knots

Sea water temperature : 25°C
Operation rate : 60% per year
(2) Rudder internal
Bituminous or equivalent
(3) Topside including outside of bulwark
Modified epoxy 1 x 125

(4) Weather deck including inside of bulwark

Epoxy top coat 1 x 100
(5) Outside of deckhouse, funnel and engine casing

(6) Funnel inside
Heat resistant paint 2 x 25
(7) Deck of deckhouse and engine casing

(8) Accommodation, deckhouse etc. steel

surface behind joiner work and insulation
Alkyd primer H.B 1 x 80
(9) Bare steel surface in accommodation,

2003/03/19 -142-
deckhouse etc.
Alkyd primer 1 x 40
Alkyd finish 1 x 40
(10) Outside of pipes on weather deck

(11) Steam lines on deck
Heat resistant paint 2 x 25
(12) Void spaces and cofferdams
(13) Water ballast tanks including peak tanks and chain locks
Modified epoxy (light color) 2 x 125
(14) Cargo oil tanks
No painting
(15) Slop tanks
Tar epoxy 2 x 125
(16) Fresh water tanks
Pure epoxy 2 x 150
(17) L.O. tanks, F.O. tanks, D.O. tanks
Shop primer only
(18) Cargo pipe inside
Tar epoxy 2 x 125
(19) Ballast pipe of both side in tanks
(20) Ballast pipe inside in pump room
(21) Engine room, pump room and steering gear room

2003/03/19 -143-
Alkyd primer 1 x 40
Alkyd finish 1 x 40
(22) Platform in engine room, pump room

and steering gear room
Alkyd primer 1 x 40
Alkyd finish 1 x 40
(23) Area under bottom floor grating

in machinery space
(24) Others
Conventional paint
6.6 GALVANIZING
Hot–dipped galvanizing is to be applied to the following steelwork.
Top rails of the exposed handrails

Exposed storm rails
Accommodation ladders
Door fittings of the refrigerated provisions chambers
Handles and clips of steel doors
Small fittings for the lifeboat stowage appliances
Steel pipes specified in SECTION 3 and 4
Shutter of ventilators for the engine room
Steel grating in chain lockers
Bolts and nuts for the hot-dipped galvanized fittings and aluminized fittings are to be
electro-plated galvanized.
Ventilation ducts which are specified to be galvanized are to be made of pre-

galvanized steel plate.
6.7 CATHODIC PROTECTION
6.7.1 For Hull Exterior
Aluminum alloy anodes are to be fitted to the stern part and rudder for the corrosion
protection of the immersed hull of these parts according to the Builder's practice.
The design life of the anodes are to be two and a half (2.5) years.
2003/03/19 -144-
6.8 VESSEL'S IDENTIFICATIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS MARKS
6.8.1 Vessel's Identifications
The vessel's name is to be marked at each side of the bow, and the vessel's name and the
port of registry are to be marked at the stern. Their letters are to be outlined by spot
welding bead and to be painted.
A vessel's name board is to be provided on each side of the compass flat deck forward.
The name boards are to be of wooden plate and letters of the vessel's name are to be
graved and to be painted.
A bow crest is to be outlined by spot welding bead and to be painted.
The Owner's insignia is to be outlined by spot welding bead and painted on the funnel.
The details of the bow crest and the Owner's insignia are to be informed by the Owner.
6.8.2 Miscellaneous Marks
Draft marks of steel plate are to be welded to the shell and painted on both sides of the
midship, stem and stern of the vessel.
A freeboard mark of steel plate is to be welded to the shell and painted on both sides of
the midship.
Bulkhead marks are to be marked by spot welding bead to the side shell on both sides
above designed load water line and to be painted.
A bulbous bow mark is to be outlined by spot welding bead and painted on each side of
the bow.
Tug push marks are to be painted on each side of the vessel.
Location : Fr. 57, 63, 81, 90 and 99

Number : Two on each location of port and starboard side.
One to be 2m above L.W.L. and the other to be 2m above normal
ballast water line respectively.
A helicopter landing area mark is to be outlined by spot welding bead and to be painted
on the upper deck.
Cargo manifold marks are to be outlined by spot welding bead and to be painted on both
sides of the vessel's side shell.
A pilot mark is to be outlined by spot welding bead and to be painted on both sides of the
vessel's side shell.
Tank names are to be marked by welding bead on shell plate in way of each bottom plug.
2003/03/19 -145-
"NO SMOKING" marks are to be outlined by spot welding bead and painted on the front
wall of the accommodation house and side walls on hose stores.
Walkway around the steering gear is to be applied with non-slip paint, and a yellow
boundary line is to be applied at the edge of the walkway for distinguishing.
2003/03/19 -146-
7. HULL PART INVENTORY
7.1 HULL PART INVENTORY
Cork fender 6
Boatswain chair 2
Rat guard 20
Marine spike 3
Hand spike 4
Chipping hammer 4
Maul 1
Palm 2
Serving mallet 1
Paint scraper with handle 6
Paint brush 5
Long-handled paint brush 3
Paint pot 5
Wooden paint stage 3
Tar brush 2
Wire brush 2
Mop 5
Coir broom 2
Common hammer 2
Claw hammer 1
Chisel 2
Plane 2
Carpenter tool box 1
Handsaw 2
Monkey spanner 2
Common spanner 3
Manhole spanner 3
Hatchet 1
Crow bar 2
Pincers 1
Gimlet 2
2003/03/19 -147-
Hand grinder 1
Grindstone 3
Screw driver 6
Grease pump 2
Carpenter vice 1
Life net 1
Sounding tape 2
Handle for bottom plug (Square type) 2
Handle for bottom plug (Hexagon type) 2
Rat traps (cage type) 5
Rat poison 1kg
Stopper chain for stopping off a mooring line 6
Chain block (9.8kN) 1
Sling net (2 m square) 1
2003/03/19 -148-
PART 3
MACHINERY PART
2003/03/19 -149-
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1 OUTLINE OF MACHINERY PART
The vessel is to be built under the survey and inspection of the Classification Society of
the American Bureau of Shipping and to be classed as +AMS for machinery and
equipment and +ACCU for unattended machinery space, provided a bridge control
system for the main engine.
The engine control room is to be arranged in the engine room for the sake of centralised
remote control & watching of the machinery plant.
The shafting is to consist of one line shafting with one propeller and to be coupled to the
main engine directly, and its rotation is to be clockwise looking from aft, when going
ahead.
The auxiliary machinery are to be provided as specified in the item 3, PRINCIPAL

PARTICULARS OF MACHINERY of this section, however the principal particulars
may be modified to comply with the standard or recommended specification of
manufacturer who is finally adopted.
The machinery, equipment, tanks, etc. are to be arranged in good order in the engine
room, as shown in the drawing of “MACHINERY ARRANGEMENT IN ENGINE
ROOM”.
1.2 BASIC DESIGN CONDITION
Basic design concept and/or design condition of the machinery plant is to be given
below:
1.2.1 Fuel oil employed
Different kind of fuel oil, having a flash point above 60℃ is to be employed as follows.
The acceptable chemical property for the respective diesel engine is to be in accordance
with the recommendation of each engine manufacturer.
(1) Heavy fuel oil having a viscosity of up to 380 mm2/s at 50℃
-The main engine at sea and manoeuvring time
-The generator diesel engines at normal load
-The auxiliary boiler
(2) Marine diesel oil having a viscosity of up to 6 mm2/s at 40℃(ISO designation

DMA)
-The main engine before long term stopping

2003/03/19 -150-
-The generator diesel engine at start/stop and low load operation
-The auxiliary boiler at cold starting
-The waste oil incinerator at starting with pilot burner in use.
(3) However, gas oil (ISO designation DMX) having a flash point not less than 60℃
is to be used for the emergency generator engine so as to make it possible in
service, without heating energy or source
General Note:
By the adoption of the Protocol of 1997 “Annex VI” in IMO, measures for reduction exh.
emission from main engine, generator engines are to be considered according to the
manufacturer’s standard method. While until the entry into force of the Protocol of 1997
“Annex VI”, the certificate is not available, but a statement of fact indicating the results
of inspection (or equivalent) by the Classification.
1.2 .2 Main engine
Type : 2-stroke, single acting, direct reversible, crosshead type

Model : B & W 7S80MC`
Number : One(1) set
MCR : 25,480kW x 79 r/min
CSR=90%MCR : 22,932 kW x 76.3 r/min
Cylinder bore : 800 mm
Piston stroke : 3056 mm
Turbocharger : B&W or ABB type
Direction of rotation : Clockwise looking from aft
Specific fuel consumption : 167.0g/kW-hr +5% at MCR based on the marine diesel oil
with lower calorific value of 42700kJ/kg (10,200kcal/kg)
and ISO conditions (measured at shop test bed). The main
engine to be comply with MAPOL73/78 Annex VI
Regulation 13 (Mandatory code on NOx emission)
The engine max. power (MCR) is to remain valid up to tropical condition at sea level, i.e.
Sea water :32℃

Ambient air (at T/C inlet) :45℃
Atmospheric pressure :100 kPa
The max. cont. output (MCR) is to be applied to the basis for the design of the
machinery, such as strength of each shafting & propeller and capacity basis of
propulsion auxiliaries, etc. throughout the vessel, unless specially mentioned hereinafter.
1.2 .3 Shafting & propeller
The main shafting is to consist of a thrust shaft ,an intermediate shaft, a propeller shaft, a
stern tube, a steady bearing, a propeller, etc.
2003/03/19 -151-
Consideration is to be given so that the entire rotating masses including the shafting, the
main engine and the propeller, may be free from all major stresses due to the torsional
vibration in the normal operating range between 85 to 110 percent of the maximum
continuous rating speed of the main engine, while if critical stress is appeared below 85
% of engine speed, the barred speed range is to be so arranged that the ship manoeuvring
may not be disturbed at all, provided with an automatic quickpass sequence with alarm in
the manoeuvring system.
The diameter of the shaft is to be complied with Classification requirement in principle,

however, the shaft is to manufactured with 3mm margin in diameter is excess of the
Classification requirement in consideration with mechanical and/or corrosion damages.
The propeller is to be so designed to get higher speed that the continuous service output
may be developed at the shaft revolution of approx. 4 percent higher than that
corresponding to the said rated output at full draft, clean hull and fair weather.
The propeller performance is to be optimized for CSR at design draft.
The strength of propeller is to be based on the MCR.
The shaft earthing device is to be provided.
1.2 .4 Steam generating plant
The exh. gas economizer is usually to serve the steam demand on board the ship, such as
bunker tank heating, oil heaters, etc. at normal sea trip.
The nominal evaporation of the economizer as specified is to be designed based on the

exh. gas condition of the main engine load at CSR under the following conditions under
ISO conditions
If navigating in slow steaming and/or in very cold climate, the shortage steam produced
by the economizer may be supplemented by the aux. Boiler under oil-fired.
A two (2)-aux. Boiler system (50 % each) is to be provided and total boiler evaporation is
to meet maximum steam demand at cargo unloading, intended for the simultaneous
operation of 3-COP steam turbines and 1-CBP steam turbine at their rated load as well as
heating service required on board the vessel.
Either one (1) of aux. boiler can be used as a steam separating chamber for the
economizer at normal sea, providing boiler water cir. system with two (2) boilers. (No
independent steam separator is to be supplied.)
The burner is to be remotely ignited/extinguished from the local boiler gauge board, and
to be provided that cold start up to approx. 0.49 MPa is to be performed automatically or
manually, and automatic pressurized control system up to 1.96 MPa is to be also
incorporated.
2003/03/19 -152-
Watching the boiler,s normal operation after completion of pressurizing can be done from
the engine control room.
The aux. boiler flue gas is to be utilized as inert gas for cargo oil tanks after proper
treatment.
When inert gas top-up service is required at sea trip in utilising the boiler,s flue gas, the
aux. boiler is to setup “IG mode”, at the boiler gauge board at local, so as to proceed
automatic firing under constant boiler load, being corresponded to oxygen content not
more than 5 % and being sufficient for one (1) IGS fan for operation, by using the dump
steam pressure control valve to the vacuum condenser.
1.2 .5 Electric power service
There is to be provided with three (3) sets of diesel generators each having the same
capacity.
At normal sea trip, the required electrical load is to be supplied by one (1) diesel
generator, while two (2) sets of diesel generator are to be used in parallel at IGS top-up,
manoeuvring and cargo unloading, etc. and one (1) generator is reserved as stand-by at
normal ship operating condition.
Detail of the working generator service intended, refer to Electrical Part.
The emergency generator is to be provided for the automatic power supply in an

emergency case, such as failure of main electrical source.
1.2 .6 Pump
(a) All pumps in the engine room are to be of an electric motor driven type in principle.
(b) Pumps for the propulsive use are to be provided with duplicate sets, each one of them
being as stand-by in principle, except specially mentioned
(c) Pumps for the propulsive use are to be so designed that the main engine is able to
operate at the maximum continuous output (MCR) at sea water of 32℃.
(d) The design basis of fuel oil and lub. oil handling pumps is to be as follows.
(e) The speed and power of motor for the pumps are to be in accordance with the pump
manufacturer’s recommendation, and the power(kW) of motor as mentioned
hereinafter are to be of estimated figures for an electrical load analysis.
2003/03/19 -153-
Suction lift Viscosity for Viscosity for

(water column) capacity base driving power base
Fuel oil transfer service
5m 26mm2/s 1,300 mm2/s
pumps & sludge pump
FO burning pump 5m 26mm2/s 260mm2/s
Fuel oil handling pumps
5m 26mm2/s 260mm2/s
except the above
Stern tube oil pump 5m 26mm2/s 400mm2/s
Lub. Oil handling pumps
5m 26mm2/s 260mm2/s
except the above
50 mm2/s
(specific gravity of
Cargo oil handling pumps 5m 1 mm2/s
0.9) or sea water,
which is greater.
1.2 .7 Heat exchanger
(a) Heat exchangers for the central fresh water cooling system are to be based on the
following condition.
(1) Low temp. central fresh water cooler:
Two (2) low temp. central fresh water cooler, each having 50 % capacity are to be
provided, and to be designed based on the following.
-Sea water temperature (inlet) :32℃

-Fresh water temperature at outlet :36℃
-Cleanliness factor :85%
-Treated heat capacity by two (2) coolers
- Main engine at MCR
- Diesel generators, two (2) sets of main generator in parallel use at rated load
- Others at normal sea going condition
(2) High temp. fresh water cooler for main engine:
One (1) high temp. fresh water cooler is to be provided and to be designed based on
the following.
-Low temp. cooling fresh water :Temperature after L.O. cooler

temperature(inlet)
-High temp. fresh water :80℃
temperature at inlet
-Cleanliness factor :85℃
-Treated heat capacity
Main engine at MCR
(3) Lub. oil cooler:
2003/03/19 -154-
One (1) set of main engine lub. oil cooler of stainless plate type are to be provided,
and the capacity of the cooler is to be designed at MCR of main engine with
cleanliness factor of 85 %.
(b) Main engine warm-up heater is to be designed to heat the jacket water from 25℃ to
60℃ within six (6) hours, with cleanliness factor of 85 %.
(c) Drain cooler is to be provided and cooled by fresh water. No atmospheric condenser
is to be provided.
Drain cooler is to be designed to condensate or cool down exhaust steam and steam
drain to 75℃ at following case, under fresh water of 36℃ and cleanliness factor
85%.
Dump steam from economizer at CSR in ISO ambient reference condition and other
heating steam drain.
Exhaust steam from the cargo oil stripping pump is to be led into the vacuum
condenser through a back pressure control valve.
(d) Vacuum condenser is to be designed to condense the exhaust steam from aux. steam
turbines at their rated load (3-COPT, 1-CBPT) in simultaneous operation intended at
cargo unloading time, with sea water temperature of 27℃ and cleanliness factor of
85%, and maintaining the condenser vacuum of 36.0 kPa (abs.).
(e) Tank washing heater is to be designed to heat-up 150m2/h of sea water, from 10℃ to
80℃, with cleanliness factor of 85% and drain outlet temp. of 85℃.
(f) Oil heater of steam heating surface extended type is to be designed to have the
capacity as follows:
Handling quantity Inlet/Outlet

Service
of F.O./L.O. temp.
M/E & G/E F.O. heater *50%of M/E & G/E F.O.
90℃/140℃
circulating pump capacity
Purifier F.O. heater The F.O. purifier throughput
55℃/98℃
capacity
Purifier L.O. heater The L.O. purifier throughput
45℃/85℃
capacity
Gene. Engine purifier L.O. The gene. engine L.O. purifier
45℃/85℃
Heater troughput capacity
Aux. boiler F.O. heater *50% of F.O. burning pump
55℃/120℃
capacity
Note: *The heater is to be so designed to flow the full pump capacity within
predetermined pressure drop for oil side.
1.2.8 Compressed air plant
The main engine starting air plant is to be designed so that one (1) main air reservoir is
possible for starting of main engine, not less than consecutive six (6) times without any
2003/03/19 -155-
charges and that total air intake capacity of main air compressors and topping-up air
compressor is capable of charging consecutive twelve (12) times starting air capacity
from atmospheric pressure within one hour.
Ship service and control air service, are to be led from the main air line through the each
own pressure reducing valve, respectively.
For diesel generator engine starting, it is to be branched from the main air reservoir, just
before the pressure reducing valve for ship service air line.
For automatic electrical starting means of emergency generator engine, a double source
of energy, e.g. two (2) sets of storage battery (each three (3) times consecutive starting
capacity ) and a charging device, is to be provided in the emergency generator room, in
compliance with a requirement of Classification Society.
For main engine starting from deadship condition, following sequence is to be

considered, which are met with SOLAS requirement.
-Start the emergency generator engine

-Start the topping-up air compressor
-Charge the aux. air reservoir
-Start the one (1) main generator engine
-Start two (2) main air compressor and topping-up air compressor
-Charge the main air reservoir
-Start the main engine
1.2 .9 Oil purification service
The purifiers are to be provided, as follows:
(1) For purification of heavy fuel oil : Two (2) sets
The capacity of the purifier is to be capable of processing fuel oil consumption of the
main engine at MCR and generator diesel engine at the normal sea going, and the
purifier model is to be selected by reduced throughput of the manufacturer ,s
recommendation at 380 mm2/s fuel basis.
One of two (2) F.O. purifiers is to be intermittently used for purification of diesel oil.
(2) For purification of main engine lube oil: Two (2) sets
Main engine L.O. purifiers are to be used for purification of main engine and gene.
engine, etc.
The capacity of the purifier is to be capable of processing the lub. oil of 0.136
Liter/kW.h flow basis as recommended by B&W, and the purifier model is to be
selected on detergent lub. oil basis.
(3) For purification of gene. engine lube. oil: One (1) set
Gene. engine L.O. purifier is to be used for continuous purification of the gene.
2003/03/19 -156-
engine by overflow purification system.
The capacity of the purifier is to be in accordance with recommendation of gene.

engine manufacturer, and the purifier model is to be selected on detergent lub. oil
basis.
1.2.10 Cooling water system for machinery plant
Central fresh water cooling system consisting of low and high temperature circuits, is to
be provided, and each temp. circuit is to have two(2) low temp. central fresh water
coolers of tinanium plate type, each having 50 % of the heat capacity, and one (1) high
temp. fresh water cooler of stainless plate type respectively.
Low temp. central cooling fresh water system is also to serve engine room auxiliaries
except for the following equipment/services to which conventional sea water cooling
system is to be applied.
-Fresh water generator

-Vacuum condenser
-IGS scrubber
-Air ejector condenser
1.2.11 Bilge handling, fire fighting pump and energency escape
The pumps for bilge and fire extinguishing service are to be provided in compliance with
the requirements of Rules and Regulations.
One (1) oily water separator with an oil content high alarm device which meets the IMO
requirement and one (1) bilge pump are to be provided for oily bilge handling in the
engine room.
A three (3) way type recirculating valve is to be provided so as to return the bilge, when
oil content high alarm for the oily water separator is energised.
The necessary provision to meet the requirement of U.S.C.G. rule (foreign vessel
entering U.S. port concerned) is to be arranged so that the engine room bilge can be
transferred directly to the shore connections (port & starboard sides) with available
international connection flange.
An enclosed emergency escape route from the lowest floor in engine room to safety area
is to be arranged, as per SOLAS requirement, provided an access with a self-closing door
at the lowest floor, and source of light is supplied from the emergency switchboard.
1.2.12 Engine room ventilation service
Ventilating fans are to be designed to supply mainly the air consumed machineries such
as main engine, main generator engines and aux. boiler, etc. and also to keep ventilation
in machinery space, workshop and stores as well.
The system is to be designed so as to keep a slightly positive pressure.
2003/03/19 -157-
Total capacity of supply fans is to meet the total air consumption of main engine at CSR,
two (2) main generator engines at rated load and one (1) aux. boiler at rated evaporation
basis plus about 30 % margin.
One (1) set of exhaust fan is to be exclusively provided for the F.O. purifier
compartment, which is enclosed by means of steel wall.
E/R vent. Fans and pump room exh. fans and their prime movers are to be designed
under the following ambient air temperature.
-Capacity (flow & pressure) of fan 20℃
-Electric motor: Not overload at 25 % of rated fan capacity and air temperature of
20℃
Forced draft fan and its prime mover are to be designed as follows:
Capacity (flow & pressure) of fan 38℃
Electric motor: Not over-load at all operating range at temp. of 20℃
The speed and power of motor for the fans are to be in accordance with the fan
manufacturer’s recommendation, and the power (kW) of motor as mentioned hereinafter
are to be of estimated figures for an electrical load analysis.
1.2.13 Sewage handling service
One (1) set of effluent discharge type (USCG type II) sewage treatment plant is to be
provided.
1.2.14 Waste oil hadling service
The waste oil and/or sludge transfer line to the shore connection with international
connection flange (commonly use as oily bilge overboard connection), is to be arranged,
providing a connection from the sludge pump.
The capacity of bilge tank, waste oil tank and sludge pump is to be met with requirement
of the MARPOL regulations.
The waste oil incinerator is to be provided in the engine room for burning out of waste
oil, sludge, garbage and waste cloth. While continuous dosing system of solid waste is
not considered.
The construction of incinerator is to meet with the requirement of MARPLOL ANNEX VI.
The remote stop device for the sludge pump is to be provided near at the incinerator
waste oil service tank.
1.2.15 Seating of foundation of machinery
Epoxy resin chock is to be adopted for the following machinery.

2003/03/19 -158-
Main engine (without taper for M.E. bedplate)

Gene. diesel engine (in the case that non-flexible mounting (rubber) is adopted)
Steering gear
Deck machinery
1.2.16 Tank
The basis of capacity of major tanks is to be as follows.
Heavy oil service tank :At least 12 hours main engine F.O. consumption at CSR
Heavy oil settling tank :At least 12 hours main engine F.O. consumption at CSR
Note: The HFO tanks capacity specified, is to be kept at the levels between high level
alarm (or overflow) and pump suction.
D.O. service tank :8 hours of main engine F.O. consumption at CSR and gene.
engine’s consumption at normal sea electrical load.
Cyl. oil storage tank :90 days of endurance of cruise under main engine at CSR
Lub. oil storage tank :A complete change of main engine system oil.
1.2.17 Figures on design
Figures applied in calculations/design are to be as follows.
Specific gravity Specific heat

0.985
Heavy oil 1.88 kJ/kg℃
(for HFO purifier:0.991)
Diesel oil 0.9 1.88 kJ/kg℃
Lub. oil 0.9 1.88 kJ/kg℃
Sea water 1.025 3.93 kJ/kg℃
Fresh water 1.00 4.18 kJ/kg℃
1.2.18 Spare and tool
Spare and tool for all machinery and equipment are in general to be furnished in
accordance with the Classification Society and Builder’s or manufacturer’s standard
practice.
Number of sets of spare and tool specified hereinunder are to be indicated as per one
ship, excepting those specially specified.
All spare and tool are to be suitably stowed in the boxes or others as per the
manufacturer’s standard practice and to be arranged in good order on the shelves in the
engine store, excepting larger size spares and tool which are placed at local site
with proper fixing device.
The additional spare and tool, together with storing bins if requested by Owner other than
2003/03/19 -159-
those specified are to be subject to the separate agreement.
1.3 PRINCIPAL PARTICULARS OF MACHINERY
1.3.1 Main engine
Type : 2-stroke, single acting, direct reversible, crosshead type

Model : B & W 7S80MC
Number : One(1) set
MCR : 25,480kW x 79 r/min
CSR=90%MCR : 22,932 kW x 76.3 r/min
Cylinder number : 7
Cylinder bore : 800 mm
Piston stroke : 3056 mm
Turbocharger : B&W or ABB type
Direction of rotation : Clockwise looking from aft
Accessories :
2- Turbo charger
2- Air cooler
1- Turning gear with flexible
1- Auxiliary blower of an electric motor driven type
1 set- Manoeuvring system with bridge control system
No moment compensator is to be provided.
1.3.2 Shafting and propeller
(1) Shafting
One (1)- Intermediate shaft Material, Forged steel with solid flange
One (1)- Propeller shaft with an ordinary type nut Material, Forged steel with
solid flange
One (1)- Steady bearing, Cast iron construction with lead base white metal
One (1)- Shaft earth device of silver base slip ring with a volt meter
One (1)- Stern tube bearing, Ductile iron bearing bush lined with tin base white
metal
One (1)- Stern tube oil seal

Lip seal of Viton, except NBR of aftermost seal ring
(Fore : two(2) seal ring with cast iron casing)
(Aft :four (4) seal ring with cast iron casing)
Neither distance ring nor net protector is to be supplied
2003/03/19 -160-
(2) Propeller
One (1) Propeller

Type 4 bladed solid, keyless
Material Nickel aluminium bronze
(Cap : Manganese bronze )
Note: Spare propeller and spare propeller shaft are not to be supplied.
1.3.3 Electric generating plant
Three (3) Diesel generator

Drip-proof, self-ventilated and brushless type.
1,187.5 kVA (950 kW), AC 450 V, 60 Hz, Not to exceed 900 min-1
(Refer to ELECTRICAL PART)
Three (3) Generator diesel engine

Vert. 4-cycle, single acting, trunk piston type marine diesel engine.
Output : approx. 1,020 kW at Not to exceed 900 min-1
One (1) Emergency generator

Drip-proof, self-ventilated and brushless type.
362.5kVA (290kW), AC 450 V, 60Hz, 1,800 min-1
(Refer to ELECTRIC PART)
One (1) Emergency generator diesel engine

Vert. Single acting, trunk piston, air cooling or fresh water cooling with
radiator type, with automatic electrical starting device
Required output: approx. 320kW at 1,800 min-1
1.3.4 Steam generating plant
Two (2) sets Auxiliary boiler

Vertical, two-drum water tube type marine boiler
Evaporation 39,000 kg/h each
Steam state 1.96 MPa, saturated
Feed W. Temp 50℃
Accessories 1 set -Burner of steam atomizing type

(per set) or equivalent
1 -Pilot burner
1set -Automatic combustion control system

of electronic type with proportional
control as per two (2) boilers
1set -Feed water regulator
2003/03/19 -161-
One (1) set Exhaust gas economizer
Exhaust gas heating, forced water circulation finned steel tube type,
without exh. gas by-pass
Evaporation approx. 2,250 kg/h at main engine running at

CSR under ISO condition
Steam state 0.59 MPa, saturated
Feed W. temp. 50℃
Accessories 1 set- Soot blower of steam blowing type

(local-manual)
1.3.5 Air compressors and air reservoirs
Item Set Type Capacity Motor Remark

(m3/h at m) min -1
kW
Mean capacity:
Vert. recipro. 300 m3/h of
Main air elect. motor free air
2 1.750 abt.70
compressor driven 2-stage, Delivery max.
F.W. cooled Pressure:
2.94 MPa
Topping-up air Vert. recipro. Mean capacity:
compressor elect. motor 177m3/h of
driven 2-stage, free air
1 1.750 abt.50
F.W. cooled Delivery max.
Pressure:
2.94 MPa
Aux. Air Hand operation
1 - - -
compressor type
Main air Steel plate
reservoir 2 welded type 14.5 m3
(max. 2.94 MPa)
Aux. air Steel plate
0.1 m3
reservore 1 welded type
(max. 2.94 MPa)
Note: The aux. air compressor and aux. air reservoir are to be installed in the engine room.
The aux. air reservoir is used for main generator engine starting from a deadship
condition.
2003/03/19 -162-
1.3.6 Centrifugal pumps

(m3/h at m) min -1
kW
Cooling sea Elect. motor Two (2) sets in
water & vac. driven, parallel use at
3 650/750 at 17/8 - abt. 45 normal sea going,
condenser cir. centrifugal
pump and 1-stand by.
Low temp. Elect. motor 1-stand by at sea
cooling fresh 3 driven, 450 at 20 - abt. 37 going condition
water pump centrifugal
High temp. Elect. Motor
abt. 1-stand by
cooling fresh 2 driven, 193 at 20 -
18.5
Vert. elect.
Lubricating oil motor driven, 570 at 45 - abt. 1-stand by
2
pump centrigugal, 132
deep well
Air cooler Elect. motor To be used at stop
chemical driven, abt. condition of the
1 5 at 30 - main engine
cleaning pump centrifugal 2.2
Gene. engine
cooling fresh each
water pump 2
(L/T & H/T)
Gene. engine Elect. motor
Maker’s
pre-heating driven,
1 recommendatio
pump centrifugal
n
Boiler water Elect. motor Maker’s
circ. pump 2 driven, recommendatio - 1-stand by
centrifugal n
Feed water Elect. motor Maker’s
pump 3 driven, recommendatio - 1-stand by
centrifugal n
2003/03/19 -163-
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS (cont’d.)

(m3/h at m) min-1 kW
Auxiliary feed Elect. motor One of the
water pump driven, three feed wa-
centrifugal ter pumps be-
1 Maker’s recommendation -
ing as standby
at sea going
condition.
Vac. Condenser Elect. motor
abt.
circulating 1 driven, 1,450 at 8 -
75
Condensate Elect. motor To be used in
pump driven, abt. parallel at
2 40 at 20 -
centrifugal 5.5 cargo unload-
ing
Fire & bilge Elect. motor With a self-
abt. priming unit
Ballast pump 1 driven, 295/300 at 110/45 -
160
centrifugal
Fire & general Elect. motor With a self-
abt. Priming unit
Service pump 1 driven, 295/300 at 110/45 -
160
centrifugal
Elect. motor With a self-
Emergency fire driven, Acc. to foam fire fighting priming unit
1 -
pump centrifugal sys. requirement
Scrubber Elect. motor

abt.
cooling water 1 driven, 300 at 45 -
65
pump centrifugal
Deck seal water Elect. motor 1-stand by
abt.
pump 2 driven, 10 at 35 -
3.7
centrifugal
Elect. motor 1-stand by
Fresh water driven, Mounted on
Pump centrifugal abt. the fresh
2 10 at 55 -
5.5 water press.
Tank of 1.5
m3.
Elect. motor 1-stand by
Drinking water driven, Mounted on
abt.
pump 2 centrifugal 2 at 55 - the drinking
0.75 water press.
tank of 0.5m3.
Hot water Elect. motor
abt.
circulating 1 driven, 3 at 5 -
0.75
pump centrifugal
2003/03/19 -164-
1.3.7 Gear pump

(m3/h at m) min -1
kW
M/E & G/E Fuel Elect. motor abt. 1-stand by
2 7.4 at 40 -
oil supply pump driven, gear 3.7
M/E & G/E Fuel Elect. motor abt. 1-stand by
oil circulating 2 driven, gear 13.8 at 60 - 5.5
pump
G/E MDO sup- Elect. motor abt.
1 1.5 at 50 -
ply pump driven, gear 0.75
Camshaft Elect. motor abt. 1-stand by
lubricating oil 2 driven, gear 12.5 at 30 - 5.5
boost pump
Stern tube Elect. motor abt. 1-stand by
lubricating oil 2 driven, gear 0.5 at 30 - 0.4
pump
Fuel oil transfer Elect. motor abt. 11
1 30 at 35 -
pump driven, gear
Stand-by fuel oil Elect. motor abt. 11
1 30 at 35 -
transfer pump driven, gear
Lub. oil transfer Elect. motor abt.
1 10 at 30 -
pump driven, gear 3.7
G/E L.O. puri- Elect. motor abt.
1 0.7 at 25 -
fier feed pump driven, gear 0.75
Pilot burner Elect. motor May be sup
D.O. pump 1 driven, plied by the
boiler maker
2003/03/19 -165-
1.3.8 Screw and single rotor pump

(m3/h at m) min -1
kW
Fuel oil burning Elect. motor abt. 18.5 1-stand by
2 8.5 at 240 -
pump driven, screw
Bilge pump Elect. motor abt. 1.5 May be
driven single supplied by the
rotor type separator’s
1 3 at 35 -
maker, as their
standard
accessory.
Sludge pump Elect. motor abt. 3.7
1 driven single 6.4 at 40 -
rotor type
1.3.9 Forced draft and vent fans

3
(m /min at Pa) min-1 kW
Forced draft Elect. motor (1-FDF per
fan driven, Maker’s (single 1-boiler)
2
centrifugal with recommendation speed)
inlet vane
Engine room Elect. motor Two (2) sets to
abt.
ventilating 4 driven, axial 1,350 at 0.39 - be of reversible
18.5
fan flow
Purifier room Elect. motor
abt
exhaust fan 1 driven, axial 200 at 0.29 -
2.2
flow
Pump room Elect. motor
abt
exh. 2 driven, axial 910 at 0.59 -
2.2
fan flow
2003/03/19 -166-
1.3.10 Coolers and/or heater
Item Set Type Capacity Heating line Remark

steam pressure
Main engine Shell & tube 0.59 MPa
1
Warm-up heater type steam
Low temp. central fresh Titanium, plate
water 2 type
cooler
High temp. fresh Stainless, plate
1
water cooler type
Lubricating oil Stainless, plate
1
cooler type
Stern tube lub. Stainless, plate
1
oil cooler type
Drain cooler Shell & tube
1
type
Vacuum con- Shell & tube Condenser
denser type pressure
1 at top
36.0 kPa
(abs.)
Air ejector Single, 1-stage
1.96 MPa
1 with sea water
steam
cooled type
Fresh water Shell & tube type 3,000 L/h
0.59 MPa
heater 1 (10℃ to
steam
60℃)
Tank washing Shell & tube type 0.98 MPa
1
S.W. heater steam
2003/03/19 -167-
1.3.11 Oil heaters
Item Set Type Capacity Heating line Remark

(L/h) steam pressure
M/E & G/E fuel Steam heating 0.59 MPa Parallel use
2 6,900
oil heater type steam
Aux. boiler fuel Steam heating Maker’s 0.98 MPa Parallel use
2
oil heater type recommendation steam
Lubricating oil Steam heating 0.59 MPa
2 3,500
purifier heater type steam
Gene. Engine Steam heating
0.59 MPa
lubricating oil 1 type 700
steam
purifier heater
Fuel oil purifier Steam heating 0.59 MPa
2 5,600
heater type steam
1.3.12 Purifiers

(L/h) min -1
kW
Lubricating oil Self cleaning
purifier 2 total sludge 3,500 - -
discharge type
Gene. Engine Self cleaning
lubricating oil 1 total sludge 700 - -
purifier discharge type
Fuel oil purifier Self cleaning
2 total sludge 5,600 - -
discharge type
Note: The electric motors of the oil purifiers are to be in accordance with the
manufacturer’s standard of the purifiers.
2003/03/19 -168-
1.3.13 Fresh water generator

min-1 kW
Fresh water Low pressure 30ton/day at
Generator 1 evaporating type cool.S.W. 32℃
heat.F.W. 80℃
* Fresh water Elect. motor
generator 1 driven, - - -
ejector pump centrifugal
* Fresh water Elect. motor
generator driven,
1 - - -
fresh water centrifugal
pump
Note: The principal particulars of the pumps marked with * are to be in accordance with
the manufacturer’s standard of the fresh water generator.
1.3.14 Work shop machinery

-1
min kW
Machine tool Elect motor
Center distance:
driven, gear
1,000mm
1 reduction abt. 2.2
Drill dia.:
combined with a
max. 38 mm
lathe and a drill
Double head,
Stone dia.
Grinder 1 elect. motor abt. 0.75
254 mm
driven (dry type)
2-oxygen bottles
Gas welding
1 set 1-acetyl. bottles
equipment
(40liter type)
Note:
Gas welder and its associated necessary equipment together with oxygen & acetylene
bottles are to be supplied by the Builder. The fixed piping is also to be provided by the
Builder form the bottle store compartment to the engine workshop.
2003/03/19 -169-
1.3.15 Miscellaneous equipment

-1
min kW
Activated 1-discharge
28persons/day
Sewage plant 1 sludge, aeration pump
discharge type 1-blower
Main engine Motor driven (Manufacturer’s (Manufacturer’s
1 Lift. 8 t
overhaul crane trolley type standard) standard)
IMO approved, 3m3/h With an alarm
auto. oil dis- (Oil content at device
Oily water
1 charge type out- -
Separator
let to be less than
15 ppm)
IMO approved Commonly
type Controlled with
Air horm 2 -
1-time
controller
Package type with elect.
heater
Control room
1 - - 3.7 Refrigerant:
unit cooler
R-22 or
equivalent
Membrane Dew point:
Control air element type approx.-18℃
1 100Nm3/h - -
dehumidifier (at atmospheric
pressure)
For drinking
Sterilizer 1 Ultra-violet type 1,000L/h water circuit
only
Waste oil burn- Abt.2,093 MJ/h Correspond to
Waste oil ing type with (At max. 20% of IMO ANNEX
1
incinerator solid combusti- water content in Ⅵ
ble inlet waste oil)
Marine growth
Treated sea
prevention Cu/Al electrode
1 water:
system type
1,400 m3/h
(M.G.P.S.)
Elect.motor 350 kg
Elevator 1 -
driven type
For purpose of
10 m3/h
soot collect.
Eductor 1 Material: Cast
tank gray water
iron
discharge.
2003/03/19 -170-
1.3.16 Cargo & ballast handling auxiliary
Item Set Type Capacity Steam state under

(m3/h at m) rated capacity
Inlet:
Vertical, multi-stage
1.81 MPa, Sat.
Cargo oil pump 3 steam turbine driven, 5,500 at 145
Exhaust:
centrifugal
41.3 kPa (abs.)
Inlet:
Vertical, single stage
1.81 MPa, Sat.
Ballast pump 2 steam turbine driven, 3,000 at 35
Exhaust:
centrifugal
41.3 kPa (abs.)
Inlet:
Cargo oil stripping Vertical, steam driven 1.42 MPa, Sat.
1 200 at 145
Pump recipro. Exhaust:
98 kPa
1.3.17 Tank in engine room
Tank Set Capacity Remark

(m3)
Fuel oil tank
With a steam heating coil and
Fuel oil service tank 1 50
lagging
Fuel oil settling tank 1 50
lagging
To be used commonly for F.V.
Diesel oil service tank 1 40 cooling tank for diesel generator
engine, if required
Emergency generator engine fuel oil Installed in emergency gene.
1 2.5
tank room
Fuel oil drain & sludge tank 1 3.0
steaming connection
With a steam heating coil
Overflow tank 1 abt. 50
in double bottom
Lub. oil tank
in double bottom, with a steam
Lubricating oil sump tank 1 38 heating coil for area of purifier
suction
Lubricating oil settling tank 1 38 Hull construction
Lubricating oil storage tank 1 38 Hull construction
Note: The back-wash drain from M/E L.O. 2nd filter is to be led into the L.O. sump tank
2003/03/19 -171-
through a sludge check filter (approx. 32 mesh), while the purifier is to take a suction
from the sump tank (near from the outlet of the back wash drain ) and discharged into the
said tank, taking a consideration with the suction/discharge position to avoid short
circuit.

(m3)
Lub. oil tank
Cylinder oil storage tank 1 90 Hull construction

in double bottom
Lubricating oil drain & sludge tank 1 2.0 With a heating coil and steaming
connection
Generator engine lubricating oil
1 6.0
storage tank
Generator engine lub. oil settling
1 5.0
tank
Generator engine lub. oil overflow
1 1.0
tank
Stern tube forward seal lub. oil tank 1 Manufacturer’s standard
Stern tube aft seal lub. oil tank 1 Manufacturer’s standard
Stern tube lub. oil sump tank 1 1.5 in double bottom
Turbine oil storage tank 1 3.0

Main engine scavenging box drain
1 1.0 With steaming connection
tank
Main engine stuffing box drain
1 0.07
measuring tank
2003/03/19 -172-

(m3)
Water and miscellaneous tanks
With two (2) components, one
for L/T circuit and one for H/T
Fresh water expansion tank 1 set 2.5
circuit, providing an inter con-
nected line
Feed water filter tank
1 10
(with an inspection tank)
Fresh water pressure tank 1 1.5
Drinking water pressure tank 1 0.5

Purifier operation water tank Recommended capacity by
2 -
(if necessary) purifier manufacturer
In double bottom with a steam
Waste oil tank 1 abt. 40 heating coil at pump suction and
steaming connection
Bilge tank 1 abt. 80 In double bottom
Waste oil service tank With a steam heating coil and
1 0.5
(for incinerator) agitating system
Hull construction
Distilled water tank 1 abt. 130
(Refer to Hull Part)
Main engine air cooler chemical
1 1.0 With a steam heating coil
cleaning tank
For exh. gas economizer water
washing in port, gray water
being
EGE soot collecting tank 1 5 collected in the tank is to be
discharged overboard at sea by
using an eductor and the fire &
G.S.pump
Note:
Daily oil service tank is not supplied, while a spring loaded valve is to be fitted on the
cyl. oil storage and lube oil storage tank for the sake of taking out the oil for daily
service.
2003/03/19 -173-
2. MAIN ENGINE
2.1 GENERAL OF MAIN ENGINE
2.1.1 Building practice
The main engine is to be built under licence of MAN-B&W Diesel A/S in Denmark,
except specially mentioned herein.
The modifications introduced by MAN-B&W before the date of ship’s signing contract
are to be incorporated in accordance with the engine manufacturer’s instruction
The main engine is to have some minor difference from MAN-B&W original, under
agreement of MAN-B&W, Denmark, provided that the components which are essential
for maintenance and repair, are to have interchangeability with the original one.
The difference is to include the design improvement derived from the engine
manufacturer’s experiences and those from difference of production facilities and
difference of the suppliers, as well.
2.1.2 Shop test & overhaul inspection
The shop test is to be carried out, as follows, while the provisional manoeuvring stand
and auxiliary machinery in manufacturer’s work shop are to be used.
(1) Starting and manoeuvring test at no load
(2) Load test:

25% load 1/2 hour
50% load 1/2 hour
75%load 1/2 hour
90%load 1/2 hour
100%load 1 hour
110% load 1/2 hour
The 25% load and 110% load test is to be carried out for lst vessel of series vessels
having same power and tuning condition, and for other vessels, the 25 % and 110 % test
is not carried out if Owner do not require.
Fuel oil consumption measurement which is taken place in CSR and MCR load is to be
carried out during the load test.
(3) Governor test
(4) Safety device confirmation test
(5) Minimum revolution test
(6) Astern running no load test (5 min.)

2003/03/19 -174-
(7) NOx level measurement test
Note:
The parameter method is to be applied to onboard verification survey for the requirement
of IMO MARPOL ANNEX Ⅵ.
After the shop test is completed, the overhaul inspection is to be carried out as per the
manufacturer’s standard practice.
2.2 CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIAL
2.2.1 Bedplate and main bearing
The engine manufacturer’s standard side stopper arrangement is to be applied.
The bedplate is to be made with the chain drive placed at the aft end thrust bearing.
The bedplate is to be constructed of high, welded longitudinal girders of mild steel and
welded cross girders with a cast steel bearing supports.
The bedplate is to be designed for long elastic holding down bolts tightened by hydraulic
tools.
The holding down bolts of slim type are to be applied and which are placed in a single
row, inboard of the longitudinal plate.
The oil pan is to be made of steel plate and welded to the bedplate. The return oil from
the forced lubricating and cooling oil system is to be collected to the oil pan. For every
third cylinder it is to be provided with a drain hole with a grid.
The main bearings are to be constructed of steel shells lined with white metal. The
bottom shells are to be taken out and in by means of special hydraulic jack for lifting the
crankshaft. The shells are to be fixed with a cover and long elastic studs tightened
hydraulically.
2.2.2 Thrust bearing
The thrust bearing is to be of the B&W Michell type consisting of thrust collar on the
part of crankshaft, a bearing support and segments of cast iron with white metal.
The thrust bearing is to be lubricated by the engine’s main lubricating oil system
The chain wheel for camshaft drive is bolted on to the rim with increased diameter of the
thrust collar, i.e. the combination of chain and thrust bearing at the aft end provides the
compact engine length compared with those for the engine with individual chain column
and thrust block.
2003/03/19 -175-
2.2.3 Frame box
The frame box is to be constructed with the chain drive located at the aft end.
The frame box is to be welded.
The frame box of the exhaust side is to be provided with a relief valve for each cylinder.
The frame box of the camshaft side is to be provided with a large hinged door for each
cylinder.
The crosshead guide is to be of mono-block construction type.
The frame box is to be attached to the bedplate with bolts.
The stay bolts are to be constructed in one(1) part.
To prevent transversal oscillations, the stay bolts are braced at the bottom of the cylinder
frame.
The stay bolts are to be tightened hydraulically.
2.2.4 Cylinder frame and stuffing box
The cylinder frame unit is to be of cast iron. It is to be constructed of one and /or two
cylinder block and is to be mutually assembled with fitted bolts. Together with the
cylinder liner it is to form the scavenging air space and the cooling water space. The
upper part of chain wheel frame is to be fitted at the chain drive.
On the camshaft side of the engine, the cylinder frame units are to be provided with
cover for cleaning the scavenging air space and for inspection of the scavenging ports.
Housings for roller guides and bracket for engine grating are to be suspended on the
cylinder frame unit. Further the outside part of a telescopic pipe is to be integrated with
the cylinder frame for supply of piston cooling oil and lubricating oil.
A piston rod stuffing box is to be fitted at the bottom of the cylinder frame unit. The
stuffing box is to be provided with sealing rings for scavenging air and oil scraper rings
preventing oil from coming up into the scavenging air space.
2.2.5 Cylinder liner
The cylinder liner is to be made of alloyed cast iron and is to be suspended in the
cylinder frame unit with a low situated flange. The top of the liner is to be bore cooled
and, just below, a short cooling jacket is to be fitted. The cylinder liner has scavenging
ports and drillings for cylinder lubrication.
Final machining of the cylinder liner is to be corrugated and semihoned.
2003/03/19 -176-
2.2.6 Cylinder cover
The cylinder cover is to be of one piece of forged steel and has drillings for cooling
water.
The cylinder cover has a central bore for an exhaust valve and bores for fuel valves, a
safety valve, a starting valve and an indicator valve.
The cylinder cover is to be attached to the cylinder frame with eight(8) studs tightened by
hydraulic tool.
2.2.7 Crankshaft
The crankshaft is to be made in one part incorporating the thrust collar.
The crankshaft is to be semi-built up and the crank journal is to be made of forged steel
whereas the crank throw is to be made of cast steel.
The crankshaft has a flange in the aft end for assembling with the intermediate shaft.
2.2.8 Connecting rod
The connecting rod is to be of forged steel and is to be provided with bearing caps for the
crosshead and crankpin bearings.
The crosshead and crankpin bearing caps are to be fixed to the connecting rod by studs
and nuts tightened by hydraulic tools.
The crosshead bearing is to consist of a set of thin walled steel shells, lined with white
metal. The crosshead bearing cap is to be of one piece and is to be provided with and
angular cut out allowing relative movement of the cormecting rod and the piston rod.
The crankpin bearing is to be provided with thin walled steel shells, lined with white
metal.
2.2.9 Crosshead and guide shoe
The crosshead is to be of forged steel and is to be provided with cast steel guide shoes
with white metal on the running surface. A bracket for oil inlet from the telescopic pipe
and a bracket for oil outlet are to be mounted on the crosshead.
2.2.10 Piston and piston rod
The piston is to be constructed of a piston crown and a piston skirt. The piston crown is
to be made of heat-resisting steel and has four (4) ring grooves hard-chrome plated, and
that is with “high topland”, i.e. the distance between the piston top and the upper piston
ring has been increased.
The piston rod is to be of forged steel and surface hardened on the running surface for the
stuffing box. The piston rod is to be fixed to the crosshead and the assembling screws are
to be tightened by hydraulic jack. The piston rod has a central bore to form inlet and
2003/03/19 -177-
outlet for cooling oil in connection with a cooling oil pipe.
2.2.11 Exhaust valve and valve gear
The exhaust valve is to be constructed of a valve housing and a valve spindle. The valve
housing is to be of cast iron and arranged for water cooling. The housing is to be
provided with a bottom piece of special steel and the bottom piece is semi-cooled by
water. The spindle is to be made of nimonic. The housing is to be provided with a spindle
guide. The exhaust valve is to be tightened to the cylinder cover with studs and nuts by
hydraulic jack.
The exhaust valve is to be opened hydraulically and closed by means of air pressure
and is to be provided with rotating mechanism of valve spindle by small vanes fixed to
the spindle. The hydraulic system is to consist of a piston pump mounted on the roller
guide housing, a high pressure pipe and a working cylinder on the exhaust valve . The
piston pump is to be actuated by a cam on the camshaft.
The air sealing of the exhaust valve spindle guide is to be provided from the general
service air line.
2.2.12 Fuel, starting, safety and indicator valve
Each cylinder cover is to be equipped with two (2) fuel valves, one (1) starting valve, one
(1) safety valve and one (1) indicator valve.
The fuel valve opening is to be controlled by the fuel oil pressure and it is to be closed by
a spring. An automatic vent slide is to allow circulation of fuel oil through the valve and
high pressure pipes and is to prevent leakage of fuel oil from fuel valve into the
combustion chamber in case of possible sticking spindle and stopped engine. Oil from
venting and other drains is to be led away in a closed system.
The starting valve is to be opened by control air from the starting air distributor and is to
be closed by a spring.
The safety valve is to be spring loaded.
The indicator gear for measuring indicated mean pressure is to be provided.
2.2.13 Fuel pump and fuel oil high pressure pipe
The fuel pumps are to be constructed of a pump housing and a central placed pump barrel
of steel with liner and plunger of nitrated steel. There is one pump for each cylinder.
In order to prevent fuel oil from being mixed into the lubricating system on the camshaft,
the pump is to be provided with “Umbrella” sealing arrangement, and the pump housing
is to be provided with drain line for leak oil separation.
The pump is to be activated by the fuel cam, and the injected volume is to be controlled
by turning the plunger by a toothed bar connected to the regulation mechanism.
Adjustment of the pump lead is to be effected by a threaded connection, operated by a

2003/03/19 -178-
toothed rack.
The fuel pump is to be provided with manual lifting device which, during turning of the
engine, can lift the roller guide roller free of the cam.
The fuel oil high pressure pipes are to have protecting hoses.
The fuel pump is to be provided with a puncture valve on the high pressure side in the
fuel oil system, which provided injection at start and stop of the engine and at all shut
down functions.
2.2.14 Camshaft and cam
The camshaft is to be constructed of a shaft piece with exhaust cams, fuel cams and
coupling parts. The exhaust and fuel cams are to be of steel with a hardened roller race,
and are to be shrunk on the shaft. They are to be adjusted and dismounted hydraulically.
The coupling parts are to be shrunk on the shaft and are to be adjusted and dismounted
hydraulically.
The camshaft is to be embedded in the roller guide housing.
The camshaft bearings are to be constructed of half bearing shells, which are to be
mounted in the hydraulic tightened casings.
2.2.15 Chain drive
The camshaft is to be driven from the crankshaft by two (2) strands chains. The chain
drive is to be provided with a chain tightener and guidebars are to support the long chain
strands.
The starting air distributor and the cylinder lubricators are to be driven by separate chains
from the camshaft wheel.
2.2.16 Reversing
Reversing of the engine is to take place by means of a displaceable roller in the driving
mechanism for the fuel pump at each engine cylinder. The reversing mechanism is to be
activated and controlled by compressor air supplied to the engine.
The exhaust gear is not to be reversed.
2.2.17 Exhaust turbocharger
The engine is to be provided with high efficiency turbocharger B&W type or ABB type
of the licensee, which is selected by engine manufacturer’s discretion.
The intake silencer of the turbocharger is to be provided with exchangeable air filter
sections.
2003/03/19 -179-
The both types of turbocharger are to be provided with the plane bearing lubricated by
external forced lubricating system.
For cleaning of turbine blades and nozzle during the operation, the dry cleaning and
water cleaning are to be provided according to the turbocharger manufacturer’s
recommendation,
2.2.18 Air cooler
The air cooler is to consist of one block cooling element of steel tubes, and steel made
tube plate. The end cover is to be made of cast iron and the inside of cover is to be no
coated.
The chemical cleaning for the air cooler (air side)is to be possible during the engine stop
without dismantling the air cooler.
2.2.19 Scavenging air system, exhaust gas system and auxiliary blower
The constant pressure supercharging system is to be applied on this engine.
The exhaust gases are to be collected in a common exhaust receiver feeding the exhaust
turbine at constant pressure.
From the turbocharger, the air is to be led via the charging air pipe, air cooler and
scavenging air pipe to the scavenging ports of the cylinder liner. The water mist catcher
of through flow type is to be provided at after the air cooler.
To improve the manoeuvring performance and operation at low loads, two (2) electrical
driven auxiliary blowers are to be provided in the scavenging system.
The exhaust receiver is to be made in one (1) piece.
2.2.20 Turning gear and turning wheel
The turning wheel of a spur gear type is to be fitted at the aft end flange of the
crankshaft. This wheel is to be driven by a pinion on the terminal shaft of turning gear,
which is to be mounted on the bedplate
The turning gear is to be driven by an electric motor with built-in brake. Further the gear
is to be provided with a blocking device that is to prevent the main engine from starting
when the turning gear is to be engaged. Engagement and disengagement of the turning
gear is to be done by axial transfer of the pinion.
2.2.21 Cylinder lubricators
The cylinder lubricators are to be mounted on the roller guide housing, one per cylinder,
and they are to be interconnected with shaft pieces.
The lubricators have built-in adjustment of the oil quantity. They are to be of the “Sight
Feed Lubricator” type and each lubricating point is to have a glass
2003/03/19 -180-
Once adjusted the lubricators will have a cylinder oil feed rate proportional to the engine
revolutions. In addition, the engine is equipped with a load change dependent system
such that oil feed rate is automatically increased in case of sudden change in engine load,
i.e. manoeuvring or rough sea conditions.
No electrical heater is provided in the lubricators.
2.2.22 Forced lubrication and oil cooling
The pipes for the forced lubrication and cooling oil systems are to be made of steel.
Both systems are to be supplied from a common main pipe and a valve is to be fitted at
the branch for regulating the amount and pressure of the oil supplied to these systems.
From the main lubrication pipe located along the engine ,branches are to be led to each
main bearing , and the oil after the lubrication of main bearing is to flow out to the lub.
oil sump tank through the main engine oil pan.
Branches, furthermore, are to lead oil to the drive for camshaft.
The piston is to be oil-cooled. The cooling oil is to be supplied through telescopic pipes
and led through a pipe in the bore of the piston rod up to the piston, from which it is led
through the piston rod to an outlet.
The lubrication of the crosshead bearings and crankpin bearings are to be carried out by
the oil branched through crosshead pin from the above piston cooling oil.
The oil is to forced lubricate the crosshead bearing and discharge out to the oil pan . At
the same time it is to flow down to the crankpin bearing through the drilled hole in the
connecting rod. After the lubrication the oil is to discharge out to the oil pan.
The lubricating of the camshaft bearing, roller bearings and the hydraulic oil for the
valve gear are to be branched from the above lubricating and cooling system via the
booster pumps.
2.2.23 Fuel oil supply system
The fuel oil is to be led from the main inlet pipe through branches to the fuel injection
pump of each cylinder.
In order to keep the fuel oil inlet pressure to fuel injection pump constant, regardless the
fuel oil consumption during engine running, a spring loaded overflow valve is to be
provided on the fuel oil inlet line.
2.2.24 Cooling water system
The engine is to be fresh water cooled. The fresh water is to be led from the main pipe
along the engine through branches to the cylinder frame of each cylinder. The water is to
be led from the cylinder frame to the cylinder cover and through the exhaust valve up to
2003/03/19 -181-
a main outlet pipe through which it is carried back to the fresh water cooler.
The inlet pipes to the cylinders are to be provided with a shut off valve, the outlet pipes
with a regulating valve ,a pocket with a thermometer, and a deaeration cock.
The fresh water pipes are to be covered with phosphatic film
2.2.25 Starting air system
The starting air system is to contain a main stop valve (ball valve )with a non-return
valve, a starting air distributor and starting valves.
The starting air distributor is to regulate the control air to the starting valves so that
starting air is to be supplied to the engine in the firing order.
The starting air distributor is to have one set of starting cams for “ahead” and “astern”,
and one control valve for each cylinder.
2.2.26 Governor
The engine is to be provided with an electronic governor, the speed setting of which is
carried out by electric signal from the main engine regulating handle.
The terminal shaft of the governor is to be connected to the fuel regulating shaft by
means of a mechanical linkage.
2.2.27 Manoeuvring system
The engine is to be provided with an electro-pneumatic manoeuvring system. This

system is to transmit the orders from the separate manoeuvring console to the engine.
By means of a regulating system, it is to be able to start, stop, reverse and control the
engine.
The telegraph handle on the manoeuvring console gives a speedm setting signal to the
governor dependent on the desired number of revolutions. At a shut down function the
fuel injection is stopped by acting the puncture valves in the fuel oil pumps, regardless
the handle position.
The reversing is to be effected by moving the telegraph handle from “Ahead” direction to
“Astern” direction. Then the starting air distribution is moved to “Astern” position, and
air cylinder of fuel roller guide, then the displaceable roller in the driving mechanism for
the fuel pump also to be located at the “Astern” position.
The main engine is to be provided with an over speed trip and an emergency shutdown
device. In emergency such as failure of governor and /or electro-pneumatic manoeuvring
system, engine is to be controlled by the fuel handle and reversing valve or the
emergency stand at engine side.
2003/03/19 -182-
As to the bridge control system, refer to the ELECTRICAL AND AUTOMATION PART.
2.2.28 Engine grating
The engine is to be provided with the engine grating placed in such a height that the
overhaul and inspection are to be made. Main pipes of the engine are to be suspended
from the engine grating.
2.2.29 Painting of main engine
(1) Inside of engine:

The inside wall of the crankcase and camshaft casing is to be painted light grey and
the other parts to be left unpainted according to the manufacturer’s standard practice.
(2) Outside of engine:

Refer to the SECTION 9 item 10 PAINTING IN ENGINE ROOM
(Cylinder cover and gauge pipe of copper make as well are to be left unpainted.)
2.3 ACCESSORIES
The following are to be supplied as accessories in accordance with manufacturer’s

standard:
Exhaust turbocharger 2
Air cooler 2
Thrust collar and bearing pads (incorporated type) 1
Turning gear
(including an electric motor, starter and a remote switch) 1
Turning wheel (turning wheel cover is to be prepared by shipyard) 1
Auxiliary blower ( including elect. motor and a starter) 2
Cylinder lubricator each 1 per cyl.
Governor 1
Axial damper 1 set
Safety device 1 set
(Refer to the ELECTRICAL AND AUTOMATION PART)
Pressure gauge for engine side
2003/03/19 -183-
Lub. oil (before and after reducing valve) max.0.4 Mpa 2
Lub. oil for camshaft max.1.0 Mpa 1
Scavenging air pressure in manifold max.0.4 Mpa 1
U type pressure gauge
Air pressure drop of air cooler each 1
Air pressure drop of turbochargereach 1
Manoeuvring gear of pneumatic type with emergency 1 set

Running device, include the following:
Emergency telegraph
Scav. air pressure gauge
Lube oil pressure gauge
VIT air pressure gauge
Jacket F.W. pressure gauge
FO pressure gauge
Tachometer ( without revolution counter)
Lamps for ahead/astern
Thermometer for the engine side (straight type with a case, in general)
Exhaust gas for cyl. outlet (dial type)max. 600℃ 7
Exhaust gas after turbocharger (dial type) max. 600℃ 2
Scavenging air before air cooler max. 250℃ 2
Scavenging air after air cooler max. 100℃ 2
Scavenging air in manifoldmax. 100℃ 1
Fuel oil inlet max. 200℃ 1
Lub. oil inlet max. 100℃ 1
Piston cooling oil cylinder outlet max. 100℃ 7
Lub. oil inlet for camshaftmax. 100℃ 1
Lub. oil outlet for turbocharger max. 150℃ 2
Cy1. cooling water inlet max. 100℃ 1
2003/03/19 -184-
Cy1. cooling water cylinder outlet max. 100℃ 7
Cooling fresh water inlet and outlet for air cooler max. 100℃ 4
Thermometer for thrust pad (dial type) 1 set
Engine pipng (Manufacturer standard) 1 set
Engine grating (Manufacturer standard) 1 set
Electric cable and junction boxes on engine side 1 set
Fire extinguishing steam piping connections for scavenging boxes 1 set
Note:
As to the monitoring devices for the main engine, refer to the ELECTRICAL AND
AUTOMATION PART.
2003/03/19 -185-
2.4 ENGINE TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
2.4.1 Engine tools
Hydraulic tightening tools (two size) with 1 set

an common use pneumatic oil pump
* for exhaust valve casing

* for cylinder cover
* for piston rod
* for stay bolts
* for main bearing
·for crosshead hearing
·for crank pin bearing
* for camshaft bearing
* for holding down bolts
* or·show the group for hyd. tightening tools being commonly used
Grinding machine for exhaust valve 1 set
Lapping tool of hand operated for cylinder 1 set

liner/cover contact face
Fuel valve testing device 1 set
Special tools for overhauling and 1 set

reassembling for exhaust turbocharger
Cleaning device for turbocharger turbine side 1 set
Special tools for cleaning of air cooler 1 set
All necessary tools for overhaul and reassembling of engine 1 set
Indicator complete 1 set
Planimeter with magnifying 1 set
Deflection gauges 1 set
All necessary gauges for measuring and adjusting for engine 1 set
2003/03/19 -186-
2.4.2 Spare parts
Spare parts are to be provided as mentioned hereinafter which are to be in accordance

with manufacturer’s standard containing the requirement of the Classification Society.
(1) Cylinder
Cylinder cover complete with 1set(1 cy1.)

studs and nuts excluding valves
and hydraulic ring
Cylinder cover studs and nuts 4(1/2 cy1.)
Cylinder liner with sealing rings 1(1 cy1.)
(2) Fuel valve
Fuel valve complete with all fittings 14(7 cy1.)
(3)) Exhaust valve
Exhaust valve complete with casing, 2 sets(2 cy1.)

seat and other fittings
(4) Starting valve
Starting valve complete 1(1 cy1.)
(5) Cylinder safety valve
Safety valve complete 1(1 cy1.)
(6) Indicator valve

Indicator valve complete 1(1 cy1.)
(7) Piston
Piston complete with piston rod, 1 set(1 cy1.)
skirt, piston rings and other fittings
Piston rings 1 set(1 cy1.)
Telescopic pipes and fittings 1 set(1 cy1.)

for piton cooling oil
(8) Connecting rod
Crosshead bearing shell low part with studs and nuts 1 set(1 cy1.)
Crankpin bearing shells with studs and nuts 1 set(1 cy1.)
2003/03/19 -187-
(9) Main bearing and thrust bearing
Main bearing shells with shims,

studs aud nuts 1 set(1 bearing)
Thrust bearing pads 1/2 set(1/2 eng.)
(10) Fuel pump
Fuel pump cylinder complete with plunger 1 set(1 cy1.)
Suction valve complete 1 set(1 cy1.)
Fuel oil high pressure pipes complete

with couplings 1 set(1 cy1.)
(11) Chain drive

Roller chain for camshaft drive 6 links
Roller chain for driving gears of 6 links

governor and cylinder lubricator
(12) Cylinder lubricator
Cylinder lubricator complete 1 set(1 cy1.)
2003/03/19 -188-
3. SHAFTING AND PROPELLER
3.1 SHAFTING
3.1.1 Thrust shaft and bearing
The main thrust shaft is to be directly coupled to the main engine crankshaft and the
thrust bearing which are built into the main engine
3.1.2 Intermediate shaft
The intermediate shaft is to be of forged steel with coupling flanges forged integrally at
the both ends.
The journal is to be increased by about 5 mm in diameter.
The shaft is to be rough-turned all over except the journal and the outside of coupling
flanges, which are to be smooth-turned.
3.1.3 Propeller shaft
The propeller shaft is to be of forged steel with a coupling flange forged integrally at the
fore end.
The aft portion of the shaft is to be machined to 1/20 taper to fit the propeller hub with
wet type keyless fitting method and the end of the shaft is to be left hand threaded to suit
the propeller shaft nut.
The shaft in way of the bearing and the outside of the coupling flange are to be smooth
turned.
3.1.4 Coupling
All flanged couplings are to be fitted with straight shank forged steel reamer bolts and
nuts.
The diameter of the coupling bolts and the thickness of the coupling flanges of the
intermediate shaft and the propeller shaft are to be complied with the requirement of the
The fillet radius at the base of flanges is to be complied with the requirements of the
All couplings are to be provided with protection guards.
2003/03/19 -189-
3.2 SHAFT BEARING
The steady bearing is to be of single oil disc type and to be constructed with cast iron
pedestal and bearing shell upper and lower section, upper section may not be not lined
with lead base white metal
The bearing is to be provided an oil reservoir and cooling water jacket with end baffles to
prevent loss of oil at the end of the bearing.
Oil level gauge and oil plug cock are to be provided.
3.3 STERN TURE AND STERN TUBE BEARING
3.3.1 Stern tube
The stern tube is to be of steel plate fabricated type, which is constructed as a hull
construction. The fore end is to be secured to the bulkhead, and the aft end to the stern
frame hub by welding.
The stern tube is to be provided with oil supply, air vent, return and drain connection.
A steel plate rope guard is to be provided at the aft end of the stern frame hub.
3.3.2 Stern tube bearing
There are to be each one (1) stern tube bearing at the stern frame hub fore and aft.
The fore side bearing is to be of cast iron lined with tin based white metal
The aft stern tube bearing is to be of ductile cast iron lined with tin based white metal
The stern tube bearing bush is to have a bearing length complied with the requirement of
One (1) set of temperature sensor of replaceable type with remote alarm for the stern tube
bearing is to be provided.
3.4 PROPELLER, PROPELLER CAP AND PROPELLER NUT
The propeller is to be of solid type, right handed, nickel aluminium bronze. The tensile
strength is to be tested by the test piece which is casted separately from the same bath as
that of propeller body.
The surface finishing roughness is to be ISO 1st class.
The propeller hub is to be bored to taper so that it may be accurately fitted to the taper
end of the propeller shaft. The propeller is to be force fitted to the propeller shaft by
using the hydraulic jack which the Builder possess and secured by wet type keyless
fitting method.
2003/03/19 -190-
A propeller cap of manganese bronze is to be fitted over the propeller nut.
The propeller cap is to be drilled and filled with rust preventive grease.
3.5 SPARES AND TOOLS
3.5.1 Spares
O-ring for oil seal gland each 1
No spare seal ring is to be supplied.
3.5.2 Tools
Special spanner for propeller shaft nut 1
Special spanner for coupling bolts 1
Special tools for oil seal gland, including wear down gauge 1set
2003/03/19 -191-
4. ELECTRIC GENERATING ENGINE

4.1 GENERATOR DIESEL ENGINE
4.1.1 Building practice and shop trial
The design, construction, materials, spares and accessories are to be of manufacturer’s

standard, in accordance with the requirements of the Classification Society.
Shop trials for the engine are to be carried out as follows, at manufacturer’s shop, using
diesel oil.
Starting test at no load
Load test coupling with the relevant generator, by means of water-resist loading
50% load 1/3 hour

75%load 1/3 hour
100% load 1 hour
110% load 1/3 hour
The 110% over load test is to be carried out for 1 st vessel of series vessels having same
power and tuning condition, and for other vessels, the over load test is not to be carried
out if Owner do not require.
Governor test
Load characteristic test
Emergency trip confirmation test
Torsional vibration measurement (1 engine only for first vessel)
After the shop test is completed, the overhaul inspection is to be carried out as per
maker’s standard practice and Classification Society requirement.
4.1.2 Construction and Materials
The engine is to be properly designed and constructed for burning intended fuel oil, as
specified before as well as marine diesel oil in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
The materials of major components are to be as follows, unless the manufacturer has his
own alternative or proposals.
Bedplate Cast iron
Cylinder block Cast iron
Cylinder liner Special cast iron
2003/03/19 -192-
Cylinder head Cast iron
Piston Special cast iron
Piston pin Special steel
Connecting rod Forged steel
Main bearing Tin-Aluminium
Crank pin metal Tin-Aluminium
Crank shaft Forged steel
Cam shaft Forged steel
Exh. Valve Heat resistant steel

(as per maker’s standard design)
Intake valve Heat resistant steel
4.1.3 Aaccessories
The following accessories are to be supplied as per each engine, if applicable according
to the manufacturer’s standard.
Exhaust turbocharger 1
Air cooler 1
Common bedplate, include oil sump 1
Forced lubricating oil system:

L.O. pump 1
L.O. priming pump of elect. motor driven 1
L.O. strainer 1
L.O. cooler 1
Automatic temperature control valve 1
(wax expansion type)
Fuel oil system:

F.O. injection pump As required
F.O. strainer 1 set
High temp. cooling fresh water pump 1
Governor 1
Tachometer 1
Turning gear (with turning bar) 1 set

2003/03/19 -193-
Pressure gauges as per manufacturer’s standard 1 set
Thermometers as per manufacturer’s standard 1 set
Emergency trip device 1 set
Other manufacturer’s standard 1 set
4.1.4 Engine tools
Tools are to be provided in accordance with manufacturer’s standard, which are including
the following, if applicable.
Special spanner and tools for overhauling 1 set

and reassembling of engine
Special gauges including a deflection, 1 set

bridge, bore and thickness gauges
Maximum pressure gauge 1
Water cleaning tools for turbo charger 1 set
Exhaust valve lapping too 1 set
Fuel valve test unit 1 set
4.1.5 Spare parts
Spare parts are to be provided as mentioned hereinafter, as far as they are applicable to be
in accordance with manufacturer’s standard containing the requirement of the
(1) Main bearing
Thrust bearing metal 1 set (1 eng.)
Main bearing shell 1 set (1 cyl.)
Bolts and nuts for main bearing 1 set (1 cyl.)
(2) Connecting rod
Crank pin bearing shell 1 set (1 cyl.)
Bolts and nuts for crank pin bearing 1 set (1 cyl.)
(3) Piston
2003/03/19 -194-
Piston rings 1 set (1 cyl.)
Oil rings 1 set (1 cyl.)
Piston pin 1 (1 cyl.)
Piston pin metal 1 set (1 cyl.)
(4) Intake and exhaust valves
Intake valve complete 1 set (1 cyl.)
Exhaust valve complete 2 sets (2 cyls.)
(5) Starting valve (if direct air injection is applied)
Starting valve complete 1 set (1 cyl.)
(6) Indicator valve
Indicator valve each 1 set (1 cyl.)
(7) Fuel valve
Fuel valve complete 1/2 eng.
(8) Fuel pump
F.O. injection pump complete 1 set (1 cyl.)
(9) Miscellaneous
Spring each 1 (for same group & size)
High press. fuel pipe with joint 1 set (1 cyl.)
Ball bearing each 1 set (1/2 eng.)
Thermometer each 1 (for same group & size)
Gaskets, packings and “O” ring each 1 set (1/4 eng.)
Protection zinc 1 eng.
Other manufacturer’s standard spare 1 set
2003/03/19 -195-
4.2 EMERGENCY GENERATOR DIESEL ENGINE
The engine is to be designed and manufactured in accordance with the requirements of

the Classification Society.
The construction, materials, accessories, spares and tools are to be of manufacturer’s

standard, except specially mentioned herein.
4.2.1 Construction, materials and accessories
The engine coupled with a generator is to be mounted on a common bed.
Auto starting system by means of cell-motor is to be adopted, provided with double

source of energy as per the engine manufacturer’s standard.
The engine is to be lubricated by its own closed lub. oil system consisting of engine
driven lub. oil pump, oil cooler, oil filter, ect.
The design, construction, materials and accessories including battery and charger are to
be of engine manufacturer’s standard, in compliance with the requirement of
4.2.2 Spares and tools
(1) Spares
Manufacturer’s standard 1set
(2) Tools
Manufacturer’s standard 1set
2003/03/19 -196-
5. STEAM GENERATING PLANT
5.1 AUXILIARY BOILER
5.1.1 Construction
The boiler is to be designed and constructed in accordance with manufacturer’s standard,

include the requirement of the Classification. Society.
Boiler casing is to be of welded construction and made of steel plate so as to make air or
gas tight. The door is to be provided for access.
The boiler is to be thermally insulated effectively for the protection of personal and
minimizing heat radiation loss in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
5.1.2 Material
Boiler casing (pressure part) Boiler steel plate
Boiler tubes Boiler steel tube
5.1.3 Accessories
(1) Oil burner unit
The burner is to be of steam atomizing type or equivalent, as per manufacturer’s

standard.
(2) Automatic combustion control
The control system to be include one (1) master controller with auto-manual selector
switch (common use for two boilers) and air flow controller with auto-manual
selector switch.
The selector switch of boiler operation mode, i.e. “normal boiler operation” and “IG
top-up” is to be provided.
IG top-up mode is to regulate oil flow quantity at constant oil flow through the fuel
oil regulating valve by means of fuel flow limitter.
(3) Automatic feed water regulating device
One (1) set of electronic type consisting of:
-One (1) level transmitter,

-One (1) controller with auto-manual selector switch,
-One (1) set feed water control valve
(4) Remote water level indicating device with alarm

2003/03/19 -197-
One (1) set consisting of:
Two (2) indicators;

one for control room,
one for boiler gauge board (1ocal)
Each one (1) alarm for low & high water level
One (1) - F.O. cut-off sensing device against excessive low water level.
(5) Smoke indicator
One (1) - Electric type (fitted on boiler gauge board)
(6) Water level gauges
Two (2) - Transparent type
(7) Fuel oil cut-off device with alarm
One (1) set of fuel cut-off valve of magnetic operated type.
(8) Flame detector
One (1) - for base burner
(9) Soot blowers or water washing device
One (1) set-Steam blowing soot blower or water washing device as per
manufacturer’s standard design.
(10) Boiler gauge board
One (1) set of boiler gauge board is to be provided at the boiler front, that includes
oxygen repeater for I.G.S. and a selector switch for boiler operation mode.
(11) Valve,etc.
Valves, mountings and other equipment are to be provided in accordance with

Note:
Each one (1) set of boiler water sampling cooler and sink is to be provided near the
aux.boiler.
5.1.4 Spare & tools
Spare and tools shall be provided as per boiler manufacturer’s standard and the
requirement of Classification Society
2003/03/19 -198-
(1) Spare parts
Manhole gaskets 100%

Handhole gaskets 100%
Fuel oil burners:
Burner tip 100%
Other Manufacture’s standard
Safety valve spring 1 for each size
Water level gauge glasses and packing 2
Frame of water level gauge 1
Heat resisting glass for peep hole 100%
Transparent type water level gauge 1 set of manufacture’s standard
Remote level indicator 1 set of manufacture’s standard
Feed water regulator 1 set of manufacture’s standard
Smoke indicator 1 set of manufacture’s standard
Control system 1 set of manufacture’s standard
Emergency fuel oil cut-off device 1 set of manufacture’s standard
(2) Tool parts
Special spanner 1 set

Cleaning tool 1 set
Tube stoppers of each size 5% of each size
Steam pressure gauge (standard) 1
The boiler water test kit for aux. boiler is to be supplied by the Owner.
2003/03/19 -199-
5.2 EXHAUST GAS ECONOMIZER
5.2.1 Construction
The economizer is to be designed to withstand the aux. boiler steam pressure, under
oilfiring.
The heating tubes are to be connected to the inlet and outlet headers by welding.
The casing is to be insulated and equipped with door for the convenience of removal and
inspection of the tubes.
The insulation of the casing is to be carried out in accordance with manufacturer’s

standard.
Materials for principal part are as follows.
Heating tube Boiler steel tube with fin

Header Boiler steel tube
Casing Steel plate
5.2.2 Accessories
The followings are to be provided according to manufacturer’s standard.
Drain valve 1
Air vent valve 1
Pressure gauge root valve 1
Pressure gauge with cook 1
Soot blower of steam blowing 1 set (local-manual type)
5.2.3 Spare and tools
(1) Spare parts
Maker’s standard spare 1 set
(2) Tool parts
Maker’s standard tool 1 set
2003/03/19 -200-
6. AUXILIARY MACHINERIES
6.1 PUMP
6.1.1 General
Pump construction, materials, accessories, spares and tools are to be in accordance with
the manufacturer’s standard.
The construction, materials, accessories, spares and tools for pumps being attached to the
machinery such as the generator engine, aux. Steam turbines, fresh water generator,
sewage plant, etc. and/or the pumps not mentioned herein, are to be in accordance with
the manufacturer’s standard.
Centrifugal pumps are to have non-overloading characteristics under all operating range.
A centrifugal pump required priming at starting, is to have self-priming performance or

to be provided with a priming apparatus, except that of specially mentioned herein.
Positive displacement pump is to have a relief valve.
All ball bearings where used, are to be of international size.
The performance test (head-capacity curve) at the pump manufacturer’s shop is to be

limited to either one of each type & group, subject to the Class. Society approval.
6.1.2 Centrifugal pump
Centrifugal pumps are, in general, to be of volute type construction.
Each pump is to be coupled to a driving motor through a flexible coupling of rubber ring
or rigid type one in accordance with the manufacturers standard design.
The casing is to be split on the longitudinal or perpendicular surface for centerline so that
the rotor can be removed without disturbing the suction and discharge connection and /or
piping except horizontal end suction type pump.
Horizontal type pump in small capacity range up to approx. 80 m3/h, is to be of compact

design so as to allow the pump casing and the motor (housing) are closely assembled to
the pump’s frame/bed by means of fixing bolts & nuts, so far as the manufacturer’s
standard design is available.
Non spacer shaft type design, between motor and pump shaft is to be applied for the
vertical type pump so far as the manufacturer’s standard design is available, of which an
overhaul of the impeller can be done by loosening the cover bolts, without removal of
suction/delivery pipes, while the motor cable gland may be disconnected for lifting up
the motor together with impeller & shaft.
Discharge pump equipped with sewage plant is to be of non-clog type or equivalent.
2003/03/19 -201-
(1) Materials
The materials of major components are to be as follows, unless the manufacturer has his
Casing Impeller Shaft Gland seal

Sea water Bronze Phosphor Stainless Packing
handling bronze steel
Fresh water/feed Cast iron Phosphor Packing or
water handling bronze Stainless mechanical
steel seal
Condensate pump Cast iron Phosphor Stainless Packing
bronze steel
Lub. oil pump Cast iron Phosphor Carbon steel -
bronze
Boiler water Ductile Stainless Stainless Mechanical
cir. Pump cast iron steel steel seal
Cargo oil/ballast Bronze Phosphor Stainless Mechanical
pump bronze steel seal
Note:
1)Materials of a priming apparatus, if fitted, are to be in accordance with the
2) The material of air cooler chemical cleaning pump is to be same as those for
fresh water handling pump.
3) Whether the shaft sleeve is fitted or not, is to be in accordance with the

manufacturer’s standard, while the pumps being fitted with mechanical seal are
not to be provided with the sleeve in principle.
4) Packing is to be of carbonized fibre type in general.
5) Flashing water for boiler water circ. pump’s mechanical seal is to be cooled by
the cooling fresh water.
6) Mechanical seal instead of packing is to be applied for following pumps:
-L/T cooling fresh water pumps

-H/T cooling fresh water pumps
Mechanical seal may be used for other pumps instead of packing, if packing is
not available within manufacturer’s standard design.
(2) Accessories (as per one pump)
Pressure gauge,compound gauge with a root cock 1 set

Gauge board 1
Grease fittings 1 set
Air cock 1 set
2003/03/19 -202-
Drain joint with pipe and /or plug 1 set
Priming apparatus where necessary 1 set
Coupling complete 1 set
Common bed for horizontal pump 1 set
(3) Spares and tools
(a) Following spares are to be supplied as per each pump group of same type and size.
Bearing 1 set of 1 pump

Gland seal 1 set of 1 pump
Felt ring or oil seal ring 1 set of 1 coupling
Coupling bolts, nuts, washers and flexible ring 1 set of 1 coupling
(b) Manufacturer’s standard tools are to be supplied.
(c) Manufacturer’s standard spares and tools are to be supplied for a priming apparatus,if
fitted.
6.1.3 Gear pump
The pump is to be directly coupled to a power end of the driver via flexible or rigid
coupling except specially mentioned.
In general, pumps are to be internally lubricated by the pumping fluid.
(1) Material
The materials are to be as follows, unless the manufacturer has his own alternative or
proposals.
Casing Cast iron

Gear Carbon steel
Shaft Carbon steel
Bearing Metal
Coupling Cast iron
Gland seal Packing
Note: The packing material is to be of carbonized fibre type.
2003/03/19 -203-
(2) Accessories (as per one pump)
pressure gauge,compound gauge with a root cock 1 set

Gauge board 1
Relief valve 1
Drain joint with pipe and/or plug 1 set
Air cock 1 set
Coupling 1 set
Common bed for horizontal type pump 1set
(a) Following spares are to be supplied as per each pump group of same type and size.

Gland seal 1 set of 1 pump
Coupling bolts, nuts, washers and flexible ring 1 set of 1 coupling
Relief valve spring 1
(b) Manufacturer’s standard tools are to be supplied.
6.1.4 Screw pump
The pump is to be directly coupled to a power end of driver via flexible or rigid coupling.
In general, pumps are to be internally lubricated by the pumping fluid.
(1) Material
proposals.
Screw type Single rotor screw type

Casing Cast iron Cast iron
Power rotor Carbon steel Stainless steel
Idler rotor Ductile(nodular) cast iron -
Stator - Synthetic rubber
Shaft - Stainless steel
Coupling Cast iron Maker’s standard
Gland seal Mechanical seal Packing
Bearing Ball or metal Ball
(2) Accessories(as per one pump)
pressure bauge, compound gauge with a root cock 1 set

Gauge board 1
Relief valve 1
Drain joint with pipe and/or plug 1 set
Air cock 1 set
Coupling 1 set
Common bed for horizontal type pump 1 set
2003/03/19 -204-
(a) For screw type
The following spares are to be supplied as per each pump group of the same type and
size.

Mechanical seal 1 set of 1 pump
Coupling bolts, nuts,washers and flexible rings 1 set of 1 pump
Relief valve spring 1 set of 1 pump
(b) For single rotor screw type
The following spares are to be supplied as per each pump group of the same type and
size.
Stator 1 set of 1 pump

Packing 1 set of 1 pump
Relief valve spring 1 set of 1 pump
(c) Manufacturer’s standard tools are to be supplied.
6.1.5 Steam driven reciprocating pump
The material, accessories, spares and tools are to be in accordance with manufacturer’s
standard, except specially mentioned herein.
(1) Material
proposal.
STEAM SIDE LIQUID SIDE

Cylinder Cast iron Cast iron
Cylinder liner - Stainless steel
Piston Cast iron Ni-Resist
Piston ring Cast iron Rubber impregnated cloth (composite)
Piston rod Carbon Steel Stainless steel
Pump valve Cast iron Bronze
Valve seat Cast iron Bronze
（2）Accessories
Gauge board with following pressure gauge 1 set

1-Inles steam
1-Pump discharge
2003/03/19 -205-
1-Pump suction
Air vent valve 1 set
Drain valve 1 set
Relief valve 1
Cushion valve 1 set
Steam control valve 1
Remote speed control device with a stroke counter 1 set
A local stroke counter 1 set
Auto lubrication device for linkage gear 1 set
The followings are to be supplied as per total set.
Liquid piston ring 1 set of one cylinder

Suction and delivery valves, complete 1 set of one pump
Packing 1 for each kind of one
pump
Bucket ring 1 set of one cylinder
Tools of manufacturer’s standard 1 set
2003/03/19 -206-
6.2 STEAM TURBINE FOR PUMP
6.2.1 General
The steam turbine with a reduction gear is to be installed in machinery space and to drive
the pump via intermediate shaft complete with a gas tight stuffing box and the couplings
at both ends, through bulkhead between the machinery space and the pump room.
Each turbine is to have forced lub. oil system for bearing. The L.O. system of each
turbine is to be of forced system with a lub. oil pump driven by the turbine and
one(1)priming lub. oil pump of electric motor driven type which serves at start/stop.
Glands of turbines are to be of labyrinth type with gland steam supply line, according to
6.2.2 Material
The major material of steam turbine is to be as follows, unless the manufacturer has his
(1) Steam turbine
Steam chest Cast steel

Turbine casing Cast steel or ductile iron
Exhaust casing Ductile iron
Turbine blade Stainless steel
Turbine shaft Alloy steel or forged steel
Nozzle Stainless steel
Disc Cr-Mo steel or Ni-Cr steel
Emergency stop and Stainless steel
governor valve body
(2) Reduction gear
Gear case Cast iron

Pinion (Shaft) Ni-Cr steel or carbon steel
Gear wheel Forged steel
Bearing Steel lined with white metal
Bed Steel plate welded
6.2.3 Accessories
Each steam turbine is to be equipped with following accessories and fittings:
One(1) Governor & emergency stop valve incorporated with steam strainer
One(1) Remote speed control & stop device of electric type
One(1) Lub. oil system:
One(1) Main & governor oil supply pump

2003/03/19 -207-
One(1) Priming oil pump complete with elect. motor & auto start. stop device
against lub. oil pressure low
One(1) Oil tank incorporated in common bed
One(1) Oil cooler
One(1) Oil level sound bar
One(1) Oil strainer
One(1) Speed governor of Woodward or equivalent
One(1) set Emergency trip and/or alarm device which will works against following
condition.
(1) Over speed (mechanical & electrical)

(2) Low lub. oil pressure
(3) Excess back pressure
(4) High temperature of pump casing
(5) Low inert gas pressure (for crude oil handling)
(6) Pump discharge over pressure (for crude oil handling)
(7) Pump bearing high temperature (alarm only)
(8) Bulkhead gland high temperature (alarm only)
Note:
When the boiler is tripped, the steam turbines are to be finally stopped by
low inert gas pressure.
One(1) set Gauge board with following gauges:
One(1) Steam chest pressure,

One(1) Exhaust steam pressure,
One(1) Gland seal steam pressure,
One(1) Bearing oil pressure,
One(1) set Thermometers of glass bar with case

Other necessary fittings (at local site):
One(1)set Electric tachometer
One(1) Exhaust sentinel valve
Following spares are to be furnished for each the same group & type, respectively.
Bearing for turbine & red. gear 1 set of one turbine
Ball bearing for governor 1 set of one turbine
Bolts and /or studs, and nuts 5% of total number fitted in turbine of one
turbine
Tools of manufacturer’s standard 1 set
2003/03/19 -208-
6.3 HEAT EXCHANGER
The construction, materials, accessories, spares and tools for heat exchangers are to be in
accordance with the manufacturer’s standard practice, except specially mentioned herein.
The construction, materials, accessories of heat exchangers attached to the machinery

such as air cooler for the engines, lub. oil cooler for the gene. diesel engine, etc. are to be
in accordance with the respective manufacturer’s standard.
6.3.1 Shell & tube type heat exchanger
(1) Construction and material
The coolers and condensers are to be shell and straight tube type of manufacturer’s
standard construction with the necessary fittings.
The tubes are to be fitted into the tube plates by expanding at both ends.
The coolers and condensers are to be designed so that cooling sea water pass through
inside of tubes, while the cooled medium flows outside of tubes, and the tube support
and baffle plates are to be installed to provide for multiple passes of the cooled medium
across the tubes in the shell space.
The materials are to be as follows.
(a) Drain cooler cooled by fresh water

Tube :Carbon steel
Tube plate :Carbon steel
Cover :*Cast iron (Without coating)
Shell :Carbon steel plate or carbon steel pipe
Corrosion :Not to be fitted.
plate or bar
(b) Other heat exchanger cooled by sea water
Tube :Alminiu-brass (1.0 mm thickness)
Tube plate :Naval brass
Cover :Cast iron (Coated internally with tar epoxy)
Corrosion :Zinc
plate or bar
Note:1)
* The cover’s material may be changed to the steel fabrication with internally
2003/03/19 -209-
neoprene lining for the large size heat exchanger, such as the vac. Condenser, if
the wooden pattern is not available.
2) The main engine warm up heater is to be of shell and tube type as similar to
coolers, while materials are to be as follows.
Tube : Carbon steel
Tube plate : Carbon steel
Cover : Cast iron or carbon steel (without coating)
Shell : Carbon steel plate or carbon steel pipe
(2) Accessories
(a) Shell side
1- Drain cock or plug

1- Air cock or plug
(b) Tube side
1- Drain plug
1- Air plug
Each 1 -Thermometer (outlet & inlet)
(3) Spares and tools (per ship)
(a) Spares
Corrosion plate or bar 100%
(b) Tools
Wooden tube plug 30
Manufacturer’s standard 1 set
6.3.2 Plate type heat exchanger
The plate type cooler is to be as per manufacturer’s standard design.
The materials of the plate cooler is as follows:
Plate :Titanium plate (for sea water cooling)

Stainless plate (for fresh water cooling)
Flame :Steel plate
Packing :NBR
Overhaul/assembling tool if specially required, is to be provided, but spare plate is not to

be supplied.
6.3.3 Tank washing sea water heater
The tank washing sea water heater shall be shell tube type.
2003/03/19 -210-
The materials are to be as follows.

Tube :Aluminium brass of 16 mm O.D. and 1.2 mm thickness
Cover :Cast steel or carbon steel (coated internally with tar-epoxy)
Corrosion :Zinc
Plate or bar
(2) Accessories
(a) Shell side
1 -Automatic temperature regulator

1 -Automatic drain regulator
1 -Drain level gauge
1 -Pressure gauge
1 -Thermometer for drain
1 -Air vent cock
(b) Tube side
1 -Air vent cock

1 -Relief valve (S.W. side)
1 -Drain cock
2 -Thermometer
(3) Spares and tools (per ship)

Corrosion plate or bar 100%
6.3.4 Fresh water heater
The fresh water heater is to be shell and tube type as similar to coolers while materials
are to be as follows.
Tube :Aluminium brass

Cover :Cast iron or carbon steel (without coating)
Shell :Carbon steel plate or pipe
(2) Accessories
1- Drain plug
1- Air cock
1- Thermometer (for tube side)
1- Relief. valve
2003/03/19 -211-
(3) Spares
Manufacturer’s standard
6.3.5 Oil heater
The heaters are to be of shell and surface extended tube type, and constructions and
materials including thermal insulation are to be in accordance with manufacturer’s
standard.
(2) Accessories (as per each heater)
Drain plug for oil side 1

Relief valve for oil side 1
(3) Spare (as per the same group & type)
Relief valve spring
6.4 AIR COMPRESSOR AND AIR RESERVOIR
The construction, materials, accessories, spares and tools are to be in accordance with the
manufacturer’s standard, except specially mentioned herein.
6.4.1 Main and topping-up air compressors
(1) Materials
The materials are in principle to be as follows, unless the manufacturer has his own
alternative or proposals.
Cylinder :Cast iron

Cylinder cover :Cast iron
Piston :Cast iron or Al-alloy
Piston ring :Cast iron
Connecting rod :Carbon steel or forged steel or ductile cast iron
Crank shaft :Carbon steel or forged steel or ductile cast iron
Main bearing :White metal or Al-alloy or roller bearing
Cooling tubes :Al-Brass or copper
(2) Accessories (as per one compressor)
Inter cooler 1 set

After cooler 1 set
Suction filter 1 set
1st & 2nd stage pressure gauge 1 set
L.O. pressure gauge 1 set
2003/03/19 -212-
Gauge board 1 set
Cooling water pump 1 set
Lub. oil pump 1 set
Drain chamber 1 set
Automatic drain discharge device 1 set
1st & 2nd stage safety valve 1 set
Air outlet non return valve 1 set
L.O. low pressure trip 1 set
Discharge air temp. high trip 1 set
Automatic starting unloader 1 set
Auto. start/stop device 1 set
Remote start and automatic stop 1 set
(pressure switch) device
(3) Spares and tools (as per the same group & type)
Piston ring 1 set of 1 cylinder

Bearing of each kind 1 set of 1 cylinder
“O” ring 1 set of 1 comp.
Valve seat for non return valve 1 set of 1 cylinder
1st & 2nd stage suction and discharge valve 1 set of 1 cylinder
Oil seal 1 set of 1 comp.
Manufacturer’s standard tools 1 set of 1 comp.
6.4.2 Auxiliary air compressor
The compressor is to be hand operation type.
The construction, materials and accessories are to be in accordance with the

6.4.3 Air reservoir
The air reservoirs are to be of a cylindrical steel plate welded construction in compliance
with the requirements of the Classification Society.
(1) Materials
Shell :Steel plate(Class. approved)
End plate :Steel plate(Class. approved)
The inside of the reservoir is to be internally coated with tar-epoxy
(2) Accessories (as per one air reservoir)
Pressure gauge with root valve 1

Inlet valve 1
Outlet valve 1
Outlet valve for general service 1
(for main air reservoir only)
Drain valve 1
Manhole 1
(for main air reservoir only)
Inspection hole 1
2003/03/19 -213-
for aux. air reservoir)
Safety valve according 1
(3) Spares and tools (as per total sets)
Spring for safety valve 100%

Packing for manhole or inspection hole 100%
6.5 PURIFIER
manufacturer’s standard, except specially mentioned herein.
6.5.1 Fuel oil purifier
(1) Construction and materials
The purifiers are to be of an electric motor driven self-cleaning type and composed of a
frame, bowl, vertical bowl spindle, etc.
Frame :Cast iron

Bowl :Stainless steel
Disc :Stainless steel
Hose :Flexible metallic hose
(2) Accessories (as per one purifier)
Discharge & supply pump 1 each

Gravity disc 1 set
Inlet thermometer 1
Flow indicator 1 set
Strainer (Y type) 1 set
Timer controller 1 set
Alarm device for water seal broken 1 set
6.5.2 Lubricating oil purifier
(1) Construction and materials
The purifiers are to be of an electric motor driven, self-cleaning type and composed of a
frame, bowl, vertical bowl spindle, etc.
The materials are to be as follows in principle, unless the manufacturer has his own
Frame :Cast iron

2003/03/19 -214-
Bowl :Stainless steel
Disc :Stainless steel
Hose :Flexible metallic hose
(2) Accessories (as per one purifier)
Suction & discharge pump each 1

Gravity disc 1 set
Inlet thermometer 1
Flow indicator 1 set
Strainer (Y-type) 1 set
Timer controller 1 set
Alarm device for water seal broken 1 set
6.6 FRESH WATER GENERATOR
The salinity content of distilled water is to be below 10 ppm.
The construction, material, accessories, spares and tools are to be in accordance with the
manufacture’s standard practice, except specially mentioned herein.
6.6.1 Contruction and material
The distilling plant is to consist of one (1) fresh water generator combined with and
evaporating and condensing compartment a fresh water pump, an ejector pump and other
fitting etc, which are installed on the common bed, except the ejector pump.
The cooling sea water for the distilling condenser is to be led by the ejector pump, and
after that, the sea water is to be supplied to the evaporator and the water ejector
respectively.
The free air is to be extracted from the condensing compartment with a water ejector in
order to maintain the vacuum, and the brine is also to be discharged overboard
simultaneously.
The condensate water is to be led to the fresh water tank by the fresh water pump.
In addition, the unit is to be equipped with an electric salinity alarm and a solenoid valve,
so that fresh water with high salt content is to be automatically returned to the FW
generator or bilge in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard.
The materials of distilling plant are to be in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard.
6.6.2 Accessories
Ejector pump of centrifugal type (shipyard supply) 1

2003/03/19 -215-
Fresh water pump of centrifugal type 1
S.W. ejector for air extraction from 1

condenser, brine discharging
Salinity alarm and automatic fresh water 1

Draining off device against high salt content
Chemical dosing system with tank and manual regulator 1 set
Valves and necessary fitting of the manufacturer’s standard 1 set
6.7 FAN
6.7.1 Enging room ventilating fan and purifier space exhaust fan

manufacturer’s standard practice, except specially mentioned herein.
(1) Construction
The engine room ventilating fans are to be of axial type or access hatch mounted type for
easy access to the motor, e.g. maintenance and repair works, and the electric motor is to
be mounted in the casing.
The purifier space exhaust fan is to be of centrifugal or axial type.
(2) Materials
The materials are to be as follows in principle, unless the manufacturer has been own
Casing :Steel plate (zinc chromate primer coat)

Fan impeller :Aluminium alloy or equivalent
Fan side spare parts and tools are not to be supplied
Motor side spare parts and tools are to be furnished in accordance with the
6.7.2 Pump room exhaust fan

2003/03/19 -216-
manufacturer’s standard practice except specially mentioned herein.
(1) Material
Casing :Steel plate

(zinc chromate primer coat)
Impeller :Aluminium alloy or equivalent
Note: The brass plate is to be lined on the inside of the casing on way of the impeller.
Manufacturer’s standard spare & tool are to be provided.
(3) Remarks
The explosion proof type fan which the motor in the casing, may be adopted at the
Builder’s discretion.
6.7.3 Forced draft fan

As for an impeller’s mounting, it may be used that the impeller is to be directly mounted
on the electrical motor’s shaft, without intermediate shaft/coupling/bearing, as per
manufacture’s standard.
(1) Material
Casing :Steel plate (coated with zinc chromate primer)

Impeller :Steel plate
Inlet vane :Steel plate
Inlet vane bush :Oilless metal
(2) Accessories (as per one set)
Drain plug 1
Common bed 1
Inlet vane 1 set
(3) Spare and Tools (as per total set)

2003/03/19 -217-
6.8 MAIN ENGINE OVERHAULING CRANE
manufacture’s standard practice, except specially mentioned herein.
6.8.1 Construction, materials and controls
The crane is to be of trolley type with an electric drive for all movements.
The remote start/stop control with a remote push button switch is to be provided for
hoisting, travelling and traversing, and to be extended the least to the engine top grating
level.
6.8.2 Accessories
Mechanical & magnetic safety brake device for hoisting 1 set

Limit switch for hoisting, travelling and traversing 1 set
Hoisting overload trip (by detecting over current ) 1 set
Clam 1 set
Electric wiring 1 set
6.9 OILY WATER SEPARATOR
The performance is to be met the requirements by the IMO rule.
The oily water is to be of an automatic oil discharging type with an oil content alarm
device.
Heating device is not to be provided unless it is included in the manufacturer’s standard

design.
Manufacturer’s standar 1 set
6.10 ELEVATOR
2003/03/19 -218-
The elevator is to have a selective collective control system to personnel call, and the
cage is to return automatically to the landing deck where chief engineer room is
arranged, when no personal call is made within certain period.
The cage door is to be of automatic operated sliding panel type and hall door at each
landing deck is to be of manual, hinged type.
The cage position indicator is to be provided for the cage inside and the landing positions
both at chief engineer’s room and the engine control room arranged.
Alarm system in wheelhouse and interphone between cage and machine room are to be
provided.
6.10.2 Spare and tools
6.11 HORN
The horn are to be installed as follows.
On the compass flat deck 1-air horn (without a space heater)
The performance is to be met the requirements by IMO, “International Regulations for

Rreventing Collision at Sea, 1972”.
6.11.1 Construction, materials, accessories and controls
The horn is to be of an air operated type with the following controls.
(1) Automatic control by an electro-magnetic time controller with a selector switch
(2) Each one push button is to be provided in wheel house and at bridge wings.
6.12 SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT
The sewage treatment plant is to be of “discharge” type and to comply with USCG
2003/03/19 -219-
requirement
6.12.1 Construction & material
The construction and material are to be in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
The plant is to consist of aeration and sterilization compartments, and the treated sewage
is automatically discharged overboard by the discharge pump with level control.
6.12.2 Accessories
Discharge pump 1 set

Air blowe 1 set
Control box 1 set
* : Emergency air connection is to be provided for the air blower failure.
6.12.3 Spare & tools
6.13 WASTE OIL INCINERATOR
6.13.1 Construction and material
Construction and material are to be in accordance with manufacturer’s standard, and to

comply with requirement of MARPOL ANNEX VI.
6.13.2 Accessories
The capacity of the burning unit, i.e. pump and fan, etc. to be in accordance with
Burning unit 1 set
Waste oil burner

Pilot burner
Waste oil burning pump
Diesel oil pump
Induced fan
Solid waste dosing door (single door with interlock)
Safety device including high temp. of flue gas,
Low/high temp. of waste oil and flame failure
Waste oil service tank 1 set

of 0.5m 3 with agitating system
and steam heating coil
2003/03/19 -220-
Spare & tools including that of electrical appliances, etc. are to be in accordance with
6.14 MARINE GROWTH PREVENTION SYSTEM
Marine growth prevention system is to be of Cu/Al ionizing type to minimize marine

growth in the engine room sea water piping system.
6.14.1 Configuration
Cu & Al electrodes are to be mounted on the sea chest (high & low).
Density of Cu & Al ion is to be in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard.
The life time of electrodes is to have total 2.5 years service basis, e.g. 275 day/year
workable for low sea chest and 90 day/year workable for high sea chest.
Accessories are to be in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard.
6.14.2 Spare & tools
Spare & tools are to be in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
No spare electrodes are to be provided.
6.15 MISCELLANEOUS
The following machinery and equipment are to be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
standard for their construction, material, accessories, spares and tools.
(1) Workshop machinery such as a machine tool, grinder
(2) Control air dehumidifier
(3) Packaged unit cooler
(4) Sterilizer (for drinking water)
2003/03/19 -221-
7. PIPING SYSTEM IN ENGINE ROOM
7.1 GENERAL OF PIPING SYSTEM IN E/R
Piping system in engine room is to be designed, in principle, in accordance with

Builder’s standard practice, incorporating the requirement of the Classification Society.
Piping arrangement is to be simplified as for as possible and practicable, and to avoid

double systems except required by the Classification Society.
The detail of piping system is to be shown in “PIPING DIAGRAM IN ENGINE

ROOM” which contains the arrangement of valves/cocks/strainers/pieces and sea chests,
and also of instrumentation such as pressure gauge, thermometers & so on, and
furthermore shown pipe diameter etc., which will be separately submitted at the plan
approval stage.
7.2 STEAM SYSTEM
Steam system is to consist of 1.96 MPa, 1.57 MPa, 0.98 MPa and 0.59 MPa system, and
steam is to be supplied for necessary services.
The surplus steam generated by the exhaust gas economizer is to be automatically

dumped to the drain cooler through a pressure regulating valve at normal sea going,
while such pressure regulating valve is also worked for dumping steam to the vacuum
condenser, when IGS top-up service is taken place.
Boiler blow off discharge line is to have double shut valves on ship shell.
7.2.1 1.96 MPa press. steam sevice
Cargo oil pump steam turbine

Ballast pump steam turbine via an own steam drain separator
Turbine gland seal steam via own pressure regulating valve and orifice
Aux. boiler soot blower (if fitted)
Air ejector
1.57 MPa steam line via press. reducing valve
7.2.2 1.57 MPa press. steam service
Cargo oil stripping pump
7.2.3 0.98 MPa rress. steam service
Slop tank
Tank washing heater
Boiler F.O. heater
Economizer soot blower
Burner atomizing steam via its own service press. reducing valve
2003/03/19 -222-
7.2.4 0.59 MPa press. steam service
Fuel oil deep tank

Lub, oil heater for purifier
Fuel oil heater for main engine & gene. engines
Fuel oil heater for purifier
Main engine warm-up heater
Fresh water heater
Fuel oil tank and lub. oil tank in the engine room
Weed blow of sea chest
Galley service
Deck service
Accommodation room heating
Steam tracing for the following fuel oil lines:

Fuel oil transfer line
Fuel oil supply line for main engine & gene. engines
Fuel oil burning line for the aux. boiler
Fuel oil drain and sludge line (only for the piping layout in horizontal)
Waste oil burning line for the incinerator
7.3 EXHAUST STEAM SYSTEM
Exhaust steam from the steam turbines and cargo oil stripping pump is to be led into the
vacuum condenser.
Excess dump steam from the exh. gas economizer is to be led into the drain cooler.
Excess dump steam from the aux. boiler at inert gas topping-up service at sea going is to
be led into the vacuum condenser.
A relieving line to atmosphere is to be provided from the safety valves of auxiliary boiler.
Gland leak off steam of the steam turbines is to be opened into drain hopper.
7.4 CONDENSATE SYSTEM
Condensate from the vacuum condenser is to be led to feed water filter tank by the
condensate pump, under the submergency control, without a constant level control
system.
Condensate from the drain cooler is led to the feed water filter tank by gravity through
the inspection compartment.
Condensate from the air ejector condenser is to be led to the vacuum condenser.
2003/03/19 -223-
7.5 STEAM DRAIN SYSTEM
Steam drain from the tank washing heater is to be led to the feed water filter tank through
automatically operated drain regulator.
Steam drain such as, galley, room heating and general service for deck service is to be led
to the feed water filter tank through the drain cooler.
Steam drain from other heaters and from heating coils of oil tanks together in one main
line is to be led to the feed water filter tank through the drain cooler.
Each drain main is to have the steam trap.
7.6 FEED WATER SYSTEM
The feed water system for aux. boiler is to have two lines, one for main and the other for
auxiliary feed line. The automatic feed water regulator is to be provided on the main feed
water line.
A high salinity alarm device is to be fitted on the feed water common line between the
feed water filter tank and feed water pumps.
A boiler chemical compound tank is to be provided in the main feed water line.
Recirculation line with an orifice is to be provided on the delivery side of the feed water
pump to the feed water filter tank in order to ensure minimum flow of the pump.
The cooling water for the boiler water cir. pumps (bearing & housing) is to be supplied
from the central fresh water cooling system.
The make-up of feed water to the said filter tank is to be performed automatically by a
float valve on a gravity make-up line from the distilled water tank.
7.7 BOILER WATER CIRCULATING SYSTEM
The boiler water circulating system between the exh. gas economizer and the aux. boiler
is to circulate the boiler water by the cir. pump.
The pump is to take suction from the boiler and to supply the cir. water to the economizer
and the cir. water is to be returned to the boiler so that the steam is separated from
steam /water mixture on the exh. gas economizer.
7.8 COOLING FRESH WATER SYSTEM
7.8.1 Low temp. cooling fresh water system
Low temp. central fresh water cooling system is to consist of three (3) L/T cooling fresh
water pumps and the two (2) L/T central fresh water coolers.
2003/03/19 -224-
The low temp. central fresh water cooling system are to compose a closed circuit with
expansion tank connected to the L/T cooling fresh water pump suction.
Fresh water supplied by the L/T cooling fresh water pump is to be distributed to the
following:
-Main engine L.O. cooler

-High temp. fresh water cooler
-Main engine scavenging air cooler
-Steady bearing
-Sturm tube L.O. cooler
-Generator diesel engine (L.O. cooler, air cooler and cylinder jacket)
-Main air compressor
-Topping-up air compressor
-Drain cooler
-Engine control room unit cooler
-Air cond. ref. machine
-Provision ref. machine
-Pump turbine L.O. cooler (COPT x 3 sets, CBPT x 2 sets)
-Deck machinery hyd. oil cooler(if necessary)
-Boiler water cir. pump casing & bearing
Cooling fresh water temperature at cooler outlet is automatically controlled by

temperature control valve.
7.8.2 High temp. cooling fresh water system
High temp. cooling fresh water system is to consist of two (2) H/T cooling fresh water
pumps and one (1) H/T fresh water cooler.
H/T fresh water cooler which is cooled by L/T fresh water cooling system, is to be
located at the down stream of main engine L.O. cooler.
Fresh water supplied by the H/T cooling fresh water pump is to be distributed to the
following:
-Main engine cylinder jacket
The main engine jacket cooling fresh water system is to be composed of its own cooling
water circuit provided with exclusive use H/T fresh water cooler, H/T cooling fresh water
pumps and temperature control valve
Fresh water returned from the respective services is to be gathered in one line and led to
the fresh water cooler through the cyclone deaerating tank.
Fresh water temperature at the engine outlet is to be automatically controlled by the

temperature control valve.
Connection to the fresh water generator is to be provided in series with the fresh water
cooler to use the fresh water generator utilizing of waste heat of main engine cooling
2003/03/19 -225-
water at sea trip. By-pass is to be fitted around F.W. generator.
The steam heater with by-pass is to be provided on the fresh water cooling line for
warming-up of main engine.
7.8.3 Auxiliary cooling fresh water system
Generator engine cooling fresh water system is to be contained in the low temp central
cooling fresh water circuit.
Each gene. engine is to have two individual cooling fresh water circuits; one is to be low
temp. circuit for air cooler, L.O. cooler and the other to be high temp. circuit for cylinder
jackets and cover.
The low temp. cooling fresh water for gene. engine is to be supplied by engine driven
L/T cooling fresh water pump which is to take suction from the downstream of the L/T
central fresh water coolers, while the high temp. cooling fresh water is to be taken
suction from down stream side of low temp. circuit by gene. engine H/T cooling fresh
water pump atteched to each engine.
Fresh water temperature of the high temp. circuit at gene. engine inlet is to be
automatically controlled by the temp. control device, and strandstill warmingup system
utilizing the jacket heat from running engine is to be provided.
The air compressor cooling fresh water is to be supplied by L/T fresh water cooling
system.
7.9 COOLING SEA WATER SYSTEM
7.9.1 Main cooling sea water system
Main cooling sea water system is to consist of the cooling sea water & vac. condenser cir.
pump and the pump is to take suction from the sea and discharge to the followings:
-Low temp. central F.W. cooler
The cooling sea water is to be led into the L/T central fresh water cooler.
Two (2) pumps are to run at normal sea going and one (1) pump is to run at port.
Each one (1) of high and low sea chest with sea valve and grid is to be fitted on the hull
structure on portside and starboard side, respectively. Sea chest is to be fitted with a
valve for steam blow-off.
The overboard discharge from the sewage treatment plant is to be located at aft far away
from the sea chest.
Each sea chest is to be connected via main crossover pipe and sea water handling pumps
for main cooling sea water and other services in engine room such as ballasting, sea
water service and vac. condenser circulating service, etc. are to take suction from the
2003/03/19 -226-
main crossover pipe.
7.9.2 Vacuum condenser circulating water system
Vacuum condenser circulating sea water system is to consist of the vacuum condenser
and the air ejector, and is to supply cooling sea water to following by the parallel
operation of vac. condenser cir. pump and one of three (3) main cooling S.W. & vac.
condenser cir. pump at cargo unloading time.
Vacuum condenser
Air ejector condenser
7.9.3 Sea water scrvice system
(Atomospheric Condenser Cooling Water)
No Atmospheric condenser is to be provided.
7.9.4 Scrubber cooling system etc.
Scrubber cooling sea water pump is to be provided exclusively.
The stand-by connection is to be made from the fire & G.S. Pump.
Two (2) exclusive use pumps are to be provided for deck seal service (1-standby).
Deck wash including anchor washing is to be supplied by the F.W. generator ejector
pump and /or the fire & G.S. pump.
7.10 LUBRICATING OIL SYSTEM
7.10.1 Lubricating oil transfer & storage system
Lub. oil transfer system is to be installed to shift and /or pump up lub. oil among tanks
associated, by the L.O. transfer pump.
For storage, lub. oil storage tank, cylinder oil storage tank and turbine oil storage tank
each having separate deck filling line, are to be installed. (Refer to Hull Part.)
7.10.2 Lubricating oil sytem for main engine
The lubricating oil system of main engine is to be of forced circulating system.
Uni-lubrication system from the lub. oil sump tank and discharge to lubricating lines of
main engine including the camshaft lubrication through the oil cooler and filter.
The main engine camshaft lubrication is to be branched from main lub. oil system with
exclusive use camshaft lub. oil booster pump which is to be provided for boosting
purpose.
2003/03/19 -227-
Lub. oil temperature at engine inlet is to be automatically controlled by the temp. control
valve.
The lub. oil purifier with heater is to be used for warming up of lub. oil, then a heating
coil is to be fitted around near suction of L.O. purifier.
7.10.3 Lubricating oil system for turo charger of main engine
The lub. oil is to be branched from the main engine lub. oil system.
See the SECTION 2 MAIN ENGINE.
7.10.4 Cylinder oil feed system
Cylinder oil supply line from cylinder oil storage tank to main engine lubricators via the
flow meter (local reading type) with by-pass is to be arranged, and to be fed by gravity.
7.10.5 Lubricating oil system for auxiliary machineries
Generator diesel engines, aux. steam turbines and air compressors are to be lubricated in
dependently by their own lubricating oil system.
7.10.6 Stern tube lubrication oil system
For the stern tube lubrication, two (2) lub. oil pumps (1-working and 1-stand-by), each
one (1) high and low oil gravity piping line, one (1) stern tube aft seal lub. oil tank one
(1) lub. oil cooler and an oil sump tank are to be provided.
For cooling the forward seal, lub. oil circulation system using the energy of shaft rotation
is to be provided and to consist of lub. oil circulation tank with cooling fins.
Changing over the working head pipe line from low to high pipe line and vice versa is to
be carried out by manual operation of the valve, and an operation plate is to be posted at
local site.
7.10.7 Lubricating oil purifying
(1) Main engine lubricating oil system
Purifying service of lub. oil for main engine is to be so arranged that either continuous
purification and/or batch purification is to be carried out. When continuous purification,
the lub. oil is to be led from sump tank to the purifier via the heater, then purified oil is to
be returned to the sump tank.
And batch purification system is also to be applied so that engine lub. oil is to be
intermittently purified by the lub. oil purifier in connection with the lub. oil settling tank.
(2) Generator diesel engine lubricating oil system
A continuous oil purification system, so called “overflow purification” is to be applied

for the generator engine lub. oil purification system.
2003/03/19 -228-
During continuous purification, the lub. oil is to be led to the gene. engine L.O. purifier
from overflow tank via the oil heater by the purifier suction side pump, and purified oil is
to be returned to the oil sump of each gene. engine, and then overflow from the oil sump
is to be returned into the overflow tank by gravity.
The overflow tank is to be used in common for all gene engines.
And furthermore, batch purification system is to be also considered so that generator

engine lub. oil is to is to be intermittently purified by gene. engine L.O. purifier and/ or
one of two main engine L.O. purifier in connection with the gene. engine lub. oil settling
tank.
All lub. oil in the gene. engine oil sumps and the overflow tank is able to be shifted to the
gene. engine lub. oil settling tank.
(3) Main engine stuffing box drain system
Stuffing box oil drain leaked from piston stuffing box of main engine is to be led to the
waste oil tank. The stuffing box oil drain measuring tank is also to be arranged for
checking the amount of drain as necessary.
7.10.8 Main engine scavenging box drain system
There is to be provided with the drain buffer tank and necessary piping with steam blow
connection from the scavenging box of main engine.
The impurities in the drain buffer tank is to led into the waste oil tank in double bottom
by gravity.
7.10.9 L.o. drain and l.o. sludge system
Lub. oil drains from the machineries are to be collected into the lub. oil drain & sludge
tank or the waste oil tank in double bottom, except mentioned herein.
Sludge from L.O. purifier is to be discharged into the lub . oil drain & sludge tank.
7.11 FUEL OIL SYSTEM
7.11.1 Fuel oil transferring system
There are to be installed fuel oil transfer system of heavy fuel oil and diesel oil in the
machinery space.
The transfer of heavy fuel oil from the deep tank to the settling tank is to be carried out
by the fuel oil transfer pump or stand-by fuel oil transfer pump. The pipe size, for fuel oil
transfer line is to be considered for either one pump operation, not for parallel operation.
The transfer for diesel oil from the D.O. deep tank to D.O. service tank is to be handled
by F.O. purifier directly.
2003/03/19 -229-
As for the fuel oil filling connection for deep tanks, refer to Hull Part.
7.11.2 Fuel oil supply system to main engine and generator engine
The common pressurized fuel supply system, so called “Mono-fuel supply system” is to
be adopted for the main engine and the generator engines.
The system is to consist of the fuel oil circulating pump, the fuel oil heater, a duplex
suetion strainer and the fuel oil supply pump. Those are commonly used for main engine
and generator engines.
And a vapour separating chamber with the vapour released device is to be provided and
to be commonly used for main engine and generator engines.
The discharge strainers of automatic type for main engine and generator engine are to be
independently provided on the inlet of main engine and common inlet of generator
engines, respectively,
The fuel oil supply pump is to take suction from the fuel oil service tank through the
duplex suction strainer, and discharged to the pressurized fuel oil circulation line. The
fuel oil is to be branched/led to main engine and generator engines after the heater.
The return oil from the main engine and generator engines is to be regulated by each fuel
oil pressure holding valve, and thereafter, to be led to the fuel oil circulating pump
suction through a vapour separating chamber.
When the main engine is to be operated with diesel oil at the time before long term
stopping or in an emergency, the fuel oil supply pump is to take suction from the diesel
oil service tank through the strainer and discharge to the pressurized fuel oil circulation
line.
The fuel change over from MDO to HFO or vice versa, is to be made locally & manually.
Flow meters for heavy fuel are to be provided on the following position.
One (1) set of the fuel oil common supply line (remote reading type)
Each one (1) set on the common inlet/outlet line for generator engines
(local reading type)
7.11.3 Diesel oil supply system to generator engines
The independent diesel oil supply line from the diesel oil service tank to the generator
engines is to be provided so as to be fed the diesel oil at start/stop and/or lower load
operation, by gravity.
And in the case without any power assistance such as black out starting, the diesel oil is
to be fed to each generator engine by gravity.
The fuel change over from MDO to HFO or vice versa, is to be made locally and
manually.
2003/03/19 -230-
7.11.4 Fuel oil burning system to auxiliary boiler
The fuel oil burning pump is to draw heavy oil from the fuel oil settling tank and fuel oil
service tank , and discharge to burner through the fuel oil heater.
One (1) spill (pressure) control valve is to be arranged on the delivery pipe of the F.O.
burning pumps while the pipe is to connected to the main return F.O. line from the
burners.
Connection are to be provided to the fuel oil burning pump from diesel oil service tank
for cold starting service and stopping.
A flow meter is to be provided.
7.11.5 Fuel oil purification
There are to be installed fuel oil purification system consisting of the fuel oil purifier and
the fuel oil heater between the settling tank and the service tank.
When heavy oil handling, heavy oil in the settling tank is to be led to the purifier via the
fuel oil heater and then purified oil is to be led into the heavy oil service tank. The
overflow of the service tank is to be led into the settling tank for keeping the service tank
level constant.
In case of diesel oil handling, the oil in the diesel oil tank is to be treated by one (1) F.O.
purifier, and the purified diesel oil to be shifted to the diesel oil service tank. The
overflow line to the overflow tank is to be arranged.
Diesel oil in the D.O. service tank can be purified by one (1) of fuel oil purifier when
necessary.
7.11.6 Fuel oil drain and sludge system
Fuel oil drains from the machineries mentioned above are to be collected into the fuel oil
drain & sludge tank or the waste oil tank in double bottom except mentioned herein.
Sludge from the purifiers is to be discharged into the fuel oil drain & sludge tank.
Leakage fuel oil drain from the main engine fuel pump and strainer drain are to be led
into the fuel oil over flow tank
The waste oil and sludge in engine room is possible to transfer to outboard and /or waste
oil service tank for incinerator by the sludge pump.
7.12 BILGE SYSTEM
Bilge drainage of machinery space is to be served by the fire & general service pump, the
fire & bilge, ballast pump, the bilge pump and the oily water separator.
These pumps are to have a connection from the bilge main in machinery space, each with
2003/03/19 -231-
a mud box and a non–return screw down stop valve at the well.
Bilge drainage to overboard from engine room is to usually serve by the bilge pump in
connection with the oily water separator.
An emergency bilge suction is to be arranged with one of cooling sea water & vac. cond.
cir. pump, and the direct bilge suction line is not to be supplied for the side where the
emergency bilge suction is arranged.
7.13 BALLAST & FIRE SYSTEM
Ballast handling of aft peak tank is to be served by the fire & general service pump
and/or the fire & bilge, ballast pump both installed in machinery space.
A fire line with hose valves, fire hoses, nozzles, and equipment are to be provided in
accordance with the requirements of the Regulatory Bodies.
The fire fighting service is to be served by the fire & bilge, ballast pump and the fire &
general service pump.
As to the emergency fire pump and it’s equipment and also fire/wash deck system, refer
to Hull Part.
7.14 FRESH WATER SERVICE SYSTEM
Two (2) hydrophore systems are provided; one (1) for drinking water system and the
other for fresh water system for wash & sanitary water. Each hydrophore system is to
consist of the pressure tank and the pumps, which are mounted on the pressure tank, with
necessary pipings.
Each pump is to be automatically started and stopped by the pressure of the hydrophore
tank .
The water sterilizer is to be provided on the discharge line from the drinking water hyd.
system. Wash water for laundry and engine room service is to be supplied from the fresh
water hyd. system.
Eresh water system is to include hot water service system consisting of the hot water
circulating pump, the fresh water calorifier and necessary pipings.
7.15 DISTILLED WATER SYSTEM
The cooling sea water for the F.W. generator (condenser) is to be led by the ejector
pump, and after that, the sea water is to be supplied to the evaporator and the water
ejector respectively.
The standby connection for the ejector pump is to be made from the fire & G.S. pump
2003/03/19 -232-
The condensate water is to be led to the fresh water tank, the distilled water tank and the
drinking water tank by the fresh water pump
7.16 SEWAGE SYSTEM
Soil drain from water closets and urinals is to be collected to the sewage plant.
The treated soil is to be discharged overboard by the discharge pump attached to the
plant.
7.17 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM
The compressed air system is to be provided for starting of main engine and generator
engines and for supplying other ship’s services.
Compressed air system is to consist of 2.94 MPa press. line and 0.68 MPa press. line
where compressed air is to be led from 2.94 MPa line through pressure reducing valve.
(1).2.94 MPa service line
To main engine for starting

To generator engines for starting
(2) 0.68 MPa service line
To control air service through the dehumidifier

To hose connections for general service in machinery space
To deck service including air horn and sewage treatment plant in emergency
7.18 EXHAUST GAS SYSTEM
Exhaust gas of main engine is to be led to atmosphere through the exhaust gas
economizer.
The drain pipe of the exhaust gas after main engine turbocharger is to provided with a
water seal to stop the flue gas escaping the engine room.
Exhaust gas from the generator diesel engines is to be led to atmosphere through each
own silencer.
The uptakes from the aux. boilers are to be of combined in one pipe with inner split plate
and to be led to the atmosphere.
Exhaust pipes are to be lagged and insulated and to be so arranged as to allow free
expansion and to minimize the vibration.
2003/03/19 -233-
8. OUTFITTING FOR PIPING SYSTEM
8.1 GENERAL
Pipes, valves, cocks, flanges, bolts and nuts are in general to be in accordance with the
ISO, GB(Chinese Standard), CB or other foreign recognized standard such as API, JIS,
DIN etc. for marine work while the construction, materials and sizes are to be complied
with the Classification Society’s Requirements, anyhow, the standard of GB is the first
preference.
Neither pipe joints nor valves is to be located over the electric appliances, as far as
prasticable and possible. If the piping layout is required around them, no flange
connection is to be made closely.
Suitable expansion joints are to be fitted on the lines subject to high thermal expansion,
such as exhaust gas pipe of diesel engines and boiler, etc.
Phoshate treatment is to be carried out for the piping of jacket cooling water.
Main and auxiliary engine oil and F.O. pipe shall be acid cleaned and protected by anti-
corrosive material before installation on board
Flushing procedure for lub. oil, hydraulic oil, fuel oil system for main engine/aux. engine
and deck machinery shall be according to Builder’s standards with owner’s approval.
L.O. filling and main engine cylinder oil piping shall be blown by compressed air before
filling.
Pipes, valves, cocks flanges and other fittings including these insulation being attached to
the machinery and equipment such as fittings of main engine, the generator engines, aux.
boiler, etc. are to be in accordance with respective manufacturer’s standard practice.
Details specification of pipes, valves and outfittings for piping system are to be referred
to the behind table “SPECIFICATION OF PIPING SYSTEM”, Where two or more kinds
of materials are specified, the selection of materials is to be made by the Builder.
8.2 PIPES, VALVES AND COCKS
Wherever pipes pass through watertight bulkheads and decks, the penetrations are to be
of an extra heavy pipe, according to the Classification Society requirement.
Valves fitted to hull structure, having 40mm bore and below are to be of cast bronze or
ductile cast iron and those of 50mm and over to be of cast steel of ductile cast iron.
The butterfly type valve is, however, to be used for skin valve as far as practicable in
compliance with the requirement of the Classification Society.
Regulating valves such as those for temperature, pressure etc. are to have construction
2003/03/19 -234-
and material according to manufacturer’s standard.
Quick closing valve fitted on the oil tanks required remote operation in accordance with
requirement of Classification Society are to be of an air operated shut off type, having
material of ductile cast iron approved by Classification Society.
Quick closing valve for emergency generator engine fuel oil tank is to be operated by
mechanical reach rod from outside the emergency generator room.
Relief valves, cocks, shut off valves, pressure gauges, etc. are to be provided as
necessary for respective service.
8.3 FITTINGS
Fittings in piping system, such as bend pieces, tee pieces, reducers, hopper, drain
separating chamber, blank flange and spectacle flange are to be of fabricated steel or steel
pipe welded type, except specially mentioned.
Miter bend may be used for uptake of the aux. boiler and engine exh. gas system.
8.4 SEA CHEST AND OVERBOARDS
Suction sea chests are to be of heavy welded steel plate construction and welded on
ship’s structure. Each sea chest is to be provided with a removable galvanized steel grid
of hinged type and to be provided with zinc anodes of bolted type. Design life of the
anodes is to be 2.5 years.
Studs and nuts are to be of stainless steel with locking plates.
A steam connection is to be fitted for weed blow-off
Overboard connections fitted to hull are to be provided with distance piece of steel pipe
fabricated from steel plate and welded to the shell.
Suction sea chests and overboard connections are to be arranged as minimum as possible
and practicable.
The efficient deaeration is to be considered for sea chests, such as vent holes to the shell
and/or standing air pipe up to upper deck level if required due to construction of sea
chests.
The vertical main sea suction pipe is to be extended to at least 250mm into the main sea
chests.
2003/03/19 -235-
8.5 MATERIAL APPLICATION OF PIPING SYSTEM
SYSTEM ND PIPE
MATERIAL VALVE REMARKS
BODY DISC JOINT
DOMESTIC F.W. 40 AND SCH.40 ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
SERVICE IN E/R BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
(EXCEPT HOT WELDED FLANGE
WATER 50 AND CAST BRONZE OR WELDED
SYSTEM) ABOVE IRON SLEEVE
DRINK WATER COPPER BRONZE BRONZE
HOT WATER 40 AND COPPER ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
SYSTEM IN E/R BELOW SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
50 AND CAST BRONZE OR WELDED
ABOVE IRON SLEEVE
SANITARY 40 AND SCH.80 BRONZE BRONZE 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
DISCHARGE BLOW STEEL SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
ABOVE IRON SLEEVE
FUEL OIL 40 AND SCH.40 ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
GENERAL AND BLOW STEEL SLIP-ON
LOW PRESSURE WELDED FLANGE
ABOVE IRON SLEEVE
FUEL OIL CIRC. 40 AND SCH.40 ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
PUMP BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
DISCHARGE WELDED FLANGE
ABOVE STEEL SLEEVE
LUB. OIL, 40 AND SCH.40 ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
GENERAL AND BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
LOW PRESSURE WELDED FLANGE
50 AND CAST BRONZE
ABOVE IRON
COOLING SEA 40 AND SCH.80 BRONZE BRONZE 10K COMPOSITE
WATER BELOW STEEL WELD NECK
FLANGE
50 AND CAST BRONZE GALVANIZED
ABOVE IRON
TANK HEATING ALL SEAMLESS WELDED SLEEVE
COIL STEEL
(IN E/R) SCH.80
CONTROL AIR 10 AND COPPER BRONZE BRONZE SCREW NIPPLE
BELOW
2003/03/19 -236-
SYSTEM ND * PIPE VALVE REMARKS

MATERIAL JOINT
BODY DISC
SEA 40 AND ACC. TO BRONZE BRONZE 10K STEEL T/E COATED
CONNECTIONS BELOW RULE SLIP-ON
(SHIP SIDE) WELDED FLANGE
50 AND CAST BRONZE
ABOVE STEEL
COOLING 40 AND SCH.40 ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
FRESH BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
WATER WELDED FLANGE
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
50 AND CAST BRONZE
ABOVE IRON
COMPRESSED 25 AND SEAMLESS FORGED ST.STEEL 30K STEEL
AIR 2.94MPa BELOW STEEL STEEL WELDING NECK
SCH.40 FLANGE OR
WELDED SLEEVE
32 AND CAST ST. STEEL
ABOVE STEEL
COMPRESSED 40 AND SCH.40 ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
AIR 0.68MPa BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
AND BELOW WELDED FLANGE
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
50 AND CAST BRONZE
ABOVE IRON
1.96Mpa 32 AND SEAMLESS FORGED ST. STEEL 16K, 10K STEEL
STEAM BELOW STEEL STEEL SLIP-ON
SCH.40 WELDED FLANGE
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
40 AND CAST BRONZE
ABOVE STEEL
1.57MPa 32 AND FORGED ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
STEAM SERVICE BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
40 AND CAST BRONZE
ABOVE STEEL
0.98MPa 32 AND FORGED ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
STEAM SERVICE BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
40 AND CAST BRONZE
ABOVE STEEL
0.59MPa 40 AND ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
STEAM SERVICE BELOW SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
50 AND CAST BRONZE
ABOVE IRON
2003/03/19 -237-
SYSTEM ND * PIPE VALVE REMARKS

MATERIAL JOINT
BODY DISC
BOILER FEED 40 AND SEAMLESS ST.STEEL ST.STEEL 10K, 16K STEEL
WATER PUMP BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
DISCHARGE (SCH.40) WELDED FLANGE
50 AND ST.STEEL ST.STEEL OR WELDED
ABOVE SLEEVE
CONDENSATE 40 AND SCH.40 BRONZE BRONZE 10K STEEL
WATER BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
50 AND CAST CAST IRON OR WELDED
ABOVE IRON SLEEVE
SCUPPER 40 AND SCH.40 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
50 AND WELDED FLANGE
ABOVE OR WELDED
SLEEVE
BILGE, FIRE, 40 AND SCH.40 BRONZE BRONZE 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
BALLAST IN E/R BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
ABOVE IRON SLEEVE
FIRE LINE IN 40 AND SCH.40 BRONZE BRONZE 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
E/R BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
ABOVE IRON SLEEVE
EXHAUST GAS 300 AND WELDED SLEEVE
BELOW OR
BUTT WELD
350 AND STEEL EXCEPT FOR
ABOVE PLATE EXPANSION JOINT
(6mm) AND FLANGE
CONNECTIONS
DRAIN OF 40 AND SCH.40 ST. STEEL ST. STEEL 10K STEEL
FUEL OIL & BELOW STEEL SLIP-ON
LUB. OIL WELDED FLANGE
ABOVE IRON SLEEVE
AIR VENT FOR 50 AND SCH.80 AIR VENT HEAD BODY: GAL. 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
HULL TANK BELOW STEEL MILD STEEL PLOAT: ST. STEEL SLIP-ON EXCEPT FOR
WELDED FLANGE OIL TANK
65 AND OR WELDED
ABOVE SLEEVE
AIR VENT FOR ALL SCH.40 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
INDEPENDENT STEEL SLIP-ON
TANK WELDED FLANGE
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
SOUNDING ON 50 SCH.160 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
WEATHER DECK STEEL SLIP-ON
WELDED FLANGE
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
SOUNDING 50 SCH.80 10K STEEL GALVANIZED
GENERAL STEEL SLIP-ON EXCEPT FOR
WELDED FLANGE OIL TANK
OR WELDED
SLEEVE
2003/03/19 -238-
Note:
1. Butterfly type valves are to be employed on the lines of 100 mm diameter & over
as far as practicable for F.W. & S.W. cooling lines, lub. oil line, fuel oil transfer
line, and bilge ballast lines in accordance with the Builder’s practice
Butterfly valve shouldbe flange or wafe type in accordance with the Builder practice.
The material of the butterfly valve shall be as follows:
Body : Cast iron (cast steel for ship side)

Disc : Bronze for sea water
Seat : Synthetic rubber (NBR)
2. The materials of the steam trap shall be as follows:
Body : Cast steel

Disc : Stainless steel
3. The pipe of ND 10 and below up to 2.94 MPa pressure line shall be of seamless
coppers.
4. The valves and fittings of ND 10 and below shall be of brass or stainless steel.
5. The joint of ND 10 and below shall be of screw or bite connection of brass stainless
steel make.
6. The materials and dimensions of pipes and fittings built-in and supplied together with
equipment or machinery shall be in accordance with the relevant manufacturer's
standards.
7. Flangeless connection of sleeve joint to be used as far as practicable on all steam,

exhaust, steam drain & condensate water and comp air (control & ship service)
system, etc.
8. Fresh water pipe for cooling service is not to be galvanized due to corrosion inhibitor
but applied phosphate treatment against any rust.
9. For steel pipe ND300 should be seamless (GB Standard) and ND>300 to be E.R.W.
(non-seamless)(API 5L GrB), which shall be used for all engine room piping system
unless otherwise specifically described in the specification
10. Stainless steel material or bronze can be used for valves less then ND40.
2003/03/19 -239-
8.6 THICKNESS TABLE OF PIPES
8.6.1 Steel Pipe
1) Steel pipe
Nominal Outside dia. Wall thickness (mm) REMARK

dia (mm) (mm)
API GB SCH.40 SCH.80 SCH.160
API GB API GB API GB
15 22 2.8 3.0 3.7 4.0 4.7 5.0
20 27 2.9 3.0 3.9 4.0 5.5 5.5
25 34 3.4 3.5 4.5 4.5 6.4 6.5
32 42 3.6 3.5 4.9 5.0 6.4 6.5
40 48 3.7 3.5 5.1 5.0 7.1 7.0
50 60 3.9 4.0 5.5 5.5 8.7 8.5
65 76 5.2 5.0 7.0 7.0 9.5 9.5
80 89 5.5 5.5 7.6 7.5 11.1 11.0
100 114 6.0 6.0 8.6 9.0 13.5 13.5
125 140 6.6 6.5 9.5 9.5 15.9 16.0
150 168 7.1 7.0 11.0 11.0 16.0 16.0
200 219 8.2 8.0 12.7 12.5 16.0 16.0
250 273 9.3 9.0 12.7 13.0 16.0 16.0
300 325 9.5 9.5 12.7 13.0 16.0 16.0
350 355.6 377 9.5 12.7 16.0
400 406.4 426 9.5 12.7 16.0
450 457.2 480 9.5 12.7 16.0
500 508.0 530 9.5 12.7 16.0
550 558.8 560 9.5 12.7 16.0
600 609.6 630 9.5 12.7 16.0
650 660.4 9.5 12.7 16.0
700 711.2 9.5 12.7 16.0
750 762.0 9.5 12.7
800 812.8 9.5 12.7
2003/03/19 -240-
(2) Copper pipe (GB standard)
Wall thickness (mm)

Nominal dia. (mm) Outside dia. (mm)
10K 16K
4 6 1.0 1.5
5 8 1.0 1.5
6 10 1.5 1.5
8 12 1.5 1.5
10 15 1.5 2.0
15 20 2.0 2.0
18 22 2.0 2.0
20 25 2.0 2.0
25 30 2.0 2.5
32 35 2.0 -
40 45 2.0 -
(3) stainless steel pipe
Nominal Outside dia. Wall thickness(mm) REMARKS

dia. (mm) (mm)
5S 10S 20S
10 17.5 1.2 1.65 2.0
15 21.7 1.65 2.1 2.5
20 27.2 1.65 2.1 2.5
25 34.0 1.65 2.8 3.0
32 42.7 1.65 2.8 3.0
40 48.6 1.65 2.8 3.0
50 60.5 1.65 2.8 3.5
65 76.3 2.1 3.0 3.5
80 89.1 2.1 3.0 4.0
100 114.3 2.1 3.0 4.0
125 139.8 2.8 3.4 5.0
150 165.2 2.8 3.4 5.0
200 216.3 2.8 4.0 6.5
2003/03/19 -241-
8.7 INSULATION AND LAGGING
The surfaces where require for keeping internal temperature and for protection of
personnel are to be insulated as specified below.
In general, consideration is to be given so that surface temperature may be at approx.

55℃ against 30℃ ambient air temperature.
The insulation and lagging for pipes, valves and other fittings being attached to the
machinery and equipment such as fittings of the aux. boiler, oil heater, etc. is to be in
accordance with these manufacturer’s standard design and practice.
8.7.1 Pipe insulation
Pipe to be insulated in accordance with the following list.
Temperature Pipe dia. Material Inner layer Covering

range(℃) mm thickness
(Nominal ) (mm)
171-230 80 & over Rock wool or equivalent 30 Glass cloth
65 & below Rock wool or equivalent 25
170 and below All dia. Rock wool or equivalent 20 Glass cloth
Note:
Extent of thermal insulation to the pipings is to be as follows:
Steam pipes ,except weed blow line for sea chest.

Steam drain pipes before steam drain traps,
Lub. oil pipes after heater,
Fuel oil pipes after heater
Boiler water circulating pipe,
Other necessary pipes having normal fluid temp, above 80℃,except jacket cooling water
pipe.
Regardless of the above, insulation may be fitted the area where possible exposure to
personnel contact exists in normal daily watching or patrol by crew and/or when
maintenance or overhaul work is taken place by crew.
Exhaust gas pipe and uptake are to be insulated in accordance with the following list.
Thermal insulation for protection of personnel in the funnel is to be limited up to 2

meters height from the funnel base deck.
2003/03/19 -242-
Inner layer
System Thickness Covering
Material
(mm)
Boiler, incinerator
Galvanized
Emergercy gene. engine Rock wool or
75 Steel-plate
Main engine & equivalent
(0.5 mm thick)
gene. engine
The density of rock wool to be 100kg/m3
8.8 FILTERS FOR ENGINE ROOM PIPINGS
Filters or strainers are to be provided in engine room piping system as follows.
Pipings system No. of sets- Type of filters
(1) Fuel oil system
M/E & G/E.F.O. supply pump inlet 1-Duplex, wire gauze type
M/E inlet 1-Back-washing type(nominal:50 micron)

(Automatic), with diff. pressure alarm, and by-
pass line
G/E inlet common header 1-Back-washing type(nominal:10 micron)

(Automatic), with diff. pressure alarm, and by-
pass line
G/E inlet each 1- as per the engine manufacturer’s standard.
Aux. boiler F.O.burn.pump 1-Duplex, wire gauze type

inlet
F.O.transfer pump inlet 1-Simplex,wire gauze type
Stand-by F.O.transfer pump inlet 1-Simplex,wire gauze type
F.O. purifier inlet each1-Simplex (Y-type), wire gauze type
(2) Lub. oil system
Main L.O.pump outlet 1-Back-washing type (nominal: 50 micron)

(Automatic), with diff. pressue alarm and by-pass
L.O. transfer pump inlet 1-Simplex, wire gauze type
L.O. purifier inlet each 1-Simplex (Y-type), wire gauze type
Other where necessary Simplex (Y-type), wire gauze type

2003/03/19 -243-
(3) Water system
S.W.suction each 1-Simplex, perforated type

Body : fabricated steel internally
coated with tar epoxy
Element : stainless steel
Bilge suction each 1-Mud box for bilge well
8.9 SPARES
The following spares are to be supplied.
Galss for sight glass 1 for each size
Gauge glass of water and oil 1 for each size

level gauge
Special valve such as manufactrue’s standard

temp.control valve, press.
reducins valve etc.
Note: No spare element for S.W. strainer is to be supplied.
No spare mud box is to be supplied
2003/03/19 -244-
9. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND OUTFITTING
9.1 ENGINE ROOM WORKSHOP AND STORE
The workshop and the store are to be provided in the engine room
The store is to have the shelves in suitable numbers for storing spare parts, excepting
large size spare parts which are placed at local site, respectively.
The workshop is to be arranged with the following equipment in addition to the machine
tool, the grinder, the welder, etc. as specified before
1- Working table with a vice

1- Welding plate (800 x 600x500) (to be placed directly on the deck floor)
1-.Elect. welder
1- Test device for fuel valve
1- Steel locker
1- Steel cabinet
1- Small wall-mounted exhaust fan without ducting.
The fixed gas piping is to be arranged from gas bottle space to the workshop.
Independent electrician work & store are not to be arranged.
9.2 OVERHAULING AND REMOVAL OF MACHINERY
Overhauling equipment for the main engine and the auxiliary machinery are to be
provided as mentioned below.
9.2.1 Overhauling of main engine
The crane is to consist of traveling girders hung from the strong I beams running in
longitudinal direction of the vessel, and driving control apparatus and a crab are to be
mounted over the traveling girder.
I beams is to be securely supported from the ship’s structure and is to extend at least in
full length of the main engine.
All controls and operations are to be done from the main engine top level, by means of
push button.
Suitable access to crane platform is to be provided at parking position, and an access

floor along with I beam where not easy to access, is to be provided for the sake of
access/repair to the machine if the crane would be failed at any position.
2003/03/19 -245-
9.2.2 Propeller and propeller shaft removal
Suitable tracks or trolleys and sufficient eye plates are to be provided in the shaft alley so
that the relocation of the intermediate shaft and the withdrawal of the propeller shaft
inboard for inspection may be facilitated. The removal operation is to consist of
uncoupling both ends of the intermediate shaft, dismantling the steady bearing and
shifting the intermediate shaft to one side. Then, the propeller shaft is to be drawn in
board using the chain block and tracks or trolleys.
Removal of the propeller shaft from the vessel is to be carried out via a temporary
opening cut of the shell plating, and these area may be kept clear from machinery, valves,
pipes, etc. as far as possible and practicable.
The propeller is to be taker-off after drawing the propeller shaft inboard in principle.
9.2.3 Overhauling of auxiliaries
The generator diesel engines and oil purifiers are to have monorail type trolley so as to
facilitate overhaul and normal maintenance using chain block.
Other major pumps and heat exchangers are to have eye plates to facilitate overhaul and
normal maintenance.
9.2.4 Removal of components from/in engine room
Spare gears, tools and other machine parts are to be carried in/out the engine room
through the bolted hatch. And the transferring of the parts is to be done by the traveling
crane at the area outside the engine room and by the main engine overhauling crane in
the machinery space.
9.3 TANKS IN ENGINE ROOM
Tanks in the engine room are to be of welded steel plates, and provided with necessary
fittings such as a heating pipe, thermal insulation, sounding apparatus, thermometer
pocket, air escape pipe, overflow pipe, drain valve or plug, hole for cleaning, etc. where
necessary as service intended.
The self-standing type tank is to be well stiffened. The sludge tank is to be of external
stiffeners construction, in principle excepting ones of hull construction tank which is of
flash bottom construction.
The fuel oil settling tank and fuel oil service tank towards engine room sides are to be
insulated by rock wool(or equivalent) of 25 mm in thinkness but may be reduced around
the fittings, and to be covered with a galvanized steel (0.5 mm in thinkness) from the
deck to 2,500 mm in height, and other area above 2,500 mm may be covered with
aluminum foil cover
The inside of lube oil tanks, include cylinder oil is to be rust prevented by means of oil
smearing.
2003/03/19 -246-
Pure epoxy coating is to be made for F.W. expansion tank and feed water filter tank.
9.4 VENTILATION OF MACHINERY SPACE
The air ducts are to be so arranged that the necessary air for the main engine, generator
engines, aux. boiler, incinerator and space ventilation for main passage and the
compartment including the engine control room, the workshop and the purifier room, etc.
can be done by the ventilating fans.
The packing is not supplied for flange connection of air ducts.
The air outlet damper for air flow regulation is, in general, not to be fitted for the air
outlets in engine room, except those at air outlets for the engine control room, the
workshop, the stores, the main engine & aux. engines and steam turbines for pumps.
Any interconnection between each ventilating fan are not to be supplied.
9.5 FUNNEL AND UPTAKE
One (1) funnel of steel plate is to be provided on the casing top of the machinery space,
and the Owner’s insignia is to be marked on its each side, outlined by intermittent
welding bead and to be painted.
The sectional shape of the funnel is to be square type and to have an access cover from
the top side.
There are to be arranged an exhaust pipe of the main engine, exhaust pipes of the
generator diesel engines, uptake of the auxiliary boiler & incinerator, vertical ladder and
door, weather shield and other necessary fitting in the funnel.
The exh. gas ducts or uptakes from the engines or boilers are to have vertical straight
outlet and be extended to upward than the top of funnel, without any spark arrestor.
Consideration should be given to the arrangement of exh. gas pipes and uptakes so as to
minimize rain entering into the boiler and diesel engines, provided with a suitable seal
pipe.
9.6 SILENCERS
Each one silencer is to be provided for the generator diesel engines, however not
provided for the main engine, and to be constructed of steel plate of baffling
arrangement.
No thermal insulation is to be supplied.
9.7 LADDERS, HANDRALLS, GRATINGS AND FLOOR PLATES
The ladder, handrail, grating and floor plate are to be provided in accordance with the
2003/03/19 -247-
Builder’s standard practice.
9.7.1 Ladder
Main access ladders with 600 mm width are to be led fore and aft wherever possible and
are to slope not in excess of 55 degress from the level in gerneral.
Ladders are generally to be inclined except where vertical ladder is unavoidable.
The flat steel plate is to be applied for side plate of the ladder.
Main access ladders shall be of construction with non-slip steps
Vertical ladder shall have steps of 22 x22mm square bars palced edgewise, and width of
350mm, the steps shall protrude through both sides and welded.
9.7.2 Handrall
Handrails throughout the machinery space are to be of steel pipe 3/4inch in diameter and
are to be supported by stanchions of steel pipe of 1 inch in diameter. And fitted with a
midrail of round bar dia. 16m
Handrail or stanchion where machine overhaul work is disturbed, is to be bolted type.
Hand rails shall be painted same as sorrounding.
9.7.3 Floor plate
In general, the floor is to be checkered steel plate of 4.5 mm in thickness, and the rests
are to be fastened to suitable bars of angle frame and/or to suitable pipe support.
Protable plates are to be provided where necessary for access to valves, strainers
manifolds, and to spaces below floors.
Floor plate is to be secured by means of screw against ship motion.
Painting is to be applied for the floor plate.
9.7.4 Grating
Open gratings as Builder’s standard are to be installed where necessary for the purpose of
space ventilation.
9.7.5 Caming
Coaming where is provided, is to be of 50 mm in height for normal auxiliary machinery,

150mm for auxiliary engine and 200mm for boiler(burner). The coaming around the
cooler on the engine control room is to be 100 mm in height.
Water drain in the coaming area is to be led to the bilge, via a dust collector in the
coaming area.
2003/03/19 -248-
Oil drain in the coaming is to be led to the F.O. or L.O. drain & sludge tank or waste oil
tank.
9.8 FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT IN MACHINERY SPACE
There is to be installed the fire extinguishing system for the machinery space in
accordance with the requirement of the Regulatories Bodies.
The fire extinguishing system is to consist of the water service system, fixed fire
extinguishing system and other miscellaneous equipment.
Fixed water based local application fire fighting system to be provided for the following
spaces in accordance with requirements of the Rule.
-- Main engine and generator engine top

-- Boiler front
-- Fire hazard portion of incinerator
-- Purifier
As to the fixed fire extinguishing system refer to the descriptions in the Hull Part.
9.9 NAME PLATES
Name plates for the machinery, caution plates for the machinery operation including of
valve handling plates and etc. are to be provided as necessary.
Valve name plates are to be fitted to valve handles or spindles.
All these name plate of machinery or equipment in engine room are to be of either brass,
aluminium or acrylic resin make as per subcontractor’s practice and to be written in
English.
Numbering system of machines and equipment on name plates, being provided in plural
numbers such as No.1, No.2, No.3, shall be carried from up to down, fore to aft.
starboard to port.
2003/03/19 -249-
9.10 FINISHING PAINT IN ENGINE ROOM
Finishing colour conditioning of the machinery and equipment is to be applied in

accordance with the Builder’s standard as follows, unless the Owner’s standard colour is
given.
Item Finished colour

(Muncell notation)
Main engine
Generator & engines 7.5 BG 7/2 (Bluish green)
Auxiliary machinery
Air reservoirs
Aux. boiler, exh. gas boiler Heaters Heat resistant silver paint
Coolers Same as surrounding
Engine room tanks(not insulation) Same as surrounding
In additions, the piping system in engine room is to be distinguished by colour tapebands

or painted at inlet/outlet sides of valve and equipment for the service intended according
to the international colour code as follows, unless the Owner’s standard colour is given.
Piping system Colour
Fresh water Blue

Sea water Green
Fuel oil Red
Lub. oil Yellow
Steam Silver
Compressed air Gray
Bilge Black
2003/03/19 -250-
10. INVENTORY OF GENERAL TOOLS
The ship is to be furnished on board with the general tools and outfittings of the
following list, in accordance with the Builder’s standard.
Item No.of set Type or Size
Dial Gauge with Holder 1 0.01mm unit

(deflection gauge)
Micrometer 1 0-25mm, 0.01 mm unit
Vernier Caliper 1 200 mm
Marking Needle 2 200 mm length
Surface Plate 1 500 mm square
Feeler Gauge 1 75 mm length, 19 leaves
Inside Caliper 1 200 mm length
Outside caliper 1 200 mm length
Compass each 1 150 mm length

(total 2) 200 mm length
Steel Scal eeach 1 300 mm length

Bare Thermometer total 3 100℃（two）

500℃（one）
Spring Balance 1 50 kg
Portable Electric Grinder 1 Stone size, 100mm dia.
Portable Electric Drill with 1 10 mm

Chuck
Straight Shank Drill each 2 3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10mm

(total 16)
2003/03/19 -251-
Dies & Tap (All in box) 1 set box

M6,M8,M10,M12,M16,M20,M24
each 1
Single Head Spanner each 2

17,19,24,30,32,36,46,55,65mm
(total 18)
Ring Spanner each 2

17x19,24x27,30x32,32x36mm
(total 18)
Box Spanner each 1 M12, M16,M20 M22, M24

(total 5)
Adjustable Wrench each 1 200mm length and 300mm

(total 2) length
Pipe Wrench each1 600mm length and 350mm

length (total 2)
Screw Driver each1 6×100, 4.5×50mm

(total 2)
Screw Driver(Cross Head) each1 75, 100, 150, 200mm length

(total 4)
Plier each1 150mm length and 200mm

length
(total 2)
File for White Metal 1 400mm file length

(Rough)
File; Flat,Half round, Round each1 300mm file length

(Rough, Medium and Fine) (total 9)
File, Flat, Half round, Roundeach 1 200mm file length

Triangle (total 8)
(Medium and Fine)
File Handle 3
Brush for File 2
Steel Hammer (Hand) each2 0.45 kg and 0.91kg weight

(total 4)
2003/03/19 -252-

Lead Hammer (Hand) 1 1.8 kg weight
Wooden or Plastic Hammer (Hand) 1 70mm dia.x 150mm length
Sledge Hammer (Double Head) 1 7 kg weight
Chipping Hammer 3 135 mm height x 24 mm breadth
Scraper each 1 350 mm, 450mm length

(Flat and bamboo leaf) (total 4)
Paint Scraper 2 260 mm length
Center Punch 2 125 mm length
Punch each 1 Dia. 12mm, 15mm, 19mm, 23mm

(total 4)
Chisel each 1 Flat type (175 mm length)

(total 2) Cross cut type(140mm length)
Chisel for Oil Way each 1 130mmL x 19mmф x3mmB

(total 2) 150mmL x 22mmф x5mmB
Scissors for Packing 1 200mm total length
Scissors for Tin each 1 Flat edge type 300mm

(total 2) round edge type 250mm
Hacksaw Frame 1 300 mm length

12 blades
Packing Knife 1 125mm length
Packing Tool each 1 Screw, hook and stick type

Parallel Vice 2 150 mm breadth

Horizontal type
Oil Stone 1 Fine and rough finishing with

25 mmT x50 mmB x 150mmL
Wet Stones with Bed each 1

(Medium and Fine) (total 2)
Flashlight 8 2 cell type
2003/03/19 -253-
Oil Measure each 1 1 liter, 2 liter and 3 liter

( total 3)
Oil Funnel each 1 100mmф and150mmф

( total 2)
Oil Feeder 3 Mouse type
Oil Feeder 3 Trumpet type
Oil Feeder 1 30 mm dia. x 250mm length

(Syringe)
Grease Pump with Micro Hose 1 Pin dia. 1/8″ for nipple 150ml
Oil Pan with Strainer total 2 with perforated plat

1,000mm x 600mm x 100mm
600mm x 300mm x100mm
Bucket 3 10 lit.
Chain Block total 5 3 t x 1, 2 t x1, 1 t x1, 0.5t x2
Wire Rope Sling each 2 dia. : 14,16,18mm

(total 6) length: 2m
Manila Rope Sling each 2 dia. : 16,120mm

Jack 1 3 t x 200mm lift
Shackle each 2 1,2,3,5 t

(total 8)
Beam Grab each 2 0.5,1 t

(total 2)
Wire Brush 2
Brush for Painting 2

(total 6)
Crow Bar 1 25mm dia.x 1,000 mm length
Listening Rod 2 1,000 mm length
Wedge each 3 150mm length x 25 mm breadth

(total 6) and 250 mmL x 50mmB
2003/03/19 -254-
Turning Tool for Valve each 2

Handle (total 8 )
Canvas Hose with Hose Hanger 3 65 mmф x 15 m length

Coupling and Fog Nozzle
(common type nozzle combined)
Air Rubber Hose with Nozzle 2 15 mmф x 10 m length

and Coupling
Flexible Metal Hose 2 10 m length
Waste Box 1 700 mm x 500mm x 500mm
Scaffolding Wood Board 4
Aluminium Foot Stool 1 2 m height
White Board (portable) 2 350 mmL x 250mmH
Eye-bolt each 3 M10,M12,M16,M20

( total 12)
Bolt and Nut each 30 M10,M12,M16,M20

( total 120)
Stud and Nut each 30 M10,M12,M16,M20

( total 40)
Steel Washer each 30 10,12,16,20mm

( total 120)
Steel Split Pin each 30 2mmф x 12mmL

(total 120) 3mmф x 15mmL
4mmф x 25mmL
5mmф x 55mmL
Steel Plate each 1.6mm, 2.3mm and

( total 3) 3.2mmT of each
950 Bmm x 2000 Lmm
2003/03/19 -255-
Galvanized Steel Plate 2 0.5 mmT, 900B mm x 2,000 L mm
Steel Wire 1 kg abt. 1 mm dia.
Steel Bar each 2 Dia. : 9, 13, 16, 19 mm

Copper Plate 1 0.3 mmT 365 mm x 1,200mm
Ladder (Al alloy made) 1 5 m length to fold up twice
Steel Tape Measure 1 length: 30m
2003/03/19 -256-
PART 4
ELECTRICAL AND AUTOMATION
2003/03/19 -257-
1. GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
The whole electrical works on the ship are to be carried out in accordance with this
specification and the Builder’s practice.
1.2 SUPPLY SYSTEM
1.2.1 Standard voltage, number of phase and frequency
Standard voltage and number of phase are to be as follows.
Wiring is to be 3 wire insulation system for AC 3φ circuit, and 2 wire insulation system
for AC 1φcircuit and DC circuit.
(1) Normal supply system
a) AC 440 V, 3φ, 60 Hz system

b) AC 220 V, 3φor 1φ 60 Hz system
(2) Emergency supply system
a) AC 440 V, 3φ, 60 Hz system

b) AC 220 V, 3φor 1φ, 60 Hz system
(3) DC24V supply system
1.2.2 Applied voltage and number of phase for equipment
Purpose Voltage (V) Phase (φ)

Motor
(fixed type) AC440 3
(unfixed type) AC220 3 or 1
Electric welder AC440 1
Electric range and oven AC440 3
Small appliance AC440 3 or 1
AC220 3 or 1
Lighting
(up to distribution board) AC220 3
(final circuit) AC220 1
Interior communication AC220 1
alarm and measuring system DC 24 -
Nautical equipment AC 220 3 or 1
DC 24 -
Radio equipment AC 220 3 or 1
DC 24 -
2003/03/19 -258-
Monitoring alarm in engine room AC 220 3 or 1
DC 24 -
1.3 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL
Fuse, terminal, lamp and name plate are to be as mentioned below, except those for
special equipment which are to be in accordance with manufacturer’s standard.
1.3.1 Fuse
Cylindrical cartridge type (non-renewable type).
1.3.2 Terminal
Solderless type or maker standard
1.3.3 Lamp
Purpose Base Lamp bulb

(1) Fluorescent lamp
General light Pin type 8W, 15W, 20W, 40W,
(2) Incandescent lamp
Flood light E-40 300W, 500W
General light and signal light E-27 40W, 60W, 100W
Battery light B-15 20W
Suez searchlight Manufacturer’s standard 3000W
Pilot lamp of switchboard, Manufacturer’s standard Manufacturer’s standard
Starter, console, etc.
(3) Mercury lamp
Flood light E-40 400W, 700W, 1000W
1.3.4 Name plate
(1) Language
Name plate:
Name of use : English

Particulars : English
Caution plate : English
Operation plate : English
(2) Type of plate
For rotary machine : Non-corrosive material plate
2003/03/19 -259-
For controller and panel :
Name plate : Plastic plate except non-corrosive material plate for

those on weather deck
Connection diagram : Paper plate inserted in vinyl case
For others and

special equipment : Manufacturer’s standard
Note: Name plate of use for motor is to be provided at the machinery side.
1.4 COLOUR OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Standard colour scheme of finishing paint for metal surface of electrical equipment is to
be as mentioned below except the Owner supply equipment, foreign make equipment and
minor equipment which are to be finished in manufacturer’s standard colour. And inner
metal surface is also to be finished in manufacturer’s standard colour.
Equipment Colour in Munsell notation

(1) Generator, motor, switchboard, starter, 7.5 BG 7/2 (Bluish green)
main control console and other panel or
console-form equipment
(2) Nautical and radio equipment, communication Manufacturer’s standard
equipment, lighting equipment and small
electrical equipment
(3) Outfit for emergency operation Red
And for ornamental fittings, colour of finishing paint is to be suitably chosen at the yard in
accordance with surrounding arrangement.
2003/03/19 -260-
2. ELECTRIC SOURCE
2.1 GENERAL
Three (3) diesel generators and one (1) emergency generator are to be provided for ship’s
source.
The generators are to serve as follows:
Generator in use
Service condition Diesel (set) Emergency (set)
At normal sea going One (1) -
At tank cleaning Two (2) -
At port in & out Two (2) -
At unloading Two (2) -
At port One (1) -
At emergency - One (1)
Average load factor of running generator shall not exceed 90% of its rated power under
actual load in tropic condition during normal sea going.
Three (3) banks of transformers are to be provided for 220 V source, one for general
service, one for emergency service and the other for fore part service.
Three (3) sets of storage batteries are to be provided for DC source, one for general
service, one for radio equipment and one for starting of emergency generator.
Diesel generators are to be capable of running in parallel among themselves but any
diesel generator is not to be run in parallel with the emergency generator.
2.2 DIESEL GENERATOR
2.2.1 General
The diesel generators are to be installed in the engine room.
2003/03/19 -261-
2.2.2 Particulars
No. of set Three (3)

Enclosure Drip-proof, IP22
Ventilation Self ventilated with air filter
Excitation Brushless, rotary exciter type
Output 1187.5 kVA (950kW)
Voltage AC 450 V
Phase 3φ
Frequency 60 HZ
Revolution 900 min-1 (8 poles)
Power factor 0.8 (lag)
Insulation class F
Rating Continuous at full load
Bearing Double bracket type plain bearing
Lubrication system for Forced lubrication or oil ring lubrication system depending
bearing on manufacturer’s standard
Space heater Sheath wire type without thermostat
Ambient temperature 50℃
2.3 EMERGENCY GENERATOR
2.3.1 General
The emergency generator is to be installed in the emergency generator room.
The emergency generator is not to be capable of running in parallel with the diesel
generator and not to be capable of feeding main switchboard with its source.
The emergency generator is to be operated locally and manually and to be automatically

started at no-voltage of emergency switchboard.
2003/03/19 -262-
2.3.2 Particulars
No. of set One (1)

Enclosure Drip-proof, IP22
Ventilation Self ventilated
Excitation Brushless, rotary exciter type
Output 362.5 kVA (290kW)
Voltage AC 450 V
Phase 3φ
Frequency 60 HZ
Revolution 1800 min-1 (4 poles)
Power factor 0.8 (lag)
Insulation class Manufacturer’s standard
Rating Continuous at full load
Bearing Manufacturer’s standard
Space heater Sheath wire type without thermostat
Ambient temperature 40℃
2.4 TRANSFORMER
Three (3) banks of transformers are to be provided as follows.
Transformers for general service and emergency service are to be connected in delta-
delta, and if one is damaged, the others are to be capable of energizing essential load with
V connection.
General service Emergency service

No. of set Three (3) Three (3) One (1)
Type Dry type Dry type Dry type
Enclosure Drip-proof, IP22 Drip-proof, IP22 Drip-proof, IP22
Output 40 k VA 15 k VA 30 k VA
Voltage
(primary) 450/445/440 V 450/445/440 V 450/445/440 V
(secondary) 230/220V 230/220V 230/220V
Phase 1φ 1φ 3φ
Insulation class B B B
Location Engine room Emergency Bosun store
generator room
2003/03/19 -263-
2.5 STORAGE BATTERY
Three (3) storage batteries are to be provided and installed as follows:
For general service For radio equipment For starting of

Emergency generator
No. of set One (1) One (1) One (1)
Type Lead acid Lead acid Lead acid
maintenance-free maintenance-free maintenance-free
sealed type sealed type sealed type
Voltage DC 26V DC 24V Manufacturer’s standard
Capacity 300 Ah 200Ah Manufacturer’s standard
Rating 10 hour discharging 10 hour discharging Manufacturer’s standard
Location Battery room Battery room Emergency generator
room
2003/03/19 -264-
3. DISTRIBUTION
3.1 GENERAL
One (1) main switchboard, one (1) emergency switchboard, one (1) battery switchboard
and necessary numbers of section and distribution boards are to be provided.
Distribution system is to be generally as follows:
(1) Motors are to be fed from the main switchboard via group starter panel or
independent starter.
(2) One set of steering gear motors is to be fed from the emergency switchboard, while
the other one from the main switchboard. And their feeders are to be separately led on
different routes.
(3) Topping-up air compressor motor is to be fed from the emergency switchboard to
restore the propulsion from dead ship condition.
(4) Galley equipment, etc. are to be fed from section boards which are connected to the
main switchboard.
(5) Nautical instrument, interior communication equipment and VHF radio telephone are
to be connected to distribution boards fed from the emergency switchboard and
feeders for auto pilot are to be led branching from starters for steering gear motors.
(6) Radio equipment except for VHF radio telephone is to be directly connected to the
emergency switchboard.
(7) Lighting system is to be separated into deck part lighting system and engine room
lighting system, and lighting fixtures are to be connected to distribution board fed
from the main and emergency switchboard.
Navigation lights are to be connected to navigation light indicator panel which is

capable of being fed directly from the main switchboard and the emergency
switchboard.
Signal lights except daylight signal light are to be fed from the main switchboard and
the emergency switchboard through respective distribution board.
Daylight signal light is to be fed from the battery switchboard through a distribution
board.
(8) The following equipment is to be fed from the emergency switchboard directly or via
distribution board.
Emergency lights
Navigation and signal lights
2003/03/19 -265-
Boat launching lights
Nautical instrument
Interior communication, alarm and measuring system
Radio equipment
Engine room main control console
Battery switchboard
Steering gear motor (one set)
Topping-up air compressor motor
Emergency fire pump
Engine room vent fan (one set)
Main gene. L.O. priming pump
Engineer’s lift
General alarm
High expansion foam liquid pump for engine room service
2003/03/19 -266-
2003/03/19 -267-
3.2 MAIN SWITCHBOARD
3.2.1 General
One (1) main switchboard is to be installed in the engine control room.
The main switchboard is to be constructed to be framed, self-supported, steel plated and

dead front with IP20 protection.
Generator circuit is to be protected with three pole air circuit breaker, and feeder circuit is
to be protected with three pole moulded case type circuit breaker (no-fuse breaker).
In general insulating material in the main switchboard is to be phenolresin.
3.2.2 Construction
The main switchboard is to consist of substantial angle steel framework and steel plate
and to be enclosed with the following:
Front : Hinged doors

Sides : Sheet panel
Rear : Louver boards
Top : Sheet panel
Bottom : Open
Surface of panel is to be finished with melamine.
A metal hand rail covered with insulating material is to be provided in front and rear of
the main switchboard.
Panel front is to be illuminated with ceiling lamp in the engine control room.
3.2.3 Device and instrument
(1) Air circuit breaker
Air circuit breaker is to be of motor charging stored energy operated trip free type
and controlled by a control switch, and additionally a manual charging handle is to be
provided.
The air circuit breaker is to have an over current trip device for long time and short
time inverse action and is to have magnetic coils for instantaneous trip and under
voltage trip.
Generator is to be protected against reverse power with reverse power relay

connected to under voltage trip device.
The air circuit breaker is to be of withdrawable type.
(2) Isolating device

2003/03/19 -268-
Generator and air circuit breaker are to be isolated from bus bar by withdrawing the
air circuit breaker.
Bus bar tie link is to be provided in order to isolate bus bar between generator bus bar
and feeder bus bars, and it is to be operated at rear of the main switchboard.
The main bus bar for the main switchboard is to be capable of being subdivided into
two parts by one (1) set of disconnecting switch (DCS).
(3) No-fuse breaker
No-fuse breaker is to be of moulded case type with an instantaneous magnetic trip

device and an inverse time thermal over current trip device, except breaker for
steering gear circuit which have an instantaneous trip device only.
All no-fuse breakers are to be of plug-in type, so that the breakers may be removed
from panel front without touching any energized part.
No-fuse breakers for motor circuits of preferential trip and emergency stop are to
have shunt trip coil.
(4) Automatic synchronizing and load sharing device
One (1) set of automatic synchronizing and load sharing device is to be provided.
The device is to have the function of automatic synchronizing one diesel generator to
the main bus bar source, closing the diesel generator’s air circuit breaker after
synchronizing, automatic sharing effective power loads between diesel generators
running in parallel, and/or shifting load from one diesel generator to other(s) by
automatic controlling of the governor for generator engines.
(5) Meter
The meters are to be of class 1.5 with red colour mark at rated value.
(6) Name plate
Name plates indicating service of panels and feeders are to be provided on panels.
In name plates for feeders, name of use, frame size of no-fuse breaker, setting value
of trip for no-fuse breaker and size of cable are to be shown.
And the feeders for loads of emergency stop and preferential trip are to be shown by
colour sheet in the name plate for identification.
3.2.4 Panel arrangement
The main switchboard is to consist of generator panels, 440 V feeder panels and 220 V
2003/03/19 -269-
feeder panel.
The generator panels are to be positioned between 440 V feeder panels so that either of
vital motors may be energized from one feeder panel even if the other feeder panel is
damaged.
The following switch gears and instruments are to be fitted on the panels.
(1) Each generator panel
1- Air circuit breaker

1- Ammeter with a change over switch
1-Voltmeter with a change over switch
1-Green lamp for air circuit breaker closed
1-Space heater on-off switch with white lamp
1-Voltage adjuster
1-Killo-wattmeter
1-Frequency meter with a change over switch
1-Governor control switch
1-Air circuit breaker on-off switch
1-White lamp for generator running
1-Diesel generator stand-by selector switch
1-Diesel generator start-stop switch
1-White lamp for 1st stand-by
1-White lamp for 2nd stand-by
1-Synchroscope with a control switch (Only on NO.2 generator panel)

1-White lamp for emergency generator running (Only on NO.2 generator panel)
1- White lamp for emergency generator stand-by (Only on NO.2 generator panel)
1- White lamp for shore source receiving (Only on NO.2 generator panel)
1- White lamp for DC 24V source (Only on NO.2 generator panel)
1-White lamp for emergency and preferential trip source (Only on NO.2 generator
panel)
The alarms are to be indicated on display of engine room monitoring system as

specified in the “Instrumentation table” of section 10.4.6.
(2) 440V feeder panels
1- Insulation level monitor
Necessary numbers of no-fuse breakers. (See note)
(3) 220V feeder panel
1- Ammeter (for transformer) with a change over switch

1- Voltmeter with a change over switch
1- Insulation level monitor
2003/03/19 -270-
The panel is to be provided as a part of or separately from the main switchboard.
(Note) Spare no-fuse breaker is not to be fitted on the panel, but suitable space for some
extra no-fuse breakers (100 or less ampere size) with mounting base and bus feeding
arrangement is to be provided.
3.2.5 Inter-lock
Inter-lock circuits are to be prepared between the following
Diesel generator ACB–NFB for shore source

Diesel generator ACB – Generator space heater circuit
3.3 EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD
3.3.1 General
One (1) emergency switchboard including shore source terminal is to be installed in the
emergency generator room.
The emergency switchboard is to be energized from the main switchboard while diesel
generator is in normal operation. And once the emergency switchboard bus bar becomes
no-voltage, the emergency switchboard is to recover electric source by the emergency
generator.
General description and construction are to be generally as same as the main

switchboard, except that the emergency switchboard is to be of IP22 protection and fitted
with fluorescent lamp for panel front illumination.
There is no power feed-back facility to the main switchboard in any occasion except for
shore connection.
3.3.2 Device and instrument
The description for air circuit breaker, no-fuse breaker, meter and name plate are to be
generally same as the main switchboard except described below.
(1) Air circuit breaker
The air circuit breaker is to have an over current trip device for long time and short
time inverse action and to have under voltage trip.
The air circuit breaker is to be of fix-mount type.
(2) No-fuse breaker
No-fuse breaker for shore source circuit is to have a magnetic coil for under voltage
trip.
2003/03/19 -271-
3.3.3 Panel arrangement
The emergency switchboard is to consist of generator panel, 440 V feeder panel and 220
V feeder panel.
The following switch gears and instruments are to be fitted on the panel.
(1) Generator panel
1- Air circuit breaker

1- Ammeter with a change over switch
1-Voltmeter with a change over switch
1-Killo-wattmeter
1-Frequency meter
1-White lamp for generator running
1-Green lamp for air circuit breaker on
1-Red lamp for air circuit breaker abnormal trip
1-White lamp for space heater on
1-Space heater on-off switch
1-Breaker on-off switch
1-Voltage adjuster
1- No-fuse breaker to the main switchboard

1- No-fuse breaker for shore source (400A receiving)
Shore source voltage and current are to be measured commonly with voltmeter
and ammeter on generator panel.
1- White lamp for shore source receiving
1 set – Shore source phase sequence indicating lamp
Necessary numbers of no-fuse breakers (See note).
Flexible cable for shore connection is not to be supplied by the Builder.
1- Ammeter (for transformer) with a change over switch

1- Voltmeter with a change over switch
1- Insulation level monitor and alarm lamp
The panel is to be provided as a part of or separately from the main switchboard.
(Note) Spare no-fuse breaker is not to be fitted on the panel, but suitable space for
some extra no-fuse breakers (100 or less ampere size) with mounting base and bus
feeding arrangement is to be provided.
2003/03/19 -272-
3.3.4 Inter-lock
Inter-lock circuits are to be prepared between the following:
Emergency generator ACB – Emergency generator space heater circuit

Emergency generator ACB – NFB (in emergency switchboard) between main
switchboard and emergency switchboard
3.4 BATTERY SWITCHBOARD
One (1) battery switchboard is to be provided for charging and discharging of battery,
and distributing DC 24V source to battery light, interior communication equipment,
alarm system etc. and installed in the electrical equipment room.
The battery switchboard is to be of dead front and self-supporting type with IP20
protection.
Charging voltage is to be automatically controlled by automatic voltage regulator (AVR).
Particulars are to be as follows:
No. of set One (1)

Primary voltage AC 440V, 3ф,60Hz
Max. charging voltage 35V
Max. charging current 45A
Rectifier Silicon
The board is to be fitted with the following instruments and device.
1-Automatic voltage regulator

1-DC voltmeter with a change over switch
1-DC ammeter with a change over switch
1-Source pilot lamp
1-Insulation level monitor and alarm lamp
Necessary numbers of no-fuse breakers or fuses
One (1) manufacturer’s standard type charging device is to be provided for storage
battery for starting of emergency generator and to be installed in the emergency generator
room.
As to charging device for storage battery for radio equipment, refer to 9 RADIO
EQUIPMENT.
3.5 SECTION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARD
(1) Section boards and distribution boards for power, lighting and communication circuit
in general, are to be constructed in accordance with their locations as follows:
2003/03/19 -273-
IP20, non-water-tight type for accommodation.
IP22, drip-proof and wall setting type for engine room, galley and other similar
machinery space.
(2) Protection of feeder circuit on section boards and distribution boards are to be as
follows:
No-fuse breaker with thermal over current trip device and magnetic instantaneous trip
device, for AC 440 V power circuit.
Small size no-fuse breaker with magnetic over current trip device, or thermal over
current trip device or fuse and switch for AC 220 V lighting and communication
circuit.
Small size no-fuse breaker or fuse for DC 24 V circuit.
2003/03/19 -274-
4. ELECTRIC MOTOR AND CONTROL
4.1 GENERAL
Motors are to be rated AC 440 V, 3фexcept unfixed and specially designed small motors
which are rated AC 220 V, 3фor.1ф.
In general, motors and controllers are to be designed and constructed as specified in this
section, however, ones for following are to be in accordance with manufacturer’s
standard.
Galley equipment
Laundry equipment
Other domestic service equipment
Equipment forms a part of or combined in machine
4.2 MOTOR
(1) Motors installed in the engine room and the accommodation are to be constructed as
semi-enclosed, IP22 drip-proof type, except the following ones which are of IP44
totally enclosed type.
Axial flow ventilation fan motors of built-in type

Motors installed under engine room lower floor
Steering gear motors
And depending on manufacturer’s standard, IP44 totally enclosed type motors may
be applied for small motors instead of IP22 drip-proof type.
Motors installed on exposed deck are to be of IP56 water-tight type.
(2) Motors are to be designed in squirrel cage rotor induction type unless specially noted.
(3) Motor windings are to be of class B or F insulation depending upon manufacturer’s

standard.
(4) Rating of all motors is to be continuous rating except motors for the following:
Half an hour Turning gear

Overhauling crane
Grinder
200% 30 seconds,
100% one hour and Steering gear
25% continuous
(5) In general, bearings of motors are to be ball bearing regardless of motor type, vertical
or horizontal, except radial ball bearings or angular contact bearings for special
motors which are designed to sustain heavy thrust loads of connected machines as
2003/03/19 -275-
well as weight of motors themselves.
Prelubricated sealed type bearing is to be used as far as practicable depending upon

Ball bearings except sealed type are to be greased with grease nipple of pin type.
(6) The following drip-proof type motors are to be provided with space heater of
manufacturer’s standard type.
- Emergency fire pump

- Deck machinery hyd. oil pumps
4.3 CONTROLLER
(1) Arrangement and construction of starters is to be as follows:
(a) Group starter panel
In general, starters for motors in the engine room are to be assembled in group starter
panels as far as practicable and the ones for vital services are to be assembled in
group starter panels which are located at the sides of the main switchboard as far as
practicable, and the other ones are to be assembled in several group starter panels
according to their location and/or purpose and located near the respective motors
arranging on bulkhead or floor.
Starter for each motor is to be built into enclosed steel cubicle with hinged door and
cubicles may be repaired and /or checked without reenergizing adjacent cubicles.
Starters contained in the group starter panels except ones for engine room vent. fans
and accommodation vent. fans are to be provided with remote start and stop push
buttons near motors when the starters do not come in the sight from the motors. Lock
device is to be provided on the local stop push button except for emergency fire
pump and fire & general service pump. The disconnection switch or circuit breaker
on each starter can be locked at its “OFF” position for safety operation.
The starters for engine room vent. fans and accommodation fans are to be provided
with source disconnection switch or circuit breaker with key lock device at its off
position.
Starters incorporated in group starter panels are to be fitted with door stopper to keep
the door in position when opened.
(b) Separate starter
Starters which are not contained in the group starter panels are to be mounted in
enclosed steel cubicle with hinged door.
The panels are to be arranged on bulkhead or floor according to their capacity and
located near respective motor.
2003/03/19 -276-
(2) Starters are to be of magnetically operated type, and are to be equipped with the
following devices.
1- Disconnecting switch or no-fuse breaker

1- Magnetic contactor
1- Thermal over current relay (for two phases)
1-White source lamp
1-Green running lamp
1-Start and stop push buttons
In addition to the above, starters for motors of 11 kW and above, and for vital service,
are to be provided with an ammeter.
Starters for motors of 30 kW and above are to be provided with test / normal
operation selecting switch.
Motors of 0.4 kW and below may be manually operated by line switch.
(3) In general, starting method of motors is to be across-the-line start type. However,

reduced voltage start method is to be adopted for the necessary motor, of which
starting current may cause the motor itself to stall or the control relays to drop-out
under the condition of generator set.
(4) Control circuit voltage is to be AC 220 V in general.
(5) Starters for motors of steering gears and automatically operated ones, are to be
provided with low voltage release feature to permit these motors being restarted
automatically on restoration of power, and starters for other motors are to be provided
with low voltage protection.
4.4 SPECIAL CONTROL
4.4.1 Turning gear
Turning gear is to be controlled remotely by a portable push button box with 15 meter
flexible cable, and a receptacle is to be fitted at two positions, upper floor and lower floor
in the engine room.
4.4.2 Steering gear
Steering gear motors are to be able to be operated both in steering engine room and the
wheel house, and watching devices are to be provided in the wheel house and the engine
control room as specified in item 10.4.6 INSTRUMENTATION TABLE.
4.4.3 Fire pump
Fire & general service pump is to be remotely started and stopped by push button from
wheel house and foam tank room and fire control station.
2003/03/19 -277-
Emergency fire pump is to be remotely started and stopped from foam tank room and fire
control station.
4.4.4 Emergency stop
For fire
Fans and fuel oil pumps are to be stopped in case of fire and they are to be separated as
under mentioned groups, and stopped by means of shunt tripping of no-fuse breakers on
the main switchboard or on group starter panels.
For all ventilating fans in the engine room, all fuel oil pumps in the engine room and
boiler forced draft ran, one stop push button is to be fitted in foam tank room and fire
control station.
For ventilating fans in accommodation except small fan, each one stop push button is to
be fitted in foam tank room and fire control station and in the wheel house.
4.4.5 Preferential trip
Non-vital motors and consumers are to be automatically tripped by means of shunt

tripping of no-fuse breakers on the main switchboard or on group starter panels when the
generator becomes over load.
4.4.6 Sequence start system
Motors for propulsion auxiliaries are to be automatically and sequentially started when
source is recovered after black out by diesel generator.
4.4.7 Automatic change over
Motors for main engine auxiliaries are to be provided with automatic change over control
so that the stand –by unit is to be automatically started, some in the event of no voltage
or low discharge pressure and the other in the event of no voltage.
For name of motors, refer to 10. CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION FOR

MACHINERY PLANT.
4.4.8 Automatic start and stop
Some motors are to be automatically started and/or stopped on each system condition
such as pressure, level and etc.
For name of motors, refer to 10. CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION FOR

MACHINERY PLANT.
4.4.4 Electric welder
2003/03/19 -278-
One (1) Electric AC arc welder of the following particulars is to be fitted in the work
shop.
Type Drip-proof type

Voltage (Primary) AC440V
(Secondary) AC 35V
Output 300A
Control Machine side control
Voltage reducing device is to be provided for the purpose of protecting an operator from
electric shock hazard.
And the following is to be supplied as accessories:
1-Holder
1-Handshield
1-Helmet
1-Hammer
1-Wire brush
1- Leather gloves
4- Flexible cable, each of 25 m with connecting metal
1 set –Welding rod
3.2 mm dia. 5kg

4 mm dia. 5kg
5 mm dia. 10kg
2003/03/19 -279-
5. LIGHTING SYSTEM
5.1 GENERAL
5.1.1 General
The vessel is to be illuminated by fluorescent light of natural white colour in general

except where not practicable, and for illumination of the upper deck, mercury light and
incandescent light are to be used. As for details of lighting application, refer to the
following items, and if kind of light is not specified, incandescent light is to be used.
For emergency lighting, emergency lights are to be provided and automatically energized
from the emergency generator in case of failure of voltage of main lighting circuit, but
lighting fixtures and circuits are to be used in common with general light.
For the engine room and the pump room, at least two separate feeders are to be led from
lighting distribution box, and the lights are to be so arranged that the failure of either
feeder may not leave these space in darkness.
5.1.2 Lighting fixtures
Lighting fixtures are to be particularly constructed for marine use and non-water-tight or
drip-proof or water tight type ones to be used depending on their fitting location as per
the requirement of the rules concerned. Lighting fixtures in spaces where inflammable
gas is deemed to accumulate are to be of explosion proof type.
In general, lighting fixtures are to be made of ferrous or phenol resin material except
ones fitted in ref. provision chamber, in shower rooms and on exposed deck which are to
be made of non-corrosive material or treated against corrosion.
Staring method of fluorescent light is to be of glow star type except desk light of manual
start type.
Sockets of fluorescent light are to be of anti-vibration type, and are to be adjustable so

that distance between both sockets may be changed in some degree.
5.1.3 Illumination
In general, rooms and spaces are to be effectively illuminated according to the following
standard of illumination (Horizontal illumination).
Figures show average illumination with tolerance of 20%, at the following measuring
point.
For cabins and rooms in accommodation:
At center part between lamp and wall and/or between lamps in cabins and rooms at a
height of 85cm above floor.
2003/03/19 -280-
For machinery spaces and pump room:
At suitable working and/or passage space between rather larger machines at height of
85cm above floor.
Illumination Location
300 lux On the desk of office
200 lux On the chart table
Radio space in wheel house
Offices
Galley
Pantry
Engine control room
Cargo control room
Work shop in engine room
Mess rooms
On the working desk in deck workshop
100 lux Chart space
Laundry
Smoking room
Cabins
50 lux Wheel house
Engine room
Steering engine room
Hospital
Toilets
Inner passages
Gymnasium/Suez crew’s room
Air cond. unit and ref. machine room
Deck workshop
Spaces of pipe connection terminal on upper deck (See note)
30 lux Pump room
Bosun store
Lockers and stores
Spaces of windlass, mooring winches on upper deck (See note)
Ref. provision chamber
Provision store
20lux Outer passages around accommodation space
Note: For other part of space on upper deck, the Builder’s target illumination level is
about 10 lux except minor space.
2003/03/19 -281-
5.2 GENERAL LIGHT
(abbreviation)
FL : Fluorescent light EP : Explosion-proof
IL : Incandescent light O : Fitted
NWT : Non-water-tight *1 : Semi-flush type
DP : Drip proof (Note)Ones with no mark to be of surface mounting type
WT : Water-tight *2 : When mirror is provided.
Purpose Ceiling Desk light Bed light Mirror

Light light
Kind FL FL FL FL
Protection/cover Globe - - Globe
Construction NWT NWT NWT WT or
DP
Wattage 40W 15W 15W 8W
20W
Cabins of captain class 0*1 0 0 -
Cabins of senior officer class 0 0 0 -
Cabins of junior officer class 0 0 0 -
Cabins of petty officer class 0 0 0 -
Cabins of crew class 0 0 0 -
Officer’s mess room 0*1 - - -
Officer’s smoking room 0*1 - - -
Crew’s mess room 0 - - -
Crew’s smoking room 0 - - -
Wheel house & chart space 0 - - -
Radio space in wheel house 0 0 - -
Electrical equipment room 0 - - -
Offices 0 0 - -
Hospital 0 - 0 -
Engine control room 0 - - -
Cargo control room 0 - - -
Inner passages 0 - - -
Foam tank room and fire control 0 - - -
Station - - -
Deck work shop 0 - - -
Gymnasium/Suez crew’s room 0 - - -
2003/03/19 -282-
Purpose Ceiling Light Mirror

light
Kind FL IL FL
Protection/cover Globe Globe Globe Globe Globe
Guard Guard
Construction WT or WT or WT or EP WT or
DP DP DP DP
Wattage 40W 60W 60W 60W 8W
20W 100W 100W 100W
Galley & pantry 0 - - - -
Ref. provision chamber - 0 - - -
Lockers and stores - 0 - - -
Deck store - - - 0 -
Toilets 0 - - - 0*2
Laundry 0 - - - -
Air cond. unit and ref.mach. room 0 - - - -
Bosun store 0 - - - -
Engine room 0 - - - -
Under engine room lower floor - 0 - - -
Work shop 0 - - - -
Steering engine room 0 - - - -
Hydraulic pump unit room 0 - - - -
Emergency generator room 0 - - - -
Battery room - - - 0 -
Paint store - - - 0 -
Pump room - - - 0 -
Pump room entrance - - - 0 -
Outer passage - 0 - - -
Funnel inside - 0 - - -
Note : 1. Ceiling light of private toilet and bath room which are illuminated effectively
by mirror light is to be eliminated.
(In this case, mirror light is to be of 20W.)
2.The caution plate is to be provided near the on-off switch for the ceiling lights
in pump room showing “Start the fans before light-on the ceiling lights in
pump room”.
2003/03/19 -283-
5.3 DECKLIGHT
5.3.1 Mercury arc floodlight
13- 1,000W for upper deck illumination

2- Navigation bridge fore (Swivel mounting type, commonly used for
accommodation ladder illumination)
4- No.1 Lamp post (port side lamp post)
4- No.2 lamp post (stbd side lamp post)
3- Fore mast
7- 700W for upper deck illumination

2- Navigation bridge fore
2- No.2 lamp post (stbd side lamp post)
1- Fore mast
2- Engine casing top after

2- No.1 lamp post
2- No.2 lamp post
1-Fore mast
2-Navigation bridge after
4- 400W for engine room upper part illumination
2- 400W for boiler illumination
5.3.2 Incandescent floodlight
2- Navigation bridge fore

2-.Fore mast
2- 300W for funnel mark illumination
5.3.3 Boat launching light (incandescent light)
2- 500W on A desk
2- 300W for embarkation
1- 100W for life raft illumination around upper deck forward (explosion proof type)
1- Portable light of dry cell type for life raft launching illumination at upper deck fore
(explosion proof type)
2003/03/19 -284-
5.3.4 Ship’s name board light
6- 60W incandescent light, 3for each name board
5.4 PORTABLE LIGHT
5.4.1 Portable light
AC 220 V, 60W;
10- water-tight type with 15m cord

3- non-water-tight type with 7m cord
5.4.2 Receptacle
AC220V, water-tight type;
Engine room (20), engine room store(1), emergency generator room (1), work shop (1),
steering gear room (1), bosun store(1), air cond. unit and ref. machine room (1),
hydraulic pump unit room (1), deck work shop (1) and near life boat (2).
AC220V, non-water-tight type;
Engine control room (1), wheel house (1), cargo control room (1) and electrical
equipment room (1).
5.5 EMERGENCY LIGHT
Some of general lights in the following rooms and spaces are to be fed from the
emergency switchboard and used for emergency lights in case of trouble of diesel
generators.
Wheel house
Bed light in each cabin
Hospital
Offices
Galley
Public rooms
Common toilets
Inner and outer passages
Stairs in accommodation
2003/03/19 -285-
Work shop
Engine control room
Cargo control room
Engine room
Emergency fire pump recess
Escape trunk
Air cond. unit and ref. machine room.
Near fireman’s outfit box in:
Hose store
The boat launching lights, instrument light, chart light, navigation lights and signal lights
are to be fed from the emergency switchboard, as well.
5.6 TEMPORARY BATTERY LIGHT
Battery lights which are fed from the battery for radio equipment are to be provided as
Follows:
3-20W, each one for radio space in wheel house and near each VHF telephone
5.7 SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE
5.7.1 Switch
(1) Switches used for lighting branch circuit are to be of synthetic resin.
(2) Switches used for lighting branch circuit are to be single pole type except ones for
water-tight fixture which are to be double pole type.
(3) Switches fitted in cabins of captain class and in rooms having ornamental fittings, are
to be of flush mounting type except where unapplicable, and those in other spaces are
to be of surface mounting type.
(4) Switches for bed lights, mirror lights and desk lights are to be fitted on the lighting
fixture themselves.
(5) Switches for ceiling lights in the rooms of captain class, the engine control room and
the galley are to be of two-way type and ceiling lights are to be switched on and off at
two stations, and one of them is to be fitted near one entrance door and the other at
the other entrance door or near bed.
For ceiling lights in other cabins and rooms, one switch is to be fitted at entrance
door.
2003/03/19 -286-
(6) For engine room lights and inner passage lights, breakers on distribution boxes are to
be used as switches.
(7) Switches fitted on exposed space on the upper deck are to be protected with steel box
or synthetic resin box from wave damage.
(8) Switches for explosion-proof lights are to be of double pole type and to be provided
with a key handle for opening the lights which is available only when the switch is
put at “Off” position.
(9) Deck lights are to be controlled as follows:
(a) Bridge control
Flood lights on navigation bridge fore and aft

Flood lights on lamp post
Flood lights on fore mast
Flood lights at engine casing top after
Flood lights for funnel mark
Ship’s name board lights
Outer passage lights.
(b) Local control
flood lights for engine room

boat launching lights
5.7.2 Receptacle
(1) Application of receptacles is to be same as switches. (refer to 5.7.1-(1),(3) and (7) of

“Switch”.)
(2) In general, receptacles are to be of three pole type, one pole of which is to serve as
earthing connection for metal frames of portable appliance.
(3) In each inner passage and public room, suitable numbers of receptacles for electric
cleaner are to be fitted. And one receptacle for miscellaneous purpose is to be fitted in
the wheel house.
(4) Each one receptacle of two pole blade type for the electric shaver is to be fitted on
mirror lights in cabins.
(5) As for receptacles for portable light, refer to “5.4 PORTABLE LIGHT”.
(6) Two receptacles are to be fitted in each cabin and combined with outlet of antenna
multi- coupler.
2003/03/19 -287-
5.8 SPECIAL LIGHT
5.8.1 Instrument light
Instrument lights are to be provided for magnetic compass, main engine revolution
indicator, rudder angle indicator and other nautical instruments in the wheel house, and
fed through dimmer switches.
5.8.2 Chart light (60W)
Two chart lights, each with an adjustable arm and a dimmer switch, are to be fitted over
chart table.
5.8.3 Work shop light (100W)
One (1) spot light is to be provided as an accessory of machine tool in work shop.
5.8.4 Sight glass light
Necessary numbers of illumination lights for sight glasses and level gauges are to be
fitted at suitable position.
5.8.5 Signal light for ref. chamber’s lights (5W)
One red light with switch which shows on and off of ref. chamber’s lights is to be fitted
at entrance of ref. chamber.
2003/03/19 -288-
6. NAVIGATION LIGHT AND SIGNAL LIGHT

6.1 GENERAL
Navigation lights and signal lights except daylight signal light are to be supplied with
source of AC 220 V from the main and the emergency switchboard.
Voltage of daylight signal light is to be DC 24 V, and obtained from the battery

switchboard.
6.2 NAVIGATION LIGHT
The following navigation lights of double bulb type and an indicator are to be provided.
2- 60W Mast head light (white), each one on fore mast and radar mast
2- 60W Side light (red and green), each one at port and starboard
1- 40W Stern light (white) at stern
1-Navigation light indicator panel of graphic type in wheel house
6.3 SIGNAL LIGHT
6.3.1 Signal light
2-40W Anchor light (white), each one at bow and stern
2-60W NUC light (red), on radar mast
3-60W Deep draft vessel light (red), on radar mast

(NUC light are to be used commonly for this purpose.)
1-60W Huge vessel light (green, flashing) on radar mast
1-60W Dangerous cargo ship light (red, flashing), on radar mast
1-40W Maneuverability restricted light (white), on radar mast
1-60W Maneuverability restricted light (red), on radar mast

(NUC light are to be used commonly for this purpose.)
6.3.2 Manoeuvring signal light
1- 100 W (white) maneuvering signal light on radar mast
3- Push button, each one at wheel house (included in time controller for air horn) and
bridge wings
2003/03/19 -289-
6.3.3 Daylght signal light
1- 60W Portable type daylight signal light
3- Receptacle of DC 24 V, each one at wheel house top and bridge wings
6.3.4 Steering light
1- 60 W Steering (blue), on fore mast
1-Dimmer switch in wheel house
6.4 SUEZ CANAL LIGHT
6.4.1 Signal light
1- set of signal light of Xmas tree type on radar mast
5- 40 W White light
5- 40 W Red light
1- 40 W Green light
1- 40 W Red light at stern
1- Switch panel in wheel house
6.4.2 Search light
1-3,000 W searchlight (supply by Owner) on upper deck forward.
The searchlight is to be stored in bosun store when not in use and to be mounted on the
base on upper deck forward when used.
The 1,000W mercury floodlight on each bridge wing for upper deck illumination is to be
used as Suez canal bridge wing projector.
6.5 CONTROL
Navigation light and signal lights are to be controlled as follows:
(1) Remote control from Wheel House
Navigation light
Anchor light
NUC light
Dangerous cargo ship light
2003/03/19 -290-
Maneuvering signal light
Steering light
Suez canal signal light
Deep draft vessel light
Huge vessel light
(2) Local control
Daylight signal light

Suez canal searchlight
2003/03/19 -291-
7. INTERIOR COMMUNICATION, ALARM AND MEASURING

SYSTEM
7.1 INTERIOR COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
7.1.1 Auto-exchange telephone (AC220V and DC 24V)
(1) Auto telephone exchanger
1- Auto telephone exchanger of 32 station electronic type having 4 simultaneous talking

lines and means for announcement with loud speaking system through an auto
telephone exchanger in electrical equipment room.
Two party common line system is to be adopted.
(2) Telephone
24.- Desk type telephone, each one in the following spaces:

Captain’s day and bed rooms (Parallel connection)
Chief engineer’s day and bed rooms (Parallel connection)
Chief officer’s day and bed rooms (Parallel connection)
2nd engineer’s day and bed rooms (Parallel connection)
2nd officer’s room
3 rd engineer’s room
3 rd officer’s room
4 th engineer’s room
Owner’s room
Electrical engineer’s room
Chief Steward’s room
Pilot’s room
Hospital
Deck office
Engineer’s office
Officer’s mess room
Officer’s smoking room
Crew’s mess room
Crew’s smoking room
3.- Console mounting type telephone, each one in the following spaces:
Wheel house
Engine control room
Cargo control room
5- Wall-mounting type telephone, each one in the following spaces:
Workshop (parallel with that for engine control room)

Galley
2003/03/19 -292-
Near cargo oil pump turbine in engine room (in booth)
1- Wall-mounting type telephone of intrinsically safe type in pump room bottom (in box)
Calling signal is to be done as follows:
Buzzer in wheel house and engine control room

Flickering of some ceiling lamps in pump room
Air horn of “engine room announcement” and rotary lamp (yellow) (1) near cargo
oil pump turbine in engine room
Signal bell in other spaces
7.1.2 Common battery type telephone (DC24V)
Nine (9) stations common talking type telephone is to be provided as follows.
1- Wheel house (console mounting type)
1- Engine control room (console mounting type)
1- Engine room (near main engine maneuvering handle) (wall-mounting type with
headset unit)
1- Steering gear room (wall-mounting type with headset unit)
1- Chief engineer’s day room (desk type)
1- 2nd engineer’s day room (desk type)
1- 3rd engineer’s room (desk type)
1- 4th engineer’s room (desk type)
1- Electrical engineer’s room (desk type)
Calling signal is to be done as follows:
Buzzer in wheel house and engine control room

Klaxon type horn buzzer in steering gear room
Air horn of “engine room announcement ”and rotary lamp (yellow) (1) in engine
room
Signal bell in other spaces
7.1.3 Interphone (DC24V)
1-Elevator cage (wall setting type)
1-Elevator machine room (wall setting type)
2003/03/19 -293-
1-Wheel house (panel mounting type)
7.1.4 Calling signal device
(1) For engine room announcement (DC24V)
1-Calling switch in engine control room to call a patrol man in engine room
2- Air horn in engine room
The air horns are to be used for the announcement of telephone calling, alarm, etc.
on main control console in the engine control room to the whole engine room.
(2) For engine officers and crews (DC 24V)
1-Push button in engine control room
4- Buzzer, each one in passage of engine officer’s and engine crew’s quarter
(3) For hospital (AC220V)
1-Portable push button at bed in hospital
1-Buzzer in wheel house
7.1.5 Engine telegraph (AC220V)
As to details, refer to 10 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION FOR MACHINERY

PLANT.
7.1.6 Loud speaking and talk back system (AC220V)
(1) Master station and control panel
1- Master station with 100 W amplifier, a control panel, a monitor speaker and
connection to telephone exchanger in radio space in wheel house.
1-Control panel in wheel house
(2) Speaker
2 -5W speaker for talk back, each one at bridge wings
2 -10W portable speaker for talk back, each one at forward and afterward on upper
deck
4 -10W speaker in the following space:

2- Engine room
2- Muster station (port & starboard)
4 - 5W speaker, each one in the following spaces:

2003/03/19 -294-
Galley
Engine control room
Wheel house
24 - 2W speaker with volume controller, each one in the following space:
(a) Single –face, flush mounting type

Captain’s day room and bed room
Chief engineer’s day room and bed room
Owner’s room
(b) Single-face, surface mounting type

Deck office
Engineer’s office
Crew’s mess room
Hospital
Cargo control room
Stair way (3)
(c) Double-face, surface mounting type
Inner passage on D deck (1)

Inner passage on C deck (2)
Inner passage on B deck (2)
Inner passage on A deck (1)
Inner passage on upper deck (1)
(3) Microphone
2- Microphone, each one for wheel house and radio space in wheel house
1- Extension microphone in foam tank room and fire control station
3- Microphone with 15 m cord, each one for bridge wing, upper deck forward and
afterward
2- Receptacle for microphone, each one at bridge wings
2- Receptacle for microphone and speaker, each one at upper deck forward and
afterward
(4) Priority
The control panels are to have the following priority
1st : Wheel house

2003/03/19 -295-
2nd : Input from auto telephone exchange
3rd : Radio space in wheel house
7.1.7 Portable transceiver
8- Intrinsically safe type portable transceiver of 400MHz band, F3, 1W
2-Antenna for F.O. loading communication, each one in engine room and compass deck
1- Composite charger for 4 sets of portable transceiver in cargo control room
4- Separate chargers, each one in captain’s day room, chief engineer’s day room, 2nd
officer’s room and 3rd officer’s room
8-Spare batteries
2003/03/19 -296-
7.1.8 Air horns controller (AC220V)
One (1) set of electrical automatic control system for air horns is to be provided as
follows:
1-Time controller with selector switch and push button in wheel house
2-Push button, each one at bridge wings
7.1.9 LAN for personal computer
One (1) set of LAN system is to be supplied by the owner as follows:
1- Main work station computer (as a server) in wheel house radio space
5- Sub-work station computers, each one in the following space:
Captain’s day room

Chief engineer’s day room
Chief officer’s day room
Cargo control room
Engine control room
The necessary cables and terminals are to be provided and installed by the Builder as
follows:
1set –Network cables
1-Network HUB of 100BASE-T(shielded type) in cargo control room
6- Double outlets of shielded type (in total 12 outlets), each one in the same space as
main and sub work stations are provided
All necessary work for installing initial setting up, inputting data of work station
computers and any software is to be done by the Owner after delivery of the Vessel.
2003/03/19 -297-
7.2 ELECTRIC ALARM
7.2.1 General alarm (AC220V)
1-Master switch in wheel house
1-Slave switch in foam tank room and fire control station
2-Air whistle in engine room
2-Rotary lamp (red) in engine room, each one (1) near main engine turbo charger and
generator engines
abt. 25 – around 20cm bell, each one in the following places:
Inner passage on Navigation bridge deck (1)

Inner passage on D deck (2)
Inner passage on C deck (2)
Inner passage on B deck (2)
Inner passage on upper deck (2)
Stair way (3)
Engine room workshop, engine control room, store etc.
1-Air whistle in steering gear room
2-Electronic horns, at each muster station
Abt.50 – around 12cm bell, each one (1) in the following spaces:
Cabins
Mess rooms
Smoking rooms
Galley
Pantries
Lobby of ref. provision chamber
Offices
Hospital
Gymnasium/suez crew’s room
Cargo cont. room
Ship’s laundry
Purifier room (with indication lamp)
2-Air whistle in cargo pump room
1-Motor siren in bosun store
2003/03/19 -298-
7.2.2 Fire detecting and alarm system (AC220V and DC 24V)
One (1) set of automatic fire detecting and alarm system is to be provided for engine
room and accommodation as follows:
1-Indicating panel with alarm bell in wheel house
1- Sub. indicating panel with alarm buzzer in foam tank room and fire control station
The following fire detectors and manual alarm switches are to be provided as required by
the rules and regulations concerned:
1 set - Smoke detector in engine room and inner passages and stairways in
accommodation
1set- Thermal detector in engine control room and workshop
1set - Manual alarm switch in wheel house, engine control room, foam tank room and
fire control station, entrances to engine room and inner passages and stairways in
accommodation
Supply failure and system abnormal is to be alarmed on both indicator panels.
The sounding devices for “General alarm ”of above 7.2.1 are to be commonly used for
acoustic alarm of this system. Fire alarm is to be continuous sound, while general alarm
is intermittent sound, in order to distinguish both alarms.
7.2.3 High expansion foam flood alarm (AC 220V)
For engine room
1- Set of limit switches in foam tank room and fire control station
10-Motor siren in engine room including purifier room and workshop
For cargo pump room
1-Set of limit switches in foam tank room and fire control station
2-Air horn in cargo pump room
7.2.4 Ref. chamber alarm (DC24V)
4 - Switches with red lamp, each one in each ref. chamber

1-12cm bell in galley
1-12cm bell in wheel house
2003/03/19 -299-
7.2.5 Alarm/calling signal list
The alarms and calling signals in the vessel are to be as follows:
Machinery space Upper deck

WH RS ACM CCR
ECR ER SER EGR BOS PR
Auto-exchange telephone BZ BL BL BZ AH - - BL - LP
Common 9 st. type
BZ - BL BZ AH KH - - - -
Battery tele.
Call, signal ER ann. - - - - AH - - - - -

device E/off.&
- - BZ - - - - - - -
crew
Hospital BZ - - - - - - - - -
Engine telegraph BZ - - BZ G - - - - -
General alarm & fire alarm BL - BL BL AW AW BL BL MS AW
High expansion
- - - - MS - - - - AH
foam flood alarm
Ref. chamber alarm BL
- - - - - - - - -
(Galley)
Engine alarm BZ - - BZ AH - - - - -
Abbreviations:
BZ : Buzzer WH : Wheel house

BL : Bell RS : Radio space in wheel house
KH : Klaxon born buzzer ACM : Accommodation
AW : Air whistle ECR : Engine control room
AH : Air horn ER : Engine room
G : Gong SER : Steering engine room
MS : Motor siren EGR : Emergency generator room
LP : Lamp BOS : Bosun store
PR : Pump room
CCR : Cargo control room
2003/03/19 -300-
7.3 ELECTRIC MEASURING INSTRUMENT
7.3.1 Revolution indicator for main engine
1- Revolution transmitter and counter transmitter at main engine
1- Revolution transmitter for control at main engine
3-.Indicator with illumination, each one in wheel house and at both sides of wheel house
door outside
2- Indicator of panel mounting type, each one on bridge control console in wheel house
and main control console in engine control room
1- Counter of 8 figures on main control console in engine control room
7.3.2 Rudder angle indicator (AC220V)
1- transmitter of selsyn motor type in steering gear room
3- Indicator with illumination, each one in wheel house and at both sides of wheel house
door outside
1- Indicator of panel mounting type on main control console in engine control room
Mechanical rudder angle indicator is to be provided at machine side, as a part of steering

gear.
7.3.3 Electric crystal clock (AC220V and DC 24V)
1-Master clock with slave clock control panel in chart space
1- 3 hand slave clock in engine control room
14 - 2 hand slave clock, each one in the following places:

Decoration type : Officer’s mess room
Owner’s room
Captain’s day room
Chief engineer’s day room
Ordinary type : Wheel house (with illumination)

Cargo control room
Deck office
Engineer’s office
Crew’s mess room
Galley
2003/03/19 -301-
7.4 ENTERTAINMENT DEVICE
7.4.1 Broadcast radio and TV antenna multi coupler
1- Amplifier for AM535 kHz-22 MHz, FM and TV (VHF/UHF) in radio space in wheel
house
Each 1- AM/FM outlet with AC receptacles in the following rooms:

Cabins
Crew’s mess room
Engineer’s office
Deck office
Hospital
4 -TV outlet, each one in officer’s smoking room, crew’s smoking room, captain’s day
room and chief engineer’s day room
1-Antenna for TV (VHF/UHF) and FM of all direction type on wheel house top
The whip antenna for weather facsimile is to be commonly used for receiving broadcast
AM.
7.4.2 TV receiver (AC220V)
2 -TV receiver of 21” colour with a world –wide tuner, each one in officer’s smoking
room and crew’s smoking room
7.4.3 Video cassette recorder (AC220V)
2 - VHS video cassette recorder, each one in officer’s smoking room and crew’s smoking
room
Each VCR is to be connected with each TV receiver in officer’s smoking room and
crew’s smoking room by means of 1:1 connection.
7.4.4 Stereo set (AC 220V)
2 - Stereo set with VCD player, cassette tape deck and AM/FM/SW broadcast radio
receiver, each one in officer’s smoking room and crew’s smoking room
2003/03/19 -302-
8. NAUTICAL INSTRUMENT
8.1 GYRO COMPASS AND AUTO PILOT (AC 220V)
One (1) set of gyro compass and double electric type auto pilot is to be provided.
8.1.1 Gyro compass
2- Master compass, one in electrical equipment room and the other in auto pilot stand
1-Deviation alarm on pilot stand
1-Course recorder on chart table
2- Stand type bearing repeater, each one at bridge wings
1- Bracket type bearing repeater with illumination at wheel house front wall center
1- Bracket for bearing repeater in steering gear room
2- No –voltage alarm (DC24V) on pilot stand
1- Gyro change over switch on pilot stand
1-Set of azimuth mirror and azimuth circle
Repeater signal is to be arranged for radars, standard “B” inmarsat communication

system and automatic identification system
8.1.2 Auto pilot

(Adaptive type)
1- Pilot stand with a built in repeater, in wheel house
2- Control amplifier unit in steering gear room
2- Torque motor unit in steering gear room
The pilot stand is to be fitted with an auto-manual change over switch, a follow-up
control wheel and a non-follow –up control handle.
8.2 ECHO SOUNDER (AC220V)
One (1) set of echo sounder of 200 kHz type with shallow water alarm is to be provided.
1- Depth recorder in chart space
2- Transducer, each one at ship’s bottom of engine room and ship’s fore
2003/03/19 -303-
8.3 DOPPLER SONAR (AC220V)
One (1) set of Doppler sonar with 2 axis indication is to be provided
1- Transducer at ship’s fore bottom
1- Main unit in electrical equipment room
1- Main unit in wheel house
2- Remote display unit at bridge wing
1- Fore-Aft speed indicator with illumination in wheel house
Speed signal circuit is to be prepared and connected to both ARPA radars, auto pilot and
automatic identification system.
8.4 RATE OF TURN INDICATOR
One (1) set of rate of turn indicator with illumination is to be provided in the wheel
house.
This indicator is to be provided as an accessory of the gyro compass.
8.5 RADAR AND ARPA (AC220V)
Two (2) sets of marine radars are to be provided.
2- Indicator in wheel house.
2- Scanner with transceiver on radar mast
Particulars are to be as follows:
1st radar 2 nd radar

Type True/relative motion True/relative motion
Wave length 10cm 3cm
Display 16” type raster –scan 16” type raster –scan
Peak power 10kW or more but max. 30kW 10kW or more but max. 25kW
Scanner Abt.12’ Abt.9’
ARPA unit is to be incorporated in the both radars.
True bearing device is to be fitted in indicators and connected to gyro compass.
2003/03/19 -304-
The radars are to be provided with interference suppression unit.
An interswitch function is to be provided.
The radars are to be of daylight type.
8.6 DGPS NAVIGATOR (DC24V)
Two (2) sets of DGPS navigators are to be provided as follows:
8.6.1 No.1 DGPS navigator
1- Display/processing unit in chart space
1- Antenna
Ship’s position signal is to be provided for the following equipment:
- MF/HF radio station (1)

- VHF radio telephone (2)
- Standard “C” inmarsat comm. system (1)
- Standard“B” inmarsat comm. system (1)
- ARPA radars (2)
- Automatic identification system (1)
8.6.2 No.2 DGPS navigator
1- Display/processing unit in chart space
1-Antenna
8.7 WEATHER FACSIMILE (AC220V)
One (1) set of weather facsimile is to be provided.
1-Recorder incorporating receiver of synthesizer control in radio space
1- Whip antenna on compass flat
Recording paper width is to be min. 203mm.
8.8 ANEMOMETER
One(1) set of selsyn and AC generator type anemometer is to be provided.
1- Transmitter
2003/03/19 -305-
1-Wind velocity and direction indicator with illumination in wheel house
8.9 AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM/VOYAGE DATA RECORDER
One (1) se of Automatic Identification System (AIS) is to be as follows:
1-AIS controller with junction box and power supply unit in chart space
1-AIS transponder on compass flat
Necessary wiring is to be provided as follows:
1-Power supply cable of AC220V to AIS power supply unit
1-Backup power supply cable of DC 24V to AIS power supply unit
3-Data communication cables, each one from DGPS, Doppler sonar and gyro compass to
AIS junction box
1-Antenna cable between AIS junction box and AIS transponder
One (1) se of VDR is to be provided according to rule’s requirement.
2003/03/19 -306-
9. RADIO EQUIPMENT
9.1 GENERAL
The following radio equipment is to be provided to meet the requirements for the ship
engaged on voyages in sea areas A1, A2 and A3 of Global Maritime Distress and Safety
System (GMDSS) in accordance with the requirement of November 1988 SOLAS
Amendments, and installed in the radio space in wheel house except the devices
especially specified.
The availability of the radio equipment is to be ensured by using a combination of

“duplication of equipment” and” shore-based maintenance” to satisfy the “maintenance
requirements ”of 1988 SOLAS Amendment.
Power source for equipment is to be AC 220V and independently fed from the
emergency switchboard .One (1) set of storage battery is to be provided as reserve power
source.
Radio station license and Inmarsat I.D. numbers are to be prepared by the Owner and
sent to the builder by two months before the ship’s delivery.
9.2 MF/HF RADIO STATION
9.2.1 Main unit
One (1) set of the main unit is to be provided in the electrical equipment room and the
following equipment is to be provided in the main unit:
1- MF/HF transmitter
Frequency range : 1.6-27.5MHz
Power output : Max. 500W
1- MF/HF receiver
Frequency range : 100kHz-27.5MHz
1- MF/HF DSC watch keeping receiver

Frequency range : 2,187.5kHz/4,207.5kHz/6,312kHz/8,414.5kHz/12,577kHz/
16,804.5kHZ
Scanning time : Within 2 seconds
1- MF/HF DSC function

Ship’s position data : On-line input from DGPS navigator
1-Battery charging rectifier
9.2.2 Ancillary equipment for MF/HF radio station
1- Remote controller combined with controller for NBDP in radio space
2003/03/19 -307-
1- Printer for NBDP and DSC in radio space
1- Set of accessories of manufacture’s standard in radio space
9.2.3 Antennas
1- Tansmitting self-supporting antenna without tilting device
1- Receiving whip antenna, commonly used for DSC watch keeping receiver
9.3 NAVTEX RECEIVER (DC24V)
One (1) set of navtex receiver is to be provided.
1- Receiver with printer in chart space
1- Whip antenna
9.4 TWO-WAY VHF RADIOTELEPHONE
Three (3) sets of two-way VHF radiotelephone set with sealed spare battery are to be
provided in radio space
9.5 SATELLITE EMERGENCY POSITION INDICATING RADIO BEACON
One (1) set of float free type satellite emergency position indicating radio beacon
(406MHz, EPIRB) is to be provided at bridge wing.
9.6 RADAR TRANSPONDER
Two (2) sets of radar transponder (9GHz) are to be provided in wheel house port and
starboard side.
9.7 INTERNATIONAL VHF RADIO TELEPHONE
Two (2) sets of international VHF radiotelephone are to be provided as follows:
9.7.1 No.1 VHF radiotelephone (AC220V, DC24V)
1- Transceiver (57channels, simplex /duplex or semi-duplex) with DSC function and

control unit in wheel house front wall.
Continuous listening watch : Channel 16
2- Receptacle for handset, each one at bridge wing.

2003/03/19 -308-
1- Whip antenna
1- VHF watch keeping receiver on channel 70 in wheel house front wall with printer (or
combined with the transceiver in accordance with manufacturer’s standard)
9.7.2 No.2 VHF radio telephone (AC 220V, DC24V)
1-Transceiver (57channels, simplex / duplex or semi–duplex )with DSC function and

control unit in wheel house front wall
1- Control unit in cargo control room
1- Whip antenna
9.8 STANDARD“B”INMARSAT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (AC220V)
One (1) set of standard “B” inmarsat communication system is to be provided as follows:
1- Main unit in radio space
1- Operation panel and telephone set in radio space
1- Teleprinter in radio space
1- Remote telephone set in captain’s day room
1- Facsimile transceiver in radio space
1- Parabolic antenna on radar mast top
2- Remote calling buzzer, each one in cargo control room and officer’s mess room
1- interface of LAN for personal computer
The standard “B” inmarsat comm. system is to be provided with 64 Kbps High Speed
Data Communication (HSD) function to enable an electronic mail or web page access
through the Internet service, and the following equipment and material are to be provided
for this purpose in accordance with manufacture’s standard practice.
1- HSD printed circuit board in the main unit

1- Interface unit for PC to PC data communication
1- set of data comm. cable between the main unit and the interface unit (Max. 5m)
1- set of data comm. cable between the interface unit and PC (Max. 5m)
The personal computer (PC) with data communication software for HSD function is to be
supplied and installed by the Owner after delivery of the vessel.
2003/03/19 -309-
DGPS interface is also to be provided for displaying the ship’s position on operation
panel.
9.9 STANDARD “C” INMARSAT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (AC220V, DC24V)
One (1) set of standard “C” inmarsat communication system with EGC, position
reporting and polling function is to be provided as follows:
1- Main unit with EGC function in radio space

Ship’s position data : on–line input from DGPS navigator
1- Data terminal in radio space
1- Teleprinter in radio space
1- Antenna on radar mast top
2003/03/19 -310-
10. CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION FOR MACHINERY

PLANT
10.1 GENERAL
10.1.1 General conditions
The specifications of this section are to be applicable for the remote controls, automatic
controls, audible and visible alarms and instrumentation of the main engine, main
generator
diesel engines, boiler, and other auxiliary machinery in the engine room.
Detail requirements for instrumentation are to comply with the “Instrumentation table” in
the item 10.4.6.
10.1.2 Design outline
The control system, instrumentation and supervisory systems for the machinery plant are
to
be designed based on the Classification society’s requirements for the unattended
machinery space.
The air-conditioned centralized engine control room is to be arranged in the engine room.
The main control console for the centralized control and watching is to be provided in the
engine control room.
The main engine is to be capable of manoeuvring from the wheel house and the engine
control room through the main engine maker’s standard control equipment.
The main generator diesel engines are to be capable of staring and stopping remotely
from the engine control room and also staring automatically in the case of the failure of
the working generator diesel engine.
The auxiliary boilers are to be provided with the automatic boiler control device.
10.1.3 POWER SUPPLY
(1) Electric power supply
The electric power for the control and alarm system is to be supplied as follows:
(a) AC220V electric power fed from emergency switchboard through the automation
distribution board.
-Main control console

-Engine room monitoring system
-Main engine remote control system
2003/03/19 -311-
(b) DC 24 V electric power fed from the battery switchboard through the automation
distribution board.
- Main control console

- Engine room monitoring system
- Main engine remote control system
- Main generator diesel engine control circuit
(2) Control air supply
The control air for the pneumatic control system is to be supplied from the main air
reservoirs through one (1) set of direct operated pressure reducing valve and one (1) set
of control air dehumidifier.
The ship’s service air is to be supplied for back-up purpose in the case of the control air
supply failure.
10.2 ENGING CONTROL ROOM
The centralized engine control room is to be arranged in the engine room and constructed
as an independent room separated by steel walls and provided with sound insulation and
air conditioning.
The side walls and ceiling in the engine control room are to be made of a modular panel
in general.
The floor surface in the engine control room is to be covered with vinyl tiles.
Two (2) entrances with steel sash doors are to be provided in the engine control room.
Two (2) sets of window consisting of 2 panes of 6mm safety glass are to be fitted on the
suitable side faced to the engine room.
The following equipments are to be provided in the engine control room:
1- Main control console including main engine remote control unit

1- Main switchboard
2- Group starter panel for essential motors
2- Arm chair
1- Packaged room cooler with an electric heater
1- Filing cabinet (A4 size-3tier)
1- Working table (1,100 x 700 x 750 H)
4- Chair of folding type
1- Small electric exhaust fan
1- PC desk with chair
2003/03/19 -312-
10.3 CONTROLS FOR MACHINERY
10.3.1 Main engine
(1) Manoeuvring
(a) Remote manoeuvring
One (1) set of the engine manufacturer’s standard type main engine remote manoeuvring
device is to be provided for manoeuvring the main engine from the wheel house and
engine control room.
The main engine speed is to be controlled by electronic governor and regulated

electrically by the engine telegraph receiver in engine control room or the engine
telegraph transmitter in wheel house.
The wheel house and engine control room manoeuvring is to include the following
functions:
Changing the running direction

Starting and stopping
Speed regulating
Emergency stopping
Automatic speed setting to avoid running at the critical speed
Automatic speed-up from the harbour full speed to navigation full speed by programming
control
The canceling of programming control for automatic speed-up is to be available from

both the wheel house and the engine control room.
The maximum available speed from the wheel house is to be adjusted on the main engine
remote control panel.
The remote control station is to be chosen at the engine control room, whether the wheel
house or engine control room.
(b) Engine side manoeuvring
The main engine is to be capable of being manoeuvred at the engine side in the event of
the remote control system failure.
The engine side manoeuvring is to be actuated manually and mechanically by use of the
regulation handwheel and the reversing lever. The necessary instruments, gauges and one
(1) set of the reply type engine telegraph receiver are to be provided at the engine side
manoeuvring station.
(c) Engine telegraph
Each one (1) set of the engine telegraph having the following eleven (11) divisions is to
2003/03/19 -313-
be provided on the main control console, bridge control console and engine side.
AHEAD : DEAD SLOW, SLOW, HALF, FULL,NAV.FULL

ASTERN : DEAD SLOW, SLOW, HALF, FULL
STOP
BRIDGE MANOEUV.
In addition to the engine telegraph, each one (1) set of lamp illuminated sub- telegraph
having the following divisions is to be provided on the main control console and bridge
control console.
FINISHED WITH ENGINE

STAND BY
RUNG UP
One (1) set of the telegraph logger is to be installed on the bridge manoeuvring stand for
recording the telegraph order. Reply time (date, hour, minute and 0.5 minutes) and
manoeuvring position.
(2) Safety device
Safety devices to protect the main engine are to be provided as follows:
(a) Avoidance of the main engine starting when the turning gear is engaged.
(b) Automatic emergency shut down for the following fault conditions.
Over speed
Main bearing L.O. low pressure
Camshaft L.O. low pressure
Thrust pad high temperature
(c) Auto slow down alarm for the following fault conditions:
Main bearing L.O. low pressure

Camshaft L.O. low pressure
Crank case oil mist high concentration
Cylinder cooling F.W. low pressure
Piston cooling oil low pressure
Scavenging box fire
Cylinder exh. gas outlet high temperature
Cylinder cooling F.W. outlet high temperature
Piston cooling oil outlet high temperature
Main bearing L.O. inlet high temperature
Cylinder lub oil lubricator low flow
Piston cooling oil low flow
Thruster pad high temperature
(d) Manual emergency shut down switches on the main control console, bridge control
console and engine side.
2003/03/19 -314-
(e) Automatic emergency shut down cancel switch on the main control console and the
bridge control console (in case of the shut down caused by thrust pad high
temperature).
(3) Automatic and remote control
(a) The following temperature is to be automatically controlled by each regulating valve:
Lub. oil at main engine inlet

(Air operated control valve)
Cooling fresh water at main engine outlet.

Low temp. central fresh water cooler outlet

(b) The fuel oil viscosity to the main engine and generator engines is to be automatically
controlled by the air operated control valve. The viscosity controller is to be provided
on the main control console.
(c) The main engine cylinder lubricators are to be automatically filled by gravity.
(d) Each stand-by motor for the following pumps is to start automatically, if no-voltage
of the running motor or low system pressure is detected:
No-voltage Low press

Lub. oil pumps x x
Cam shaft lub. oil booster pumps x x
M/E & G/E fuel oil supply pumps x x
M/E & G/E fuel oil circulating pumps x x
L/T cooling fresh water pumps x x
H/T cooling fresh water pumps x x
Cooling sea water & x x
vac. condenser circ. pumps
Stern tube L.O. pumps x x
(x: To be provided)
(e) Running interlock is to be provided between the main lub. oil pumps and the camshaft
lub. oil booster pumps to prevent the camshaft lub. oil booster pumps from operating
with no-suction flow.
(f) The auxiliary blowers are to start and stop automatically by detecting the scavenging
air pressure and to be capable of starting and stopping remotely from the main control
console.
(g) The main engine fuel oil discharge strainer is to be automatic self-cleaning type by
detecting the differential pressure.
2003/03/19 -315-
(h) The main engine lub. oil discharge strainer is to be automatic self-cleaning type by
detecting the differential pressure.
10.3.2 Main generator diesel engines
(1) Automatic and remote starting system
The generator diesel engines are to be provided with an automatic and remote starting
system.
The generator diesel engines are to be capable of starting and stopping remotely from the
main switchboard.
(2) Emergency shut down
The generator diesel engines are to stop automatically for the following fault conditions:
Over speed
Lub. oil low pressure
Cool. fresh water high temperature
(3) The setting speed is to be capable of regulating remotely from the main switchboard.
(4) The following temperature is to be automatically controlled by each wax expansion

type control valve.
Lub. oil at diesel gene. engine inlet

Cooling fresh water at diesel gene. engine outlet
Nozzle cooling oil (if necessary)
(5) Fuel oil system for the generator diesel engines:
(a) The fuel oil to the each generator engine is to be local-manual changed from diesel oil
to heavy fuel oil and /or vice versa.
(b) The fuel oil strainer at generator engine common inlet line is to be automatic back
washing type by detecting the differential pressure.
10.3.3 Operation of generators
The diesel generators and emergency generator are to be operated as follows:
(1) Stand-by operation of diesel generator
(a) In case of one diesel generator in operation (at sea)
1) When one of the following troubles happens on the main bus bar of the main
switchboard, the stand-by generator which is preliminarily selected at random is to be
automatically started and it is to be alarmed on the engine room monitoring system.
2003/03/19 -316-
No-voltage
High voltage (+6% for 5sec.)
Low voltage (-10% for 5 sec.)
Low frequency (-4% for 5 sec.)
After the air circuit breaker (ACB) of the stand–by generator is closed, motors for
propulsion auxiliaries are to be automatically and sequentially started.
However, if the trouble is cleared off by the time of the building-up of the stand-by
generator, the originally running generator is to continue to supply the power to the
main switchboard, and stand-by generator is to run with no-load until stopped
manually.
And if the stand-by generator engine fails to start or the ACB fails to close, the
second stand-by generator is to be automatically started and perform the stand-by
operation in the same manner as the former stand-by generator.
2) When the following trouble happens on the running diesel generator, preferential trip
is to be executed and alarmed on the engine room monitoring system.
Over current (+ 32% for 10 sec.)
3) When the following trouble happens on the main bus bar of the main switchboard, it is
to be alarmed on the engine room monitoring system.
High frequency (+5% for 5 sec.)
(b) In case of two diesel generators in operation
1) When one of ACB of the running diesel generators is tripped by some trouble, forced
trip is to be executed and alarmed on the engine room monitoring system and at the
same time the stand-by generator is to be automatically started.
When the voltage of the stand-by generator builds up to the rated voltage, ACB of the
stand-by generator is to be automatically closed and two generators are to be led to
running in parallel completely by functioning the automatic synchronizing and load
sharing device.
2) When the following trouble happens on any running diesel generators, preferential trip
is to be executed and alarmed on the engine room monitoring system.
Over current (+32% for 10 sec.)
(c) Power management system
Power management system of manufacturer’s standard type is to be provided. The

system is to have following functions:
2003/03/19 -317-
- Load sharing control (refer to 3.2.3(4))

- No-voltage detection (Blackout monitoring refer to 10.3.3 (1),(a) & (b)
(2) Automatic start of emergency generator
The emergency generator is to be started automatically by detection no-voltage of the

emergency switchboard bus bar and its ACB is to be connected automatically.
The breaker on emergency switchboard which connects the emergency switchboard and
the main switchboard is to be opened automatically when the main bus bar of the main
switchboard becomes no-voltage so that the emergency generator should not feed to main
switchboard.
10.3.4 AUX. BOILER
(1) The automatic combustion control device for each boiler is to be provided to control
automatically fuel oil and air supply with proportional controls corresponding to the
steam demand.
Burner is to be remotely ignited and extinguished at the boiler gauge board.
(2) The drum water level of each boiler is to be automatically controlled by feed water
regulator.
(3) The controllers for automatic combustion control device and feed water regulator are
to be installed on the gauge board at local.
(4) Emergency fuel oil cut-off.

The fuel oil to the burner is to be cut –off automatically for the following fault
conditions.
Drum water low-low level

Fuel oil low temperature
Fuel oil low pressure
Atomize steam low pressure
Forced draft fan failure
Flame failure
Control electric power failure
(5) The fuel oil temperature to the burner is to be automatically controlled.
(6) The dump steam from the auxiliary boiler for IGS top- up service is to be remotely
escaped to the vacuum condenser by the air operated control valve.
(7) The fresh water to the feed water filter tank is to be automatically filled by the float
valve.
(8) The stand-by motor for the following pumps is to start automatically, if no-voltage of
the running motor is detected.
2003/03/19 -318-
Feed water pumps

Fuel oil burning pumps
(9) Soot blower is to be manually operated at local site.

The operation is to be interlocked with the operation of inerting service.
10.3.5 Exh. gas economizer
(1) The excess steam from the economizer is to be automatically escaped to the drain
cooler at sea going.
(2) The stand-by motor of boiler water cir. pumps are to be started automatically, if no-
voltage of the running motor is detected.
10.3.6 Compressed air system
(1) Topping –up air compressor and one (1) of two (2) main air compressors are to start
and stop automatically by detecting the main air reservoir’s pressure.
A change over switch is to be provided on the main control console to select the main
air compressor to be started and stopped automatically.
The other main air compressor which is not selected for automatic start/stop
operation is to start remotely from the main control console and provided with
automatic stop function by detecting the main air reservoir’s high pressure.
(2) The main and the topping –up air compressors are to be automatically stopped, if the
lubricating oil low pressure and/or discharge air high temperature is detected.
10.3.7 Fuel oil transfer and purifying system
(1) The fuel oil transfer pump is to start and stop automatically by detecting the oil level
of the fuel oil settling tank.
(2) The following temperature is to be automatically controlled by each regulating valve.
Fuel oil in F.O. settling and service tanks.

(On-off control by magnet or pneumatic valve)
Fuel oil to F.O. purifier (Air operated control valve)
(3) The fuel oil to purifier is to be automatically cut, if the water seal is broken.
(4) The sludge in the F.O. purifier is to be automatically discharged by the timer control
device.
(5) The sludge pump is to be capable of being stopped remotely from the upper deck near
the port and starboard side of shore connection.
2003/03/19 -319-
10.3.8 Lub. Oil transfer and purifying system
(1) The lub. oil temperature to L.O. purifiers and G/E L.O. purifier is to be automatically
controlled by the air operated control valve.
(2) The lub. oil to each purifier is to be automatically cut, if water seal is broken.
(3) The sludge in each lub. oil purifier is to be automatically discharged by the timer
control device.
10.3.9 Fresh water and sea water service system and bilge system
(1) The following temperature is to be automatically controlled by the regulating valve:
Fresh water after fresh water heater

Tank washing heater
(2) The separated water from the oily water separator is to be automatically returned to
the bilge tank if the high oil content of the separated water is detected.
(3) The fresh water pumps and the drinking water pumps are to start and stop
automatically by detecting the pressure tank pressure.
10.4 INSTRUMENTATION FOR CONTROLS AND WATCHINGS
10.4.1 Enging room monitoring system
(1) General
One (1) set of the micro computer aided monitoring system for centralized watching
is to be provided.
The function of the system is to be as follows:
(a) Monitoring and displaying the analogue input channels of pressure, temperature
etc.
(b) Alarming by visual and audible signals and alarm logging for the analogue and
on/off input channels.
The analogue and on/off input channels are to be as specified in the “Instrumentation
table”.
(2) Function
(a) Monitoring function (Analogue input channels)
2003/03/19 -320-
The specified analogue input channels, such as temperature and pressure, are to
be monitored sequentially.
If the monitoring point becomes abnormal value, the alarm signal is to be issued
with audible and visible signal on the display unit.
The following data are to be indicated for each channel on the display unit in
alpha- numeric form.
Channel number
Text of monitoring point
Measuring data
Alarm preset value
Unit
(b) Monitoring function (ON/OFF input channels)
The specified ON/OFF input channels detected by, such as pressure switches and
thermo switches are to be monitored sequentially.
If the monitoring point becomes abnormal condition, the alarm signal is to be

issued with the audible and visible signal on the display unit.
The following data is to be indicated for each channel on the display unit in
alpha- numeric form:
Channel number
Text of monitoring point
Status of monitoring point (failure, high, low, etc.)
(c) Alarm logging function
The data of alarming and alarm recovering of input channels are to be printed
automatically in alpha-numeric form by alarm printer.
(d) Self check function
The monitoring system itself is monitored periodically by the manufacturer’s

standard.
(e) Display and operation panel function
The following function is to be capable by requests from the operation panel:
Individual channel display

(Alarm preset value display, time delay preset value display and changing)
Group display
Auto alarm display
Auto alarm display for main engine exhaust gas each cylinder outlet
temperature
2003/03/19 -321-
If the alarm conditions occurred, the alarm channels are to be indicated on the
display unit, which have priority over all other function.
Other display function is to be in accordance with the manufacturer’s standard.
(3) Components
The monitoring system is to consist of the following components:
Tow (2) – Data processing unit with micro computer (One of which to serve as back
up)
Tow (2) – About 10 inches colour LCD display unit with the operation panel in
alpha-numeric form
(One of which to serve as back-up)
One (1) – Alarm printer
10.4.2 Main control console
The main control console is to be provided in the engine control room, and incorporated
with the main engine manoeuvring devices, instruments, alarms and communication
devices.
The alarm and instruments are to be listed in the “Instrumentation table”.
The console is to be constructed as a framed and steel plated console type panel.
10.4.3 Bridge control console
The bridge control console is to be provided in the wheel house and incorporated with
the main engine manoeuvring devices, instruments, alarms and communication devices,
as specified in 12 WHEEL HOUSE ARRANGEMENT.
The alarm and instruments are to be listed in the “Instrumentation table”.
The console is to be constructed as a framed and steel plated console type panel.
10.4.4 Extension alarm system
(1) Group alarm in accommodation
When the main engine is controlled from the wheel house, the alarms from the engine
room monitoring system are to be classified into seven (7) groups and extended to the
accommodation by the extension alarm panel as follows:
Alarm group;
A – Main engine emergency shut down

B – Main engine auto slow down
2003/03/19 -322-
C – Main engine & shaft abnormal
D – Electric generator abnormal
E – Aux. boiler & aux. machinery abnormal
F – Engine room bilge high
G – Engine room fire
Extension alarm panel;
1 – Chief engineer’s room

1 – 2nd engineer’s room
1 – 3rd engineer’s room
1 – 4th engineer’s room
1 – Officer’s mess room
1 – Bridge control console
The duty engineer is to be selected between the engineers (2nd, 3rd and 4th) by the
duty engineer select switch on the main control console.
(The alarms are not extended to the engineer’s rooms of which the engineer is not on
duty.)
Extension alarm buzzer:
1 – Chief engineer’s bed room

1 – 2nd engineer’s bed room
(2) Engineers emergency call
Engineers emergency call device at the passage of engineer’s quarter is to be

activated by the following items:
- Manual push button switch on the main control console without time delay
- Non acknowledged of the alarm from the engine room monitoring system within a
predetermined period.
(Refer to 7 INTERIOR COMMUNICATION, ALARM AND MEASURING

SYSTEM.)
(3) Engine room call
The alarm from the engine room monitoring system is to be extended to the engine
room.
The telephone calling is to be extended to the engine room with delay by timer.
(Refer to 7 INTERIOR COMMUNICATION, ALARM AND MEASURING

SYSTEM.)
2003/03/19 -323-
(4) Extension alarm function
The alarm function of the extension alarm panel is to be as follows.
2003/03/19 -324-
10.4.5 Sensors
The type of the sensing elements applied to the engine room monitoring system are in
principle, to be specified as follows:
(1) Temperature indication Thermo-resistance bulb

(2) Pressure indication Electric transmitter in general
(3) Level indication
For boiler drum Boiler manufacturer’s standard
(4) Temperature alarm
For the alarm with remote indication Detected the alarm level in the engine
Room monitoring system
For the alarm without remote indication Thermo-switch
(5) Pressure alarm
For the alarm with remote indication Detected the alarm level in the engine
Room monitoring system.
For the alarm without remote indication Pressure switch
(6) Level alarm
For double bottom tank in the engine Limit switch combined with a float
room (Fitted on the tank top) or floatless
diaphragm switch
Float switch
For the separated tank
2003/03/19 -325-
10.4.6 Instrumentation table
The main engine manoeuvring device and the following instrumentation are to be fitted
on the main control console or bridge control console.
Instrumentation table
Bridge control console

X : To be provide
Item Display Alarm
MAIN ENGINE
Operation
Sub-telegraph
(F/E-S/B-R/U) X -
Control position
(W/H,C/R,E/S) X -
Handle match X -
Start failure - X
Critical speed - X
Limited speed X -
Load program X -
Load program by-pass X -
Imperfect bridge control conditions - X
System failure - X
M/E control electric source - Fail
2003/03/19 -326-
X : To be provided
Item Display Alarm

MAIN ENGINE
Protection device
Emerg.shut down - X
Auto slow down - X
Safety system electric power - Fail
Indicator
Main engine revolution X -
Starting air Press Low
MISCELLANEOUS
Steering gear system

No-voltage,
Steering gear - Over load,
Phase fail
Steering gear oil tank level - Low
Steering gear torque reduced - X
Isolation system electric power - Fail
2003/03/19 -327-

X : To be provided
Item Display Alarm

COMMUNICATION AND OTHERS
Engine room manned X -
Engine room unmanned X -
Duty engineer(each) X -
Extension alarm(each) X -
Extension alarm circuit electric power - Fail
Bilge level Normal High
Bridge control console elect.source

- Fail
(Refer to 7 INTERIOR
Other communication device COMMUNICATION,
ALARM
AND MEASURING
SYSTEM.)
2003/03/19 -328-
Main control console

X : To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD

MAIN ENGINE
Operation
Sub-telegraph
(F/E-S/B-R/U) - X -
Control position
(W/H,C/R,E/S) - X -
Main start valve

(Service-Blocked) - X -
Turning gear
(Engaged-Disengaged) - X -
Fuel camroller
(Ahead-Astern) - X -
Start impossible - - X
Miss ignition - - X
Critical speed - - X
Wrong way - - -
Limited speed - X -
Load program - X -
Load program by-pass - - -
Imperfect bridge control
conditions - - X
M/E control electric source - - Fail
2003/03/19 -329-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD

MAIN ENGINE
Protection device
Emerg. shut down - - X
Auto slow down - - X
Auto. emerg. shut down cancel - - X
Safety system electric power - - Fail
Safety system abnormal

- - X
Indicator
M/E speed setting signal

(two-pointer voltmeter) - X -
Main engine revolution - X -
M/E revolution counter - X -
Turbo-charger revolution - X -
Fuel pump mark - X -
Fuel oil flow counter X - -
Rudder angle indicator - X -
2003/03/19 -330-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD

MAIN ENGINE
Cool.F.W.system
High temp.cooling fresh water pump - - Fail
High temp.cooling fresh water inlet Press Press Low

Temp - Low
Cylinder cooling fresh water outlet Temp - High
(each cyl.)
Low temp.cooling fresh water pump
- - Fail
Low temp. central fresh water pump
outlet Press Press Low
Low temp.central fresh water cooler Temp - High

outlet
Low
Cool.S.W. system
Cooling sea water &
Vac.cond.cir.pump - - Fail
Cooling sea water pump outlet Press - Low
Temp - -
L.O.system
Lub.oil sump tank level - - Low
Lub.oil pump - - Fail
Lub.oil discharge strainer diff.
- - High
pressure
Main bearing lub.oil inlet Press Press Low
Temp - High
2003/03/19 -331-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD

MAIN ENGINE
L.O.system (cont’d)
Piston cooling oil inlet Press Press Low
Piston cooling oil outlet

Temp - High
(each piston)
Piston cooling oil flow(each
- - Low
piston)
Crank case oil mist - - High
Crank case oil mist detect.
Panel electric power - - Fail
Temp - High
Thrust pad
Turbo-charger lub.oil
Temp - High
Turbo-charger lub.oil inlet press.

(in case of forced lubrication) - - Low
Camshaft lub.oil booster pump - - Fail
Camshaft lub.oil inlet Press Press Low

Cylinder oil lubricator outlet flow
- - Low
(one sensor for each lubricator)
2003/03/19 -332-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
MAIN ENGING
F.O. system
M/E & G/E fuel oil supply pump - - Fail
M/E & G/E fuel oil circulating pump - - Fail
Fuel oil discharge strainer - - High

differential pressure
Fuel oil inlet Press Press Low
Temp - High
Low
- Viscosity High
Low
Fuel oil leakage collecting tank level - - High
Start air & cont air system
Starting air Press Press Low
M/E control air - Press Low
Exhaust valve working air - - Low
Safety air pressure - - Low
2003/03/19 -333-
X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
MAIN ENGING
Scaveng. air system
Scavenging air manifold Press Press -

Temp - High
Low
Scavenging air box Temp - Fire

(each box)
Auxiliary blower - - Fail
Exh.gas system
Cylinder exhaust gas outlet Temp - High

(each cyl.) Excess.
devi.
Turbo-charger exhaust gas outlet Temp - High
Turbo-charger exhaust gas inlet Temp - High
2003/03/19 -334-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm

LCD Independent LCD
SHAFT SYSTEM
Stern tube lub. oil pump - - Fail
Stern tube lub. oil flow - - Low
Stern tube aft bearing Temp - High
Intermediate shaft bearing lub. Oil Temp - High
2003/03/19 -335-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
AUX. BOILER
Operation & safety device
Aux. boiler (each boiler) Burning - Emerg.

Cut-off
Steam system
Drum steam (each boiler) Press - High

Low
Atomizing steam pressure - - Low

(each boiler)
Feed water system
Feed water filter tank level - - Low
Drum water (each boiler) - Level High

Low
Feed water pump - - Fail
Feed water line salinity - Salinity* High
* Salinity indicator panel is to be provided in engine control room(not mounted in engine

control console).
F.O.system
Fuel oil burning pump - - Fail
Fuel oil burner inlet Press - Low
Fuel oil burner inlet Temp - High

Low
2003/03/19 -336-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
AUX. BOILER
Other
Forced draft fan - - Fail
Condensate pump - - Fail
Vacuum condenser circulating - - Fail

water pump
Air supply casing Temp - High
EXH.GAS ECONOMIZER
Aux. feed water pump - - Fail
Boiler water circ. Pump - - Fail
Exh.gas outlet Temp - High

(one per EGE)
2003/03/19 -337-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
GENERATOR DIESEL ENGINE
Operation
Generator diesel engine - - Start-

fail
Diesel oil use - X -
Heavy fuel oil use - X -
Safety device
Generator diesel engine - - -

emerg.shut down
Lub. oil pressure = = Low
Cooling fresh water temp. = = High
Over speed = = X
Tacho failure = = X
Control panel electric power - - Fail
Cool. F. W. & cool. S. W. system
Jacket cooling fresh water inlet Press - Low
Jacket cooling fresh water outlet Temp - High
Low temp. cooling fresh water inlet Press = Low
2003/03/19 -338-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
L.O. system
Lub.oil inlet Press - Low
Temp - High
Lub. oil sump tank level = = Low
Lub. oil filter differential pressure = = High
F.O. system
Fuel oil inlet Press - Low
Temp = High
Low
Fuel oil leakage collect. Tank level - - High
F.O. strainer (in common line) - - High

Differential pressure
Start & exh. Gas system
Strating air Press - Low
Control air pressure = = Low
Turbo-charger exhaust gas Temp - High

outlet
charge air Temp - High
cylinder exhaust gas outlet (each cy1.) Temp = High
2003/03/19 -339-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
Main switchboard
ACB abnormal trip - - X
Preferential trip - - X
Low voltage - - X
High voltage - - X
Low frequency - - X
High frequency - - X
DC 24 V source failure - - X
Auto synchro failure - - X
Auto control system trouble - - X
Emergency and preferential trip source - - X

failure
ACB non-close - - X
440 V feeder panel insulation level low - - X
220 V feeder panel insulation level low - - X
220 V side of fore part service - - X

transformer insulation level low
Emergency switch board
Emergency switchboard - - Abnor
2003/03/19 -340-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
PIPING SYSTEM
Fresh water system
F.W.generator - - Fail
Fresh water generator outlet salinity - - High
Fresh water expansion tank level - - Low
Sea water system
Bilge tank level - - High
Engine room bilge well level - - High
Pump room bilge well level - - High
Emerg.fire pump room bilge level - - High
Bilge pump - - Fail
Oily water separator outlet oil content - - High
Fire & G.S.pump - - Fail
Fire & bilge, ballast pump - - Fail
Scrubber cool. water pump - - Fail
Deck seal water pump - - Fail
F.W. gene. ejector pump - - Fail
2003/03/19 -341-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
PIPING SYSTEM
L.O.system
L.O.drain & sludge tank level - - High
M/E scavenging box drain tank level - - High
L.O. transfer pump - - Fail

Abnor
L.O.purifier inlet Temp - High
G/E L.O. PURIFIER - - Fail

Abnor
G/E L.O. purifier inlet Temp - High
G/E L.O. overflow tank level - - Low
F.O.sytem
Fuel oil settling tank Temp - High
Fuel oil settling tank level - - High

Low
Fuel oil service tank Temp - High
Fuel oil service tank level - - Low
2003/03/19 -342-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
PIPING SYSTEM
F.O.system (cont’d)
Diesel oil service tank level - - High/

Low
Fuel oil overflow tank level - - High
Fuel oil transfer pump - - Fail
Stand-by fuel oil transfer pump - - Fail
Fuel oil purifier - - Fail,

Abnor
Fuel oil purifier inlet Temp - High
Fuel oil drain and sludge tank level - - High
Air system
Main air compressor - - Fail
Topping up air compressor - - Fail
Main air reservoir Press - Low
Control air Press - Low
Emerg. shut-off air reservoir pressure - - Low
2003/03/19 -343-

X: To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
MISCELLANEOUS
Air cond. & refrigerating sys.
Engine room ventilating fan - - Fail
Provision ref. Machine - - Fail
Air cond. ref. Machine - - Fail
Central unit fan - - Fail
Steering gear system
Steering gear hydraulic oil tank level - - Low
Steering gear - - No voltage,

Over load,
Phase fail
Steering gear torque reduced - - X
Auto pilot stand electric power - - Fail
Isolation system electric power - - Fail
2003/03/19 -344-

X : To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
MISCELLANEOUS
Fire, incinerator & sewage
Sludge pump - - Fail
Waste oil tank level - - High
Fire - - X
Fire detect system - - Abnor
Waste oil incinerator - - Abnor
Sewage plant - - Abnor
2003/03/19 -345-

X : To be provided
Item Display Alarm
LCD Independent LCD
OTHERS
Clock - X -
Engine room unmanned - X -
Duty engineer (each) - X -
Extension alarm circuit electric power - - Fail
Main engine repose - X -
Aux. boiler repose - X -
Gene. Diesel engine repose - X -
Engine room monitoring system - - -
Main control console electric power - Available Fail

(AC)
Main control console electric power - Available Fail

(DC)
Main control console electric power - - Fail

(AC)
Battery switchboard - - Abnor
Cargo oil pump - - Fail
Ballast pump - - Fail
Hydraulic power unit for moor. Winch - - Fail
2003/03/19 -346-
11. CABLE AND WIRING
11.1 ELECTRIC CABLE
In general, electric cable is to be marine cable which has been approved by the
classification society, except special cable.
0.6/1kV cable is to be used for AC440V circuit and 250V cable for AC220 V and DC24V
circuit.
11.1.1 General cable
(1) Construction
Ethylene Propylene (EP) rubber or XLPE insulation, other detail construction is to be in

accordance with maker’s standard and rule’s requirements.
(2) Application
Single, double or triple core cable is to be used in general, and multi-core (4 to 44 cores)
cable is to use for communication circuit and control circuit.
11.2 CABLE INSTALLATION
11.2.1 Supporting
(1) In general, cable run in group is to be supported with steel hanger.
Zinc electric plated steel hanger is to be used in accordance with the Builder’s
standard practice.
(2) Cable in the engine room and in accommodation is to be fixed with zinc galvanized
mild steel band and one on exposed deck with stainless steel band.
Cable in ref. provision chamber is to be wired along stainless steel bar and fixed with
stainless steel band.
(3) Where cable penetrates water-tight deck or bulkhead, water-tight cable gland or
equivalent water-tight means is to be used.
Where cable penetrates non water-tight deck or wall, coaming or cable pipe without
cable gland is to be used for protection of the cable.
Where cable penetrates fire-resisting or fire retarding deck or bulkhead, cable gland
or coaming is to be used for protection of the cable, and filled with incombustible
compound where necessary.
2003/03/19 -347-
11.2.2 Laying
(1) Where paneling is applied over the hull structure in the accommodation, concealed
wiring is to be carried out as far as practicable, and unconcealed wiring is to be
carried out in all other spaces.
Cable in the other space in the accommodation is not to be covered with any cover.
(2) Where cable is exposed to some mechanical damage, it is to be protected with steel
plate, galvanized steel pipe, flexible cable conduit or other equivalent means. And
cable laid under the lowest floor in the engine room is to be protected with steel bar
against mechanical damage.
(3) Cable laid on exposed deck between house front and the upper deck fore is to be
protected with galvanized steel pipe and several expansion boxes are to be fitted.
Cable along the fore mast and the lamp posts is to be protected with galvanized steel
pipe or painted steel plate up to 2.5 meters high on the upper deck.
Other branch cable from expansion box to sensor is to be protected with galvanized
steel conduit or painted steel bar.
2003/03/19 -348-
12. WHEEL HOUSE ARRANGEMENT
12.1 GENERAL
The following consoles and panels incorporating electrical equipment are to be provided
and installed in the wheel house. The other electrical equipment and devices not
mentioned below are to be separately installed on the front or rear wall in the wheel
house.
12.2 BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
One (1) bridge control console is to be provided in the wheel house and the following
equipment are to be mounted.
Auto-exchange telephone
Common battery telephone (9 station type)
Time controller for air horns
Dimmer switches for instrument lights except one for magnetic compass.
Control panel for loud speaking and talk back system.
Watching devices and start/stop push buttons for steering gear.
Watching devices and start/stop push buttons for fire & general service pump.
Main engine manoeuvring handle (commonly used for engine telegraph).
Indicator and watching devices for main engine remote control(As to detail, refer to 10
CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION FOR MACHINERY PLANT.)
12.3 MEASURING INSTRUMENT PANEL
One (1) measuring instrument panel is to be provided at the upper part on wheel house
front wall center and the following instrument are to be mounted.
Revolution indicator for main engine.

Rudder angle indicator
Electric crystal clock
Wind velocity and direction indicator
Clinometer
Rate of turn indicator
12.4 NAUTICAL INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL SWITCH PANEL
One (1) nautical instrument and control switch panel is to be provided on the suitable
position of wheel hose rear wall and the following devices are to be mounted.
Master switch for general alarm

Emergency stop push button for ventilation fans in accommodation
Navigation light indicator
Group control switches for signal light
2003/03/19 -349-
Group control switches for out passage lights around wheel house and flood lights
Distribution board
Depth recorder
Master clock with slave clock control panel
Interphone to elevator
2003/03/19 -350-
13. TEST AND TRIAL
13.1 SHOP TEST
Shop test for electrical equipment and automatic and remote control system is to be
carried out at manufacturer’s works in accordance with the manufacturer’s practice,
under witness of the Builder’s representatives.
And shop test for the following equipment is to be inspected by the Classification Society
surveyor, and by the Owner’s representatives if desired.
Main generator
Emergency generator
Motor of 100 kW and above for essential services
Main switchboard
Emergency switchboard
Starters of 100 kW and above for essential services
Group starter panel with aggregate load of 100 kW and above for essential services
Engine room monitoring system
The main engine bridge remote control system is to be carried out the simulation test at
the manufacturer’s shop.
13.2 ON BOARD TEST
After the works on board are finished, following tests are to be carried out under witness
of the Owner’s representatives, and of the Classification Society surveyor if required.
Electric generators are to be loaded with power factor 1.0 load when loading test.
Electric installation Kind of test Method of test

(1) Electric circuit and Resistance test with 500 V DC Confirmed
cable megger (except semi-conductor
circuit, electric circuits and
operating circuit at 50 V and
below)
2003/03/19 -351-
Electric installation Kind of test Method of test

(2) Generator Insulation resistance test with Confirmed and recorded
megger
Load characteristic test Measured and recorded
(voltage drop test)
Governor test Measured and recorded
(main generator only)
Paralleled running test Measured and recorded
(to be carried out within rated
kW load for 10 minutes (main
generator only)
(2) Generator Auto and remote starting Confirmed
confirmation test of generator
(3) Switchboard On-off test of air circuit breaker Confirmed and recorded
(at no-load)
Over-current and low voltage Confirmed
trip test of air circuit breaker
Reverse power and Confirmed
Preferential trip test
Inter-lock circuit operation Confirmed
test
Automatic load sharing and Confirmed
synchronizing operation test
(4) Motor and control gear Insulation resistance test (except Confirmed and recorded
semi-conductor circuit)
Operation test Confirmed
Emergency stop test Confirmed
Sequence start test Confirmed
(5) Lighting Navigation light on-off test Confirmed
General and emergency light on- Confirmed
off test
(6) Interior communication Operation and working Confirmed
equipment and alarming Confirmation test
system
(7) Electric measuring Operation confirmation test Confirmed
system
(8) Nautical instruments Operation confirm test to be Confirmed
carried out at sea trial
(9) Radio equipment Necessary test is to be carried Measured and recorded
out in accordance with
requirement of concerned
radio regulation
(10) Automatic and remote Operation confirmation test Confirmed.
control system
2003/03/19 -352-
14. SUPPLEMENTARY OUTFIT AND SPARE PARTS
14.1 SUPPLEMENTARY OUTFIT
14.1.1 Instrument
1- DC 500 V portable megger (100 meg-ohm, transistor type)
1- Portable AC voltmeter/ammeter of clamp on type
1- Portable circuit tester
2- Voltage detector (Neon lamp type AC/DC 600 V)
14.1.2 Tool
1- Soldering iron (100 W, AC 220V) with two spare heating elements
1- Pliers (20cm)
1- Nipper (15cm)
1- Adjustable spanner
3-“+”screw driver, each one of 5, 10 and 15cm
3-“-”screw driver, each one of 5, 10 and 15cm
1- Electrician knife
1- Leather band with sack for tool
1- Rubber gloves (for 450 V)
4- Fuse puller, each two in engine control room and wheel house
Special tools for maintenance and overhauling for electric machines are to be supplied in
accordance with manufacturer’s supplying standard.
14.1.3 Outfit for battery
1- Portable DC voltmeter (0- 3 V)
14.2 SPARE PARTS
Spare parts are to be supplied in accordance with the Builder’s standard mentioned
below, which comply with requirements of concerned regulations and rules.
2003/03/19 -353-
Spare parts of the following motors are to be supplied in accordance with manufacturer’s
supplying standard.
Galley equipment
Laundry equipment
Other domestic service equipment
Equipment forms a part of or combined in machine/equipment
If foreign make equipment is installed, spare parts of them, however, are to be supplied
in accordance with manufactruer’s supplying standard.
The spare parts are to be furnished in steel, plastic or cardboard box depending on
manufacturer’s standard practice.
2003/03/19 -354-
(1) For generator and exciter
(a) For generator
Bearing 1 set of 1 machine for each size of machine
Oil seal for bearing 1 set of 1 machine for each size of machine
Space heater element 1 for each 10 or less
(b) For rotary exciting device
Rectifier 1 set of 1machine
(2) For switchboard, panel board, control gear and console
(a) General
No-fuse breaker 1 for each 10 or less
Fuse element 1 for each 1 (max. 50)
(b) For main and emergency switchboard
spring (for ACB & relay) 1 for each 10 or less
Contact-segment for ACB 1 for each 10 or less
Contact-segment for relay 1 for each 10 or less
Magnetic coil 1 for each 10 or less
Resistor 1 for each 10 or less up to 4
Pilot lamp 1 for each 1
Globe of pilot lamp 1 for each 10 or less
Rectifier 1 for each 10 or less
Condenser 1 for each 10 or less
Control switch and 1 for each 10 or less

change over switch
Relay 1 for each 10 or less
Timer 1 for each 10 or less

2003/03/19 -355-
(c) For batter switchboard
Relay 1
Resistor 1 for each 10 or less (excluding voltage

adjusting unit)
Switch 1 for each 10 or less
Voltage adjusting 1
(d) For control gear
Magnetic contactor
For motors of 30 Kw 1 complete set for each 10 or less

and below
For motors of more than

30 kW
Contact segment 1 for each 2 or less (minimum 2 sets)
Spring 1 for each 2 or less (minimum 1 set)
Magnetic coil 1 for each 6 or less
Aux.relay 1 for each 10 or less
Over current thermal relay 1 for each 10 or less
Globe for pilot lamp 1 for each 10 or less
Potential transformer 1 for each kind

For control circuit
2003/03/19 -356-
Potential transformer 1 for each 10 or less
for pilot lamp
Push button 1 for each 10 or less
Control switch and 1 for each 10 or less

Change over switch
Resistor 1 for each 10 or less
Print board 1 for each kind
(e) For section and distribution boards, wheel house group panel and wheel house
console.
Relay 1 for each kind
Annunciator 1 for each 10 or less
Resistor 1 for each 10 or less
Resistor for dimmer switch 1
Switch 1 for each 10 or less
Cover for emergency 1 for each 10 or less

Stop switch
(4) For motor
(a) For motor
Bearing 1 for each 4 or less (minimum 1set of 1

machine for each size of machine)
(b) For brake

2003/03/19 -357-
Lining and rivet 1 set of 1 machine for each 4 machine or less
Spring 1 for each 4 or less
Coil 1 for each 10 or less
Bolt 1
(5) For electric welder
Glass for hand shield 1 for each 1

and helmet
Connecting metal 2
(6) For incandescent lamp
(a) For incandescent lamp
Bulb for general light 1 for each 20 or less
Bulb for battery light 1 for each 1
(b) For fluorescent lamp and mercury lamp
Fluorescent tube 1 for each 20 or less
Bulb for mercury lamp 1 for each 20 or less
Glow lamp 1 for each 20 or less
(c) For switch and receptacle
Non-water-tight switch 1 for each 30 or less
Non-water-tight receptacle 1 for each 30 or less
(d) For navigation light and signal light
Bulb 1 for each1
(7) For interior communication equipment and measuring instrument
Spare parts for interior communication equipment and measuring instrument are to be
supplied in accordance with manufacturer’s supplying standard.
(8) For nautical instrument
Spare parts for nautical instruments are to be supplied in accordance with

manufacturer’s supplying standard.
2003/03/19 -358-
And special tubes for radar, such as magnetron, klystron, thyratron, LCD tube and TR
tube are not to be included.
(9) For radio equipment
Spare parts for radio equipment are to be supplied in accordance with manufacturer’s
supplying standard.
(10) For machinery control systems and alarm systems
Spare parts for machinery control systems and alarm systems are to be supplied in
accordance with manufacturer’s supplying standard.
- THE END -
2003/03/19 -359-

VLCC TDC501 319 Doc

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

VLCC TDC501 319 Doc

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TDC501-010-001SM

298,000 DWT CRUDE OIL TANKER

DALIAN NEW SHIPBUILDING HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD

3. GENERAL HULL PIPING SYSTEM.............................................52

4. CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM......................................................75

6. PAINTING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION...........................140

7. HULL PART INVENTORY..........................................................147

PART 3 MACHINERY PART...........................................................149

3. SHAFTING AND PROPELLER...................................................189

4. ELECTRIC GENERATING ENGINE.........................................192

5. STEAM GENERATING PLANT..................................................197

7. PIPING SYSTEM IN ENGINE ROOM........................................222

8. OUTFITTING FOR PIPING SYSTEM........................................234

9. MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND OUTFITTING...........245

10. INVENTORY OF GENERAL TOOLS.......................................251

PART 4 ELECTRICAL AND AUTOMATION...............................257

4. ELECTRIC MOTOR AND CONTROL.......................................275

7. INTERIOR COMMUNICATION, ALARM AND MEASURING

10. CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION FOR MACHINERY

11. CABLE AND WIRING.................................................................347

12. WHEEL HOUSE ARRANGEMENT..........................................349

13. TEST AND TRIAL.......................................................................351

14. SUPPLEMENTARY OUTFIT AND SPARE PARTS...............353

Drawing No. TDC501-010-002 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT PLAN

It is to be understood that the descriptions in Part 1 - General Provisions are to be applied to

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The propulsion machinery and accommodations including navigation bridge are to be

Aft peak tank to be used for water ballast tank.

1.3 MAIN DIMENSIONS AND PARTICULARS

1.3.1 Main Dimensions

Length overall abt. 330.00 m

1.3.2 Deck Height (moulded)

Deck houses of living quarter (at center line)

Deck store on upper deck 2.50 m

1.3.3 Main engine

Type: MAN B&W 7S80MC

1.3.4 Fuel Oil Consumption

1.3.5 Speed and Endurance

1.4 DEADWEIGHT, LIGHT WEIGHT MEASUREMENT AND INCLINING TEST

The "Deadweight" of the Vessel are to consist of the following weights.

The displacement shall be determined by reading the hydrostatic table.

1.4.2 Lightweight Measurement

The lightweight of the vessel are to consist of the following weights.

(a) Hull steel

1.4.3 Inclining Test

Cargo tank capacity (100% filling) abt. 340,000 m3

Ballast tanks abt 98,000 m3

Heavy fuel oil tanks abt 7,450 m3

Diesel oil tank abt 500 m3

Fresh water tank abt 300 m3

Drinking water tank abt 170 m3

Distilled water tank abt 130 m3

Rank Deck Depart. Engine Depart. Other Depart. Sum

Number of Suez Crew 6 persons

Lifesaving equipment with safety certificate to be for 28 persons.

1.7 FLAG, CLASS, REGULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

The flag of the vessel to be Panama.

ABS +A1(E) OIL CARRIER, + AMS, +ACCU, SH, ESP

or CCS/DNV/BV with equivalent notation

1.7.3 Rules and Regulations

- International Convention on Load Lines, 1966

The following certificates or provisional certificates are to be furnished to the Owner at

The following is to be issued by the Classification Society.